An essay towards a real character, and a philosophical language by John Wilkins ...
Wilkins, John, 1614-1672., Wilkins, John, 1614-1672. Alphabetical dictionary.
Page  [unnumbered]

Monday 13th.of April 1668. At a Meeting of the Council of the ROYAL SOCIETY:

Ordered, That the Discourse presented to the Royall So∣ciety, Entituled, An Essay towards a Real Character, and Philosophical Language, be Printed by the Printer to the Royal Society.

BROVNCKER Presi.

Page  [unnumbered]

AN ESSAY Towards a REAL CHARACTER, And a PHILOSOPHICAL LANGUAGE.

By JOHN WILKINS D.D. Dean of RIPON, And Fellow of the ROYAL SOCIETY.

[illustration]
NVLLIVS IN VERBA
[insignia of Royal Society]

LONDON, Printed for SA: GELLIBRAND, and for IOHN MARTYN Printer to the ROYAL SOCIETY, 1668.

Page  [unnumbered]Page  [unnumbered]

To the Right Honourable WILLIAM LORD VISCOUNT BROUNCKER, PRESIDENT; Together with the rest of the COVNCIL and FELLOWS of the ROYAL SOCIETY.

My Lord,

I NOW at length present to your Lordship those Papers I had drawn up concerning a Real Character, and a Philosophicall Language, which by severall Orders of the So∣ciety have been required of Me. I have been the longer about it, partly because it required some considerable time to reduce the Collections I had by me to this purpose, into a tolerable or∣der; and partly because when this work was done in Writing, and the Impression of it well nigh finished, it hapned (amongst many other better things) to be burnt in the late dreadfull Fire; by which, all that was Print∣ed (excepting only two Copies) and a great part of the unprinted Original was destroyed: The repairing of which, hath taken up the greatest part of my time ever since. I mention this by way of Apology for that slack∣ness and delay, I may seem to be guilty of in my obedience to your Orders.

Page  [unnumbered]I am not so vain as to think that I have here com∣pletely finished this great undertaking, with all the ad∣vantages of which such a design is capable. Nor on the other hand, am I so diffident of this Essay, as not to b∣lieve it sufficient for the business to which it pretends, namely the distinct expression of all things and notions that fall under discourse.

I am sensible of sundry defects in the severall parts of this Book: And therefore would make it my humble mo∣tion to your Lordship and this Society, that you would by your Order appoint some of our number, thoroughly to examin & consider the whole, and to offer their thoughts concerning what they judge fit to be amended in it. Par∣ticularly in those Tables that concern the species of Na∣tural bodies; which, if they were (so far as they are yet known and discovered) distinctly reduced and described, This would very much promote and facilitate the know∣ledg of Nature, which is one great end of your Institu∣tion. And besides, the ranging of these things into such an order as the Society shall approve, would afford a very good method for your Repository, both for the disposal of what you have already, and the supplying of what you want, towards the compleating of that Collection, so generously begun of late, by the bounty of Mr. Daniel Collwal, a worthy Member of this Society. And by this means, I should not doubt, but that in a very short space, you would have the most usefull Repository in the World.

It is no easie undertaking to Enumerate all such mat∣ters as are to be provided for in such a design; But the business of Defining, being amongst all others the most nice and difficult, must needs render it a very hard task for any one to attempt the doing of this, for all kinde of Page  [unnumbered]Things, Notions, and Words, which yet is necessary to the design here proposed.

Vpon which account I may be excused for being so sollicitous about the assistance of others in these matters, because of their great difficulty and importance. The compleating of such a design, being rather the work of a College and an Age, then of any single Person: I mean, the combined Studies of many Students, amongst whom, the severall shares of such a Work should be distributed; And that for so long a course of time, wherein sufficient experiments might be made of it by practice.

It has been sayd concerning that famous Italian Aca∣demy styled de la Crusca, consisting of many choice Men of great Learning, that they bestowed forty years in fi∣nishing their Vocabulary. And 'tis well enough known, that those great Wits of the French Academy, did begin their Dictionary in the year 1639. And for the hast∣ning of the Work, did distribute the parts of it amongst severall Committees; and yet that undertaking is (for ought I can understand) far enough from being finished.

Now if those famous Assemblies consisting of the great Wits of their Age and Nations, did judge this Work of Dictionary-making, for the polishing of their Language, worthy of their united labour and studies; Certainly then, the Design here proposed, ought not to be thought unworthy of such assistance; it being as much to be preferred before that, as things are better then words, as real knowledge is beyond elegancy of speech, as the general good of mankind, is beyond that of any particu∣lar Countrey or Nation.

I am very sensible that the most usefull inventions do at their first appearance, make but a very slow progress in the World, unless helped forward by some particular ad∣vantage. Page  [unnumbered]Logarithms were an Invention of excellent Art and usefulness; And yet it was a considerable time, before the Learned Men in other parts, did so farr take notice of them, as to bring them into use. The Art of Shorthand, is in its kind an Ingenious device, and of considerable usefulness, applicable to any Language, much wondered at by Travailers, that have seen the experience of it in England: And yet though it be above Three∣score years, since it was first Invented, 'tis not to this day (for ought I can learn) brought into common pra∣ctice in any other Nation. And there is reason enough to expect the like Fate for the design here proposed.

The only expedient I can think of against it, is, That it be sent abroad into the World, with the reputation of having bin considered and approved of, by such a Soci∣ety as this; which may provoke, at least, the Learned part of the World, to take notice of it, and to give it such encouragement, as it shall appear to deserve.

And if upon such an amendment and recommen∣dation by this Society, the design here proposed, should happen to come into common use, It would requite the Honour you bestow upon it, with abundant Interest. The being Instrumental in any such discovery as does tend to the Vniversal good of Mankind, being sufficient not only to make the Authors of it famous, but also the Times and Places wherein they live.

He that knows how to estimate, that judgment infli∣cted on Mankind in the Curse of the Confusion, with all the unhappy consequences of it, may thereby judge, what great advantage and benefit there will be, in a re∣medy against it. Men are content to bestow much time and pains in the Study of Languages, in order to their more easy conversing with those of other Nations. 'Tis Page  [unnumbered] said of Mithridates King of Pontus, that he was skilled in Two and twenty several Tongues, which were spoken in the several Provinces under his Dominion: Which, tho it were a very extraordinary attainment, yet how short a remedy was it against the Curse of the Confusion, considering the vast multitude of Languages that are in the World.

Besides that most obvious advantage which would ensue, of facilitating mutual Commerce, amongst the se∣veral Nations of the World, and the improving of all Natural knowledge; It would likewise very much con∣duce to the spreading of the knowledge of Religion. Next to the Gift of Miracles, and particularly that of Tongues, powred out upon the Apostles in the first plant∣ing of Christianity, There is nothing that can more effe∣ctually conduce to the further accomplishment of those Promises, which concern the diffusion of it, through all Nations, then the design which is here proposed.

To which it will be proper for me to add, That this design will likewise contribute much to the clearing of some of our Modern differences in Religion, by unmask∣ing many wild errors, that shelter themselves under the disguise of affected phrases; which being Philosophically unfolded, and rendered according to the genuine and na∣tural importance of Words, will appear to be inconsisten∣cies and contradictions. And several of those pretended, mysterious, profound notions, expressed in great swelling words, whereby some men set up for reputation, being this way examined, will appear to be, either nonsence, or very flat and jejune.

And tho it should be of no other use but this, yet were it in these days well worth a mans pains and study, con∣sidering the Common mischief that is done, and the many Page  [unnumbered] impostures and cheats that are put upon men, under the disguise of affected insignificant Phrases.

But what ever may be the issue of this attempt, as to the establishing of a real Character, and the bringing of it into Common use, amongst several Nations of the World (of which I have but very slender expectations;) yet this I shall assert with greater confidence, That the reducing of all things and notions, to such kind of Tables, as are here proposed (were it as compleatly done as it might be) would prove the shortest and plainest way for the attainment of real Knowledge, that hath been yet of∣fered to the World. And I shall add further, that these very Tables (as now they are) do seem to me a much better and readier course, for the entring and training up of men in the knowledge of things, then any other way of Institution that I know of; which I should not presume to assert, before such able Iudges as those of this Society, were it not a thing I had well considered and were con∣vinced of.

I have nothing further to add, but only the declaring myself to be most Zealously devoted to the Honour and Welfare of the Royal Society,

And particularly (My Lord,) Your Lordships most Humble Servant, JO. VVILKINS.

Page  [unnumbered]

TO THE READER.

IT may perhaps be expected by some, that I should give an account of my ingaging in a Work of this nature so unsuitable to my Calling and Busi∣ness.

For the satisfaction of such, they may please to take notice, that this Work was first undertaken, during that vacancy and leasure which I formerly enjoyed in an Academicall station, to which the endeavours of promo∣ting all kind of usefull knowledge, whereby Learning may be improved, is a very suitable imployment. In the time of that daily and intimate converse which I then injoyed, with that most Learned and excellent Person Dr. Seth Ward, the present Bishop of Salisbury. I had frequent occasion of conferring with him, concerning the various Desiderata, proposed by Learned men, or such things as were conceived yet wanting to the advancement of several parts of Learning; amongst which, this of the Universal Character, was one of the principal, most of which he had more deeply considered, than any other Person that I knew. And in reference to this particular, he would say, That as it was one of the most usefull, so he judged it to be one of the most feasible, amongst all the rest, if pro∣secuted in a regular way. But for all such attemps to this purpose, which he had either seen or heard of, the Authors of them did generally mistake in their first foundations; whilst they did propose to themselves the framing of such a Cha∣racter, from a Dictionary of Words, according to some particular Language, without reference to the nature of things, and that common Notion of them, wherein Mankind does agree, which must chiefly be respected, before any attempt of this nature could signifie any thing, as to the main end of it.

It was from this suggestion of his, that I first had any distinct apprehension of the proper course to be observed, in such an undertaking; having in a Treatise I had published some years before, proposed the Hebrew Tongue as consisting of fewest Radicals, to be the fittest ground work for such a design.

Page  [unnumbered]Besides the many Private conferences to this purpose, I must not forget to mention, that Publique account which he hath given to the World, of his thoughts upon this subject, in that Learned and Ingenious discourse styled Vindiciae Academiarum; wherein he endeavours to Vindicate those Ancient and famous Schools of Learning, from such reproaches, whereby some Ig∣norant and ill-natured men (taking the advantage of those bad Times) would have exposed them to contempt and ruine. In which Treatise there is mention made of some considerable preparations, towards the Design here proposed, which if his other necessary imployments would have permitted him to have prosecuted, would without doubt, long ere this, have been ad∣vanced to as great a Perfection, as the first Essay in so difficult a matter could have attained.

It was some considerable time after this, before I had any thought of attempting any thing in this kind: The first occasion of it was, from a desire I had, to give some assistance to another person, who was willing to ingage in this design of framing a real Character, from the Natural no∣tion of things; for the helping of whom in so worthy an undertaking, I did offer to draw up for him, the Tables of Substance, or the species of Natural Bodies, reduced under their several Heads; which I did accord∣ingly perform, much after the same Method, as they are hereafter set down: Though in the doing of it, I found much more labour and difficulty, then I expected, when I undertook it. But he for whom I had done this, not liking this method, as being of too great a Compass, conceiving that he could sufficiently provide for all the chief Radicals, in a much briefer and more easy way, did not think fit to make use of these Tables. Vpon which, being my self convinced, That this which I had begun, was the only course for the effecting of such a work, and being withal unwilling to loose so much pains as I had already taken towards it, I resolved (as my leasure would permit) to go on with the other Tables of Accidents. And when after many reviews and changes I had reduced (as well as I could) into these Tables, all simple things and notions, by a Considera∣tion of them a Priori, I then judged it necessary to attempt the redu∣ction of al other Words in the Dictionary to these Tables, either as they were Synonymous to them, or to be defined by them, which would be a means to try the fulness of these Tables, and consequently to supply their defects; And besides a great help to Learners, who without such a direction, might not perhaps at first be able to find out the true place and notion of many Words.

For the farther compleating of this Work, I found it necessary to take into consideration, the framing of such a Natural Grammar, as might be suited to the Philosophy of Speech, abstracting from those many unnecessary rules belonging to instituted Language; which proved a matter of no small difficulty, considering the little help to be had for it, from those few Authors who had before undertaken to do any thing in this kind.

In the doing of these things, I have not neglected any help that I could procure from others, and must acknowledge my self much ingaged to sun∣dry Learned Men of my acquaintance, for their directions, and furtherance in such matters, as were most suitable to their several Studies and Profes∣sions.

Amongst the rest, I must not forget to make particular mention of the special assistance I have received, in drawing up the Tables of AnimalsPage  [unnumbered] from that most Learned and Inquisitive Gentleman, a worthy Member of the Royal Society, Mr. Francis Willoughby, who hath made it his particular business, in his late Travails through the most considerable parts of Europe, to inquire after and understand the several species of Animals, and by his own Observations is able to advance that part of Learning, and to add many things, to what hath been formerly done, by the most Learned Authors in this kind.

And as for those most difficult Tables of Plants, I have received the like assistance, from one of his Companions in Travail, Mr. John Wray, Late Fellow of Trinity Colledge in Cambridge, who besides his other general Knowledge, hath with great success applyed himself to the Cultivating of that part of Learning.

And as for the principal difficulties, which I met with in any other part of this Work, I must acknowledge my self obliged to the continual assistance I have had, from my most Learned and worthy Friend, Dr. William Lloyd, then whom (so far as I am able to judge,) this Nation could not have afforded a fitter Person, either for that great Industry, or Accurate judgment, both in Philological, and Philosophical matters, required to such a Work. And particularly I must wholy ascribe to him that tedious and difficult task, of suting the Tables to the Dictionary, and the drawing up of the Dictionary it self, which upon tryal, I doubt not, will be found to be the most perfect, that was ever yet made for the English Tongue.

And here I think it proper to give notice that there are several Words mentioned in the Dictionary, and frequently used amongst some Authors, which are yet very questionable as to their fitness and propriety: Each of these were in the Original Coppy marked with an Asterisk, for the better distinction of them; but by some oversight, these marks have been omitted in the Im∣pression.

If any shall suggest, that some of the Enquiries here insisted upon (as par∣ticularly those about the Letters of the Alphabet) do seem too minute and trivial, for any prudent Man to bestow his serious thoughts and time a∣bout. Such Persons may know, that the discovery of the true nature and Cause of any the most minute thing, doth promote real Knowledge, and there∣fore cannot be unfit for any Mans endeauours, who is willing to contri∣bute to the advancement of Learning. Vpon which Account some of the most eminent Persons, in several Ages, who were Men of business, have not disdained to bestow their pains about the First Elements of Speech.

Julius Caesar, is said to have written a Book de Analogia. And the Emperour Charles the Great, to have made a Grammar of his vulgar Tongue. So did St. Basil for the Greek; and St. Austin for the Latin, both extant in their Works.

Besides divers of great reputation both Ancient and Modern, who have Written whole Books on purpose, concerning the just Number of the Letters in the Alphabet; Others have applyed their disquisitions to some particular Let∣ters: Messala Corvinus, a Great Man, and a famous Orator amongst the Romans, Writ a Book concerning the Letter S. Adamantius Martyr, was the Author of another Book, concerning the Letters V. and B. Our Learned Gataker has Published a Book concerning Dipthongs. And Jovianus Ponta∣nus esteemed a Learned Man▪ hath Two Books de Adspiratione, or the Letter H.Page  [unnumbered] Mr. Franklyn hath published a particular Discourse concerning Accents, And Erycius Puteanus hath Written a Book purposely, de Inter punctione, of the true way of Pointing Clauses and Sentences. And these Generally well esteemed for their great usefulness in the Promoting of Learning: Which may be a sufficient Vindication against any Prejudices of this Nature.

Page  [unnumbered]

THE CONTENTS.

    The First Part Containing the Prolegomena.
  • CHAPTER, I.
    I. THE Introduction. II. The Original of Languages. III. The First Mother Tongues. IV. Their several Offsprings. Page, 1
  • CHAP. II.
    I. Concerning the various Changes and Corruptions, to which all vul∣gar Languages are obnoxious. II. Particularly concerning the Change of the English Tongue. III. Whether any Language for∣merly in use, be now wholly lost. IV. Concerning the first rise and occasion of New Languages. pag. 6
  • CHAP. III.
    I. The Original of Letters and Writing. II. That all Letters were derived from the Hebrew. III. The use of Letters is less Antient, and the Kinds of them less numerous, than of Languages themselves. IV. Of Notes for secrecy or brevity. V. Of a Real Character. VI. Of Alphabets in General. pag. 10
  • CHAP. IV.
    I. Of the defects in Common-Alphabets, as to the true Order of the Letters, II. Their just Number, III. Determinate Powers, V. Fitting Names, V. Proper Figures. VI. Of the Imperfections belonging to the Words of Languages, as to their Equivocalness, Variety of Synonymous Words, Uncertain Phraseologies, Improper way of Writing. pag. 14
  • CHAP. V.
    I. That neither Letters nor Languages, have been regularly established by the Rules of Art. II. The Natural ground or Principle of the se∣veral ways of Communication amongst Men. III. The first thing to be provided for, in the establishing of a Philosophical Character or Language, is a just enumeration of all such Things and Notions, to which Names are to be assigned. pag. 19
    The Second Part Containing Universal Philosophy.
  • CHAPTER. I.
    I. THE Scheme of Genus's. II. Concerning the more General No∣tions of Things, The difficulty of Establishing these aright. III. Of Transcendentals General. IV. Of Transcendentals Mixed. Page  [unnumbered] V. Of Transcendental Relations of Action. VI. Of the several No∣tions belonging to Grammar, or Logic. Page, 22
  • CHAP. II.
    I. Concerning God. II. Of the several Things and Notions reducible under that Collective Genus of the World. pag 51
  • CHAP. III.
    I. Of Elements and Meteors. II. Of Stones. III. Of Metals. pag. 56
  • CHAP. IV.
    I. Of Plants, The difficulty of enumerating and describing these. II. The more general distribution of them. III. Of Herbs considered ac∣cording to their Leaves. IV. Of Herbs considered according to their Flowers. V. Of Herbs considered according to their Seed Vessels. VI. Of Shrubs. VII. Of Trees. pag. 67
  • CHAP. V.
    I. Concerning Animals, The General distribution of them. II. Of Exan∣guious Animals. III. Of Fishes. IV. Of Birds. V. Of Beasts. VI. A Digression concerning the capacity of Noah's Ark. pag. 121
  • CHAP. VI.
    I. Of Parts of Animate Bodies, whether I. Peculiar, or II. General. p. 168
  • CHAP. VII.
    I. Concerning the Predicament of Quantitie. I. Of Magnitude. II. Of Space. III. Of Measure. pag. 181
  • CHAP. VIII.
    Concerning the Predicament of Quality, and the several Genus's belong∣ing to it. I. Of Natural Power. II. Of Habit. III. Of Manners. IV. Of Sensible Quality. V. Of Disease; with the various differences and spe∣cies under each of these. pag. 194
  • CHAP. IX.
    Of the Predicament of Action; The several Genus's under it. viz. I. Spi∣ritual Action. II. Corporeal Action. III. Motion. IV. Operation. p. 225
  • CHAP. X.
    Concerning Relation more private, namely I. Oeconomical, or Family Re∣lation; together with the several kinds of things belonging to those in that capacity, either as II. Possessions, or III. Provisions. pag. 249
  • CHAP. XI.
    Concerning Relation more Publike, whether I. Civil. II. Iudiciary. III. Naval. IV. Military. V. Ecclesiastical. pag. 263
  • CHAP. XII.
    I. A General Explication of the design of the fore-going Tables. II. Par∣ticular Instances in the six principal Genus's of it. III. Something to be noted concerning Opposites and Synonyma's. IV. An Account of what kind of things ought not to be provided for in such Tables. p. 289
    The Third Part Containing Philosophical Grammar.
  • CHAPTER. I.
    I. COncerning the several Kinds and Parts of Grammar. II. Of Etymologie, The more general Scheme of Integrals and Parti∣cles. III. Of Nouns in General. IV. Of Substantives common, denoting either Things, Actions, or Persons. V. Rules concerning Nouns of Action. VI. Of Substantives Abstracts. VII. Of Adjectives according to the true Philosophical notion of them. VIII. The true notion of a Verb. IX. Of derived Adverbs. X. A general Scheme of the forementioned Derivations. page, 297
  • CHAP. II.
    I. Of Particles in General. II. Of the Copula. III. Of Pronouns more generally. IV. More particularly. V. Of Interjections more gene∣rally. VI. More particularly. p. 304
  • CHAP. III.
    I. Of Prepositions in general. II. The particular kinds of them enu∣merated. III. An Explication of the four last Combinations of them, relating to Place or Time. p. 309
  • CHAP. IV.
    I. Of Adverbs in general. II. The particular kinds of them. III. Of Conjunctions. p. 312
  • CHAP. V.
    I. Of Articles. II. Of Modes. III. Of Tenses. IV. The most distinct way of expressing the differences of Time. p. 315
  • CHAP. VI.
    I. Of Transcendental particles, The end and use of them. II. The usual ways for inlarging the sense of Words in instituted Languages. III. The general Heads of Transcendental Particles. p. 318
  • CHAP. VII.
    Instances of the great usefulness of these Transcendental Particles, with directions how they are to be applyed. p. 323
  • CHAP. VIII.
    Of the Accidental differences of Words. I. Inflexion. II. Derivation. III. Composition. p. 352
  • CHAP. IX.
    Of the second part of Grammar called Syntax. p. 354
  • CHAP. X.
    Of Orthography. I. Concerning Letters. The Authors who have treat∣ed of this Subject. II. A brief Table of all such kinds of Simple sound, which can be framed by the mouths of Men. III. A fur∣ther Explication of this Table, as to the Organs of Speech, and as to the Letters framed by these Organs. p. 357
  • Page  [unnumbered]
  • CHAP. XI.
    Of Vowels. p. 363
  • CHAP. XII.
    Of Consonants. p. 366
  • CHAP. XIII.
    Of Compound Vowels, and Consonants. p. 370
  • CHAP. XIV.
    I. Of the Accidents of Letters, I. Their Names. II. Their Order. III. Affinities and Oppositions. IV. Their Figures, with a twofold Instance of a more regular Character for the Letters, The later of which may be styled Natural. V. Of Pronunciation. VI. The several Letters dis-used by several Nations. p. •••
    The Fourth Part Containing a Real Character, and a Philosophical Language.
  • CHAPTER I.
    The proposal of one kind of Real Character (amongst many other which might be offered) both for all Integrals, whether Genus's, Dif∣ferences or Species; together with the derivations and Inflexions be∣longing to them, as likewise for all the several kinds of Particles. page, 385
  • CHAP. II.
    An Instance of this Real Character, in the Lord's Prayer and the Creed. p. 395
  • CHAP. III.
    How this Real Character may be made effable in a distinct Language, and what kind of Letters or Syllables may be conveniently assigned to each Character. p. 414
  • CAHP. IV.
    Instance of this Philosohical Language, both in the Lord's Prayer and the Creed: A comparison of the Language here proposed, with fifty others, as to the facility and Euphonicalness of it. p. 421
  • CHAP. V.
    Directions for the more easy learning of this Character and Language, with a brief Table containing the Radicals, both Integrals and Particles; together with the Character and Language, by which each of them are to be expressed. p. 439
  • CHAP. VI.
    The Appendix containing a Comparison betwixt this Natural Philoso∣phical Grammar and that of other Instituted Languages, particu∣larly the Latin, in respect of the multitude of unncecessary Rules and of Anomalisms, concerning the China Character: The several Attemps and Proposals made by others, towards a new kind of Character and Language. The advantage in respect of facility, which this Philosophical Language hath above the Latin. p. 441
Page  [unnumbered]

ERRATA.

PAGE 6. Line 17. Read Instituted by Art. p. 15. l. 9. r. 3. By assigning, &c. p. 16. l. 11. (Y) p. 27. l. 39. dele relief. p. 32. l. 43. dele poor. p. 40. l. 28. r. defer. p. 41. l. 21, 22. add administer, disperse, distribute Token, Fairing, to the preceding line. p. 70. l. 38. r. dryer. p. 73. l. 3. r. Laciniae. p. 91. l. 7, 8. r. of this Tribe. p. 94. l. 19. r. expand. p. 97. l 21, 31. r. Chichling. p. 133. l. 31. r. Oxyrhynchos. p. 134. l. 8. r. Iozo. p. 139. l. 18. Channa. p. 147. l. 20. r. Cariocatactes. p. 150. l. 20, 21. r. Coccothrauctes. p. 153. Of Birds. p. 156. l. 13. Avosetta. p. 157. l. 48. Strepsiceros. p. 159. l. 5. r. Shrewmouse. p. 177. l. 10, &c. r. More properly Organical; Whether such parts as are

  • External; used for the Senses, &c.
  • Internal; used for Tasting, Speaking, or Eating.
p. 181. l. 40. after superficies add imyply∣ing a respect to the sides or limits of it. p. 291. l. 49. dele the, l. 50. r. the word Change. p 292. l. 22. r. Arts. p. 299. l 35. r. Lux. p. 301. l. 14. r. Quantity. p. 309. l. 19. r. this. p. 324. l. 38. r. abber. p 346. l. 29. r. Flat. p. 368. l. 12. r. Thin. p. 390. l. 8, 9. r. upward, downward, above, below.

Pag. 91. lin. 13. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 p. 395. number, 71. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 n. 74. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 p. 399. n▪ 33. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 p. 400. n. 37, 45. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 p. 404. l. 3. n. 23. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 n. 27 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 n. 37. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 n. 109. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 p. 413. l. 20. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 p. 422. l. 3. 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉. p. 427. n 37. c{ou}abys. p. 428. . l. 2. dele 86. l. 6. t{ou}alti. p 429 l. 19 for {ou}. r. s.

In the MARGIN.

PAge 70. Read Muscus. p. 72. Oryza. p. 76. Petasites. p. 86. Conyza. p. 89. Perfoliata. Erygium. Sphondylium. p. 90 Charephyllon. p. 91. Thysselinum. Chamadrys. p. 92. Chamaepitis. p. 93. Stachis. Bugula. p. 95. Caryophyllata. p. 99. Scorpioides. Bupleurifolio. p. 102. Caryophyllus. Ascyrum. p. 103. Chamaedrys. p. 104. Vola. Hyoscyamus. p. 106. Ebulus. p. 107. Grossularia. p. 108. Mahaleb. p. 109. Philyrhea. Pyracantha. Thyme••a. p. 115. Laurocerasus. p. 116. Pistacia. Corylus. p. 123. Proscarabaus. p. 142. Luciscus. p. 148. Ruffa, Corylorum. p. 150. Alauda. Cenchramus. p. 152. Troglodytes. p. 158. Gazellus.

Page  [unnumbered]Page  1

CHAP. I. I. The Introduction. II. The Original of Languages. III. The first Mother-tongues. IV. Their several Off-springs.

IN the handling of that subject,* I have here proposed to treat of, I shall digest the things which to me seem most proper and material to be said upon this occasion, into four parts; according to this following Method.

In the first Part I shall premise some things as Pracognita, concerning such Tongues and Letters as are already in being, particularly concerning those various defects and imperfe∣ctions in them, which ought to be supplyed and provided against, in any such Language or Character, as is to be invented according to the rules of Art.

The second Part shall contein that which is the great foundation of the thing here designed, namely a regular enumeration and description of all those things and notions, to which marks or names ought to be assigned according to their respective natures, which may be styled the Scientifical Part, comprehending Vniversal Philosophy. It being the pro∣per end and design of the several branches of Philosophy to reduce all things and notions unto such a frame, as may express their natural order, dependence, and relations.

The third Part shall treat concerning such helps and Instruments, as are requisite for the framing of these more simple notions into continued Speech or Discourse, which may therefore be stiled the Organical or In∣strumental Part, and doth comprehend the Art of Natural or Philoso∣phical Grammar.

In the fourth Part I shall shew how these more generall Rules may be applyed to particular kinds of Characters, and Languages, giving an instance of each. To which shall be adjoyned by way of Appendix, a Discourse shewing the advantage of such a kind of Philosophical Chara∣cter and Language, above any of those which are now known, more par∣ticularly above that which is of most general use in these parts of the World; namely, the Latine.

Lastly, There shall be added a Dictionary of the English tongue, in which shall be shown how all the words of this Language, according to Page  2 the various equivocal senses of them, may be sufficiently expressed by the Philosophical Tables here proposed.

I begin with the first of these.

*The design of this Treatise being an attempt towards a new kind of Character and Language, it cannot therefore be improper to premise some∣what concerning those already in being; the first Original of them, their several kinds, the various changes and corruptions to which they are ly∣able, together with the manifold defects belonging to them. This I shall endeavour to do in the former part of this Discourse.

There is scarce any subject that hath been more throughly scanned and debated amongst Learned men, than the Original of Languages and Letters. 'Tis evident enough that no one Language is natural to mankind, because the knowledge which is natural would generally re∣main amongst men, notwithstanding the superinduction of any other particular Tongue, wherein they might be by Art. Nor is it much to be wondred at, that the ancient Heathen, who knew nothing of Scri∣pture-revelation, should be inclined to believe, that either Men and Languages were eternal; or, that if there were any particular time when men did spring out of the Earth, and after inhabit alone and dispersedly in Woods and Caves, they had at first no Articulate voice, but only such rude sounds as Beasts have; till afterwards particular Families increasing, or several Families joyning together for mutual safety and defence, under Government and Societies, they began by degrees and long practice to consent in certain Articulate sounds, whereby to communicate their thoughts, which in several Countries made several Languages, according to that in the Poet,

Cùm prorepserunt primis animalia terris,
*Mutum & turpe pecus, glandem atque cubilia propter
Vnguibus & pugnis, dein fustibus, atque ita porro
Pugnabant armis, quae post fabricaverat usus,
Donec verba quibus voces sensúsque notarent
Nomináque invenêre; dehinc absistere bello,
Oppida coeperunt munire, & ponere leges,
Ne quis fur esset, neu latro, neu quis adulter, &c.

But to us, who have the revelation of Scripture, these kind of scru∣ples and conjectures are sufficiently stated. And 'tis evident enough that the first Language was con-created with our first Parents, they immedi∣ately understanding the voice of God speaking to them in the Garden. And how Languages came to be multiplyed, is likewise manifested in the Story of the Confusion of Babel.* How many Languages, and which they were that sprang up at that Confusion, is altogether uncertain; whe∣ther many of them that were then in being, be not now wholly lost; and many others, which had not the same original, have not since arisen in the world, is not (I think) to be doubted.

The most received Conjecture is, that the Languages of the Confusi∣on were according to the several Families from Noah, which were 70 or 72. though there be very strong probabilities to prove that they were not so many, and that the first Dispersion did not divide mankind into so Page  3 many Colonies. But now the several Languages that are used in the world do farre exceed this number.*Pliny and Strabo do both make mention of a great Mart-Town in Colchos named Dioscuria, to which men of three hundred Nations, and of so many several Languages, were wont to resort for Trading. Which, considering the narrow compass of Traf∣fick before the invention of the magnetic Needle, must needs be but a small proportion, in comparison to those many of the remoter and un∣known parts of the world.

Some of the American Histories relate,* that in every fourscore miles of that vast Country, and almost in every particular valley of Peru, the Inhabitants have a distinct Language. And one who for several years travelled the Northern parts of America about Florida,* and could speak six several Languages of those people, doth affirm, that he found, upon his enquiry and converse with them, more than a thousand different Lan∣guages amongst them.

As for those Languages which seem to have no derivation from, or de∣pendance upon, or affinity with one another,* they are styled Linguae ma∣trices, or Mother-tongues. Of these Ioseph Scaliger affirms there are ele∣ven, and not more, used in Europe;* whereof four are of more general and large extent, and the other seven of a narrower compass and use. Of the more general Tongues.

1. The Greek was anciently of very great extent, not onely in Europe, but in Asia too, and Afric,* where several Colonies of that Nation were planted; by which dispersion and mixture with other people it did de∣generate into several Dialects. Besides those four that are commonly noted, the Doric, Ionic, Aeolic, Attic, Herodotus doth mention four several Dialects of the Ionic. The inhabitants of Rhodes, Cyprus, Crete, had each of them some peculiarity in their Language. And the present Coptic or Aegyptian seems, both from the words and the character, to be a branch of this family, and was probably spred amongst that people in the days of Alexander the Great, upon his conquering of them: Though some conceive that there were at least 30000 families of Greeks planted in that Country long before his time.

2. The Latin, though this be much of it a derivation from the Greek, (of which the now French, Spanish, and Italian are several off-springs and derivations) had anciently four several Dialects,* as Petrus Crinitus shews cut of Varro.

3. The Teutonic or German is now distinguished into Vpper and Low∣er. The Vpper hath two notable Dialects. 1. The Danish, Scandian,* or perhaps the Gothic, to which belongs the Language used in Denmark, Norway, Swedeland, and Island. 2. The Saxon, to which appertain the several Languages of the English, the Scots, the Frisians, and those on the North of Elve.

4. The Slavonic is extended, though with some variation, through many large Territories, Muscovia, Russia, Poland, Bohemia, Vandalia, Croa∣tia, Lithuania, Dalmatia;* and is said to be the vulgar Language used a∣mongst 60 several Nations.

The Languages of lesser extent are, 1. The Albanese, or old Epirotic, now used in the mountainous parts of Epirus.

2. The Europaean Tartar, or Scythian, from which some conceive our Page  4Irish to have had its original. As for the Turkish Tongue, that is original∣ly no other but the Asiatic Tartar, mixed with Armenian and Persian, some Greek, and much Arabic.

3. The Hungarian, used in the greatest part of that Kingdom.

4. The Finnic, used in Finland and Lapland.

5. The Cantabrian, used amongst the Biscainers, who live near the Ocean on the Pyrene hills, bordering both upon France and Spain.

6. The Irish, in Ireland, and from thence brought over into some parts of Scotland. Though Mr. Camden would have this to be a derivation from the Welsh.

7. The old Gaulish or British, which is yet preserved in Wales, Corn∣wall, and Britain in France.

*To this number Mr. Brerewood doth add four others, viz.

  • 1. The Arabic, now used in the steep mountains of Granata; which yet is a Dialect from the Hebrew, and not a Mother-tongue.
  • 2. The Cauchian, in East-Friseland.
  • 3. The Illyrian, in the Isle of Veggia.
  • 4. The Iazygian, on the North side of Hungary.

Besides this difference of Languages in their first derivation, every particular Tongue hath its several Dialects.* Though Iudaea were a re∣gion of a very narrow compass, yet was it not without its varieties of this kind: witness the story concerning Shibboleth and Sibboleth; and that of the Levite,* who was discovered by his manner of speech; and S. Pe∣ter's being known for a Galilaean. 'Tis so generally in other Countries, and particularly with us in England, where the Northern and Western inhabitants do observe a different dialect from other parts of the Nati∣on, as may appear from that particular instance mentioned by Verstegan. Whereas the inhabitants about London would say, I would eat more cheese if I had it. A Northern man would speak it thus, Ay sud eat mare cheese gyn ay had et. And a Western man thus, Chud eat more cheese an chad it.

Every one of these reputed Mother-tongues, except the Arabic, (and perhaps the Hungarian) was used in Europe during the time of the Ro∣man Empire. But whether they were all of them so ancient as the Con∣fusion of Babel, doth not appear; there wants not good probability to the contrary for some of them.

*It hath been the opinion of some, particularly Boxhornius, that the Scythian Tongue was the common mother from which both the Greek, Latin, German and Persian were derived, as so many Dialects; and 'tis said that Salmasius did incline to the same judgment. And Philip Cluverius conjectures, that both Germans, Gauls, Spaniards, Britans, Swedes and Norwegians, did anciently use one and the same Language. One princi∣pal argument used for this is, the agreement of those remote Nations in some radical words. Ioseph Scaliger observes that the words, Father, Mother, Brother, Bond, &c. are used in the Persian tongue, with some lit∣tle variety, in the same sense and signification as they are used with us. And Busbequius relates, that the inhabitants of Taurica Chersonesus have divers words in the same sense common with us,* as Wine, Silver, Corn, Salt, Fish, Apple, &c. But this might be merely casual, or else occasioned by a mixture of Colonies, and will not argue a derivation of one from Page  5 another. So there are several words common to the Turks, Germans,*Greeks, French, sometimes of the same, and sometimes of several signifi∣cations; which is not sufficient to argue that all these were of the same Original.

Besides these Europaean, there is likewise great variety of Languages in other parts of the world. As for the Hebrew Tongue, which is by many learned men supposed to be the same that Abraham learnt when he came into Canaan, to which that expression Isai. 19.18. The language of Ca∣naan, is thought to allude; this is supposed to be the first Mother tongue amongst all those that are now known in the world, from which there are sundry derivations, as the Chaldee, Syriac, Punic, Arabic, Persian▪ Aethiopic.

When the Iews were in Captivity at Babylon, mixed with the Chalde∣ans for 70 years,* in that tract of time they made up a Language distinct from both, which is sometimes called Syriac, and sometimes Chaldee, and sometimes Hebrew. Those passages in the Gospel, which are said to be in the Hebrew tongue, as Talitha Kumi; Elohi, Elohi, Lamma sabachthani,* are properly Syriac; onely they are called Hebrew, because that was the Language which the Hebrews then used. A great part of this Syriac tongue is for the substance of the words Chaldee, and Hebrew for the fa∣shion, so degenerating much from both. After the Captivity the pure Hebrew ceased to be vulgar, remaining onely amongst learned men, as appears by that place in Nehem. 8.7, 8. where we find the Priests, upon reading of the Law to the people after their coming out of Babylon, were fain to expound it distinctly to them, and to make them understand the meaning of it; the common people, by long disuse, being grown strangers to the Language wherein 'twas written. So in our Sa∣viour's time, the unlearned Iews, whose vulgar Tongue the Syriac was, could not understand those parts of Moses and the Prophets read to them in Hebrew every Sabbath-day. Which was the reason of those public speeches and declarations of any learned men, who occasionally came into the Synagogues, after the reading of the Law:* though neither Priests, nor Levites, nor Scribes, yet was it ordinary for them to expound unto the people the meaning of those portions of Scripture that were appointed to be read out of the Hebrew, which the people did not un∣derstand; and to render their meaning in Syriac, which was their vul∣gar Tongue.

As for so much of the pure Hebrew as is now in being, which is onely that in the old Testament, though it be sufficient to express what is there intended, yet it is so exceedingly defective in many other words requi∣site to humane discourse, that the Rabbins are fain to borrow words from many other Languages, Greek, Latin, Spanish, &c. as may appear at large in Buxtorf's Lexicon Rabbinicum, and a particular Discourse written to this very purpose by David Cohen de Lara. And, from the several defects and imperfections which seem to be in this Language, it may be guessed not to be the same which was con-created with our first Parents, and spoken by Adam in Paradise.

What other varieties of Tongues there have been, or are, in Asia, Afric, or America, I shall not now enquire.

Page  6

CHAP. II. I. Concerning the various changes and corruptions to which all vulgar Languages are obnoxious. II. Particularly concerning the changes of the English tongue. III. Whether any Language, formerly in use, be now wholly lost. IV. Concerning the first rise and occasion of new Languages.

THere are three Queres which may deserve some farther disquisiti∣on.* 1. Whether the purest of those Mother-tongues, which yet remain, be not now much changed from what they were at the first Con∣fusion. 2. Whether and how any of the Mother-tongues have been quite lost since the Confusion. 3. Whether and how other new Langua∣ges have since arisen in the world.

1. To the first, Besides the common fate and corruption to which Lan∣guages as well as all other humane things are subject, there are many other particular causes which may occasion such a change: The mix∣ture with other Nations in Commerce; Marriages in Regal Families, which doth usually bring some common words into a Court fashion; that affectation incident to some eminent men in all ages, of coining new words, and altering the common forms of speech, for greater elegance; the necessity of making other words, according as new things and in∣ventions are discovered. Besides, the Laws of forein Conquests usually extend to Letters and Speech as well as Territories; the Victor com∣monly endeavouring to propagate his own Language as farre as his Dominions; which is the reason why the Greek and Latin are so uni∣versally known. And when a Nation is overspread with several Colo∣nies of foreiners, though this do not alwaies prevail to abolish the former Language, yet if they make any long abode, this must needs make such a considerable change and mixture of speech as will very much alter it from its original Purity.

Those learned Languages which have now ceased to be vulgar, and remain onely in Books, by which the purity of them is regulated, may, whilst those Books are extant and studied, continue the same without change. But all Languages that are vulgar, as those learned ones for∣merly were, are upon the fore-mentioned occasions, subject to so many alterations, that in tract of time they will appear to be quite another thing then what they were at first.

*The Liturgies of S. Basil and S. Chrysostom, which are yet used in the Greek Churches in their publick worship, the one for solemn, the other for common days, have been a long time unintelligible to that people; so much is the vulgar Greek degenerated from its former purity.

*And Polibius testifies, that the Articles of truce betwixt the Romans and Carthaginians could scarce be understood by the most learned Ro∣man Antiquaries 350 years after the time of their making.

*If any English man should now write or speak as our forefathers did about six or seven hundred years past,* we should as little understand him as if he were a foreiner; of which it were easie to give several proofs Page  7 by instance, if it were not inconsistent with my present design of brevity. What the Saxons Language was at their first arrival into England about the year 440, doth not appear; but 'tis most probable that the changes and differences of it, have been somewhat proportionable in several Ages.

About the year of Christ 700 the Lord's Prayer in English was thus rendred:

Uren fader thic arth in heofnas, sic gehalgud thin noma:* to cymeth thin ric: sic thin willa sue is in heofnas and in eortho. Uren hlaf ofer wirtlic sel us to daeg; and forget us scylda urna, sue we forgefen scyld∣gum urum; and no inlead usith in custnung. Ah gefrig urich from ifle. Amen.

About 200 years after, it was changed thus:

Thu ure fader the eart on heofenum. Si thin nama gehalgod. Cum thin ric. Si thin willa on eorthen swa, swa on heofenum.* Syle us to daeg urn daegthanlican hlaf. And forgif us ure gyltas swa, swa we forgifath tham the with us agyltath. And ne led the us on costnung. Ac alys us from yfle. Si it swa.

About the same time it was rendred in the Saxon Gospels, said to be Translated by King Alfred, after this manner.

Faeder ure thu the earth on heofenum, si thin nama Gehalgod to be cume thin Rice, Gewurthe thin willa on eorthan swa swa on heofnum, urne ge daeghwanlican hlaf syle us to daeg. And forgyf us ure gyltas, swa swa we forgivath urum gyltendum. And ne gelaedde thu us on cost∣nung. Ac Alyse us of yfle.

About 260 years after, in the time of King Henry the 2d, it was ren∣dred thus, and sent over by Pope Adrian, an English-man, turned into meter, that the people might more easily learn and remember it.

Ure fadyr in heaven rich,
Thy name be hallyed ever lich,
Thou bring us thy michell blisse:
Als hit in heaven y. doe,
Evar in yearth beene it also.
That holy bread that lasteth ay,
Thou send it ous this ilke day,
Forgive ous all that we have don,
As we forgivet uch other mon:
Ne let ous fall into no founding,
Ac shield ous fro the fowle thing. Amen.

And about a hundred years after, in the time of Henry the third, it was rendred thus:

Fader that art in heavin blisse,
Thin helge nam it wurth the blisse,
Cumen and mot thy kingdom,
Thin holy will it be all don,
In heaven and in erdh also,
So it shall bin full well Ic tro.
Gif us all bread on this day,
And forgif us ure sinnes,
As we do ure wider winnes:
Let us not in fonding fall,
Oac fro evil thu syld us all. Amen.

Page  8About two hundred years after this in the time of Henry the VI. (as appears by a large manuscript Velume Bible in the Oxford-Library, said to have been this Kings, and by him to have been given to the Carthusi∣ans in London;) It was rendred thus.

Oure fadir that art in hevenes, halewid be thi name, thi kingdom come to thee, be thi wil don in eerthe, as in hevene, give to us this day oure breed over othre substanc, and forgive to us oure dettis, as we forgiven oure dettouris, and lede us not into temptation, but delivere us from ivel. Amen.

In another M. S. of Wickliffes Translation, who lived in Richard the 2ds time, it is rendred with very small difference from this.

About a hundred years after this, In a Bible set forth with the Kings licens, translated by Thomas Mathew, and printed in the year 1537, it was rendered thus:

O oure father which arte in heven halowed be thy name. Let thy kingdome come. Thy will be fulfilled, as well in erth, as it is in heven. Geve us this daye oure dayly bred. And forgeve us our treaspases, even as we forgeve oure trespacers. And lead us not into temptacion, but de∣lyver us from evyll. Amen.

After the same manner it is rendered in the Translation of William Tyndall, with some little differences in the spelling.

This one instance may sufficiently manifest by what degrees this Lan∣guage did receive its several Changes, and how much altered it is now from what it hath been, and consequently what is to be expected in fu∣ture times. Since Learning began to flourish in our Nation, there have been more then ordinary Changes introduced in our Language: partly by new artificial Compositions; partly by enfranchising strange forein words, for their elegance and significancy, which now make one third part of our Language; and partly by refining and mollifying old words, for the more easie and graceful sound: by which means this last Centu∣ry may be conjectured to have made a greater change in our Tongue, then any of the former, as to the addition of new words.

And thus, in all probability, must it have been with all other vulgar Languages. So that 'tis not likely that any of these Mother-tongues now in being, are the same that they were at the first Confusion. So true is that of the Poet:

*Vt sylvae foliis pronos mutantur in annos,
Prima cadunt; ita verborum vetus interit aetas,
Et, juvenum ritu, florent modò nata vigéntque.
Debemur morti nos nostráque—
And a little after,
Multa renascentur quae jam cecidere, cadéntque
Quae nunc sunt in honore vocabula, si volet usus,
Quem penes arbitrium est, & vis, & norma loqundi.

2. As to the second Quere, Whether any of the Ancient Languages be now quite lost;* it may be answered, That if in some few hundreds of years a Language may be so changed as to be scarce intelligible; then, in a much longer tract of time it may be quite abolished, none of the most radical and substantial parts remaining: For every change is a gradual corruption.

Page  9Before the flourishing of the Roman Empire, there were several native Languages used in Italy, France, Spain.* In Italy we read of the Messapi∣an, the Hetruscan, the Sabine, the Oscan, the Hetrurian or Tuscan Langua∣ges; which are now thought by Learned men to be utterly lost, and no∣where to be found in the World.

'Tis probable that there was not onely one Language in so vast a Ter∣ritory as France, but that several Provinces spake several Languages:* But what those Languages were, or whether yet extant, is uncertain. As for the Celtae, who, inhabiting the inner part of the Country, were less sub∣ject to forein mixtures, 'tis most probable that their Language might be the British or Welsh, which is yet spoken in some parts of France.*Caesar reports that the Gauls were wont often to pass over into Britain, to be instructed by the Druids, amongst whom there was then no use of Books or Writing, and therefore they must communicate by Discourse. And Tacitus affirms that the Speech of the British and Gauls, differed but little.

It is conceived that one of the ancient Tongues of Spain was the Cantabrian, which doth now there remain in the more barren mountain∣ous, inaccessible parts, where Conquerors are less willing to pursue, or desirous to plant; as our British doth in Wales. But 'tis probable that there might be several other Languages besides this in so great a Continent, as well as in Italy, which are now wholly lost and unknown.

3. As to the third Quere, concerning the first Rise and occasion of new Languages,* that may be sufficiently answered by what was before suggested, concerning those many particular emergencies which may contribute to the introducing a change in Languages.

Some think that the Italians, Spaniards and French, after they were to∣tally subdued by the Romans, and planted with their Colonies, did, after a certain space of time, receive the Latin Tongue as their most vulgar Speech, and retained it; till afterwards, being several times overrun by the Northern barbarous Nations, the Goths and Vandals, and other Tribes of the Germans, who mixed with them, and after several Conquests resi∣ded amongst them, sometimes 20, 60, 200 years together; this afford∣ed time enough for such a thorough coalition betwixt them and the Na∣tives, as could not but introduce a great change in the common Lan∣guage, whilst the Nations were forced to attemper their Speech for the mutual understanding of one another.

Others conceive that those Countries did not at first perfectly receive the Latin from the Romans, but did onely make use of the most principal radical words; neglecting the Grammatical rules of composition and in∣flection, and withall varying the way of pronunciation, according to the unusualness and difficulty of several sounds to several Countries: And that this was the first and chief occasion of those various Medleys or se∣veral Dialects now in use; which were afterwards somewhat farther changed from their Originals, by those several Inundations of the Bar∣barians

'Tis not much material to dispute, which of these causes had the prin∣cipal influence in the extraction of these modern Tongues, so long as 'tis granted that both of them might contribute and suffice for this effect. As for our present English, this seems to be a mixture of the British, Ro∣man, Page  10 Saxon, Danish, Norman, according to the several vicissitudes of Plantations and Conquests,* that this Nation hath undergone. And ac∣cording as such Conquests have been more or less compleat and abso∣lute, so have the Languages been more or less generally altered: which is the reason why the Saxon Tongue was by our progenitors more fully introduced in England, then either that of the Franks amongst the Gauls, or that of the Goths or Lumbards in Italy, or that of the Goths, Vandals or Moors in Spain.

*That which seems to be the newest Language in the World, is the Ma∣layan, which is now as general and common amongst the Natives of the East-Indies, as Latin or French is in these parts of the World. 'Tis said to be but of late invention, occasioned by the concourse of Fishermen from Pegu, Siam, Bengala, and several other Nations, who meeting toge∣ther at a place convenient for Fishing, and finding that it was by situati∣on exceeding commodious for Traffick from several parts, did agree to settle there a Plantation; and accordingly built the Town of Malacca, which hath since, for many years, been governed by the Portuguez, and is now under the power of the Hollander. And, for the more facil con∣verse with one another, they agreed upon a distinct Language, which pro∣bably was made up by selecting the most soft and easy words belonging to each several Nation. And this is the onely Language (for ought I know) that hath ever been at once invented; if it may properly be styled a distinct Language, and not rather a Medley of many. But this being invented by rude Fishermen, it cannot be expected that it should have all those advantages, with which it might have been furnished by the rules of Philosophy.

*I know that the Learned Golius doth affirm the China Language to be invented by Art; but, upon the best discovery to be made of it at this distance, from those who have lived many years in that Country, and pre∣tend to understand the Language, it appears to be so exceedingly equivo∣cal, and in many respects so very imperfect, that there is little reason to be∣lieve it had any such Original.

CHAP. III. I. The Original of Letters and Writing. II. That all Letters were de∣rived from the Hebrew. III. The use of Letters is less ancient, and the kinds of them less numerous, then of the Languages themselves. IV. Of Notes for Secrecy or Brevity. V. Of real Characters. VI. Of Alphabets in general.

HAving laid down this brief and general View of Languages, 'tis re∣quisite that something should be also premised concerning Letters,* the Invention of which was a thing of so great Art and exquisiteness, that Tully doth from hence inferr the divinity and spirituality of the hu∣mane soul,* and that it must needs be of a farr more excellent and abstract∣ed Essence then mere Matter or Body, in that it was able to reduce all articulate sounds to 24 Letters.

Page  11Though the Scripture doth not mention any thing concerning the in∣vention of these; yet 'tis most generally agreed, that Adam, (though not immediately after his Creation, yet) in process of time, upon his ex∣perience of their great necessity and usefulness, did first invent the anci∣ent Hebrew Character: whether that which we now call the Hebrew, or else the Samaritan, is a question much debated by several Learned men, which I shall not now inquire into, or offer to determine.

As for those particular Alphabets which are by some ascribed to Adam, Enoch and Noah, mentioned by several Authors,* and in a late Discourse by Thomas Bangius, they have so little foundation in any probable reason or story, that I shall not so much as make any farther mention of them.

It hath been abundantly cleared up by many Learned men, that the ancient Hebrew Character hath the priority before any other now known;* which is confirmed by the concurrent testimony of the best and most an∣cient Heathen Writers. And 'tis amongst rational arguments none of the least, for the Truth and Divine Authority of Scripture,* to consider the general concurrence of all manner of evidence for the Antiquity of the Hebrew, and the derivation of all other Letters from it.

Pliny affirms in one place,* that the first invention of Letters ought to be ascribed unto the Assyrians; and in another place he saith, that under the name of Syria he understands the Regions which were styled Pale∣stine, Iudaea and Phoenicia; and in the same Chapter he ascribes the inven∣tion of Letters to the Phoenicians. So doth Lucan likewise;*

Phoenices primi (famae si credimus) ausi
Mansuram rudibus vocem signare figuris.

With these agree aHerodotus, Strabo,bPlutarch,cCurtius, Mela, &c. who all consent, that the Grecians did first receive their Letters from the Phoenicians by Cadmus, who lived about the time of Ioshua. And that the Punic or Phoenician Tongue was the Canaanitish or the Hebrew, though somewhat altered from its original pronunciation,* (as is wont in tract of time to befall Colonies planted far from home, amongst stran∣gers,) is sufficiently manifested from the remainders of it that are ex∣tant in Plautus and other prophane Authors, as they are cited by the learned Bochart. And that the Phoenicians were Canaanites hath proof also in Scripture, because the same woman who in Mark 7.26. is styled a Syrophoenician, is said Matth. 15.22. to be a Canaanite.

That the ancient Greek Character was of very near affinity to the Samaritan, and that the Latin Letters were of such an affinity to the Greek, and derived from them, being in a manner the same with the an∣cient Ionic Letters, is made very plain by Scaliger,* and owned by Pliny and Dionysius Halicarnassensis. And Tacitus doth acknowledge that the ancient Latin Characters were in their shape and figure almost the same with the Greek. And as for the other Letters that are known, namely, the Syriac, Arabic, Aethiopic, Armenian, Coptic, Illyric, Georgian, Gothic, there is this cogent Argument to prove them to be of the same Origi∣nal, because their Alphabets do generally observe the same order of Let∣ters, which, being in it self exceedingly irrational, cannot probably have any other reason but imitation. Except onely that of the Arabs,* saith Her∣mannus Hugo, who, that they might not seem to have borrowed Letters Page  12 from others, did purposely disturb the order of the Alphabet; to which he might have added the Aethiopic and Armenian.

*There are two general things to be observed concerning these deri∣ved Letters. 1. That they are not of so great Antiquity. 2. That they are not so numerous as Languages are.

1. They are not so ancient, many Nations remaining a long while be∣fore they grew so far civilized as to understand the use of Letters, which to this day are not known amongst many of the American Nations, nor the Inhabitants of Lapland: and after they have been known, and of some public use, it hath been yet a considerable space, before persons have written any Discourse in their own Language. 'Tis observed by Tschudas of the German,* and by Genebrard of the French Tongue, (saith Mr. Brerewood) that 'tis not much above 400 years, since Books began to be written in those Languages.

2. And because the use of Letters in particular Countries is not so an∣cient as Language, therefore are they not of so numerous kinds; several Nations taking up the use of Letters from their neighbours, and adapting them to their own Tongue. Thus the Spanish, French, Italian, German, British, English, Irish, &c. do all of them use the same Latine Character, it being probable that they had none of their own, before they learnt this of the Romans. The Coptic or Egyptian Character, ever since Egypt came under the Dominion of Macedon, hath been the Greek, excepting only seven Letters proper to their Tongue, which the Greek Alphabet did not sufficiently express; The Muscovites likewise and the Russians, the Georgians and Iacobins, do use the Greek Character; the Persians and Turks use the Arabick: though the Letters of any Tongue do not al∣waies remain the same, but are subject to the like fate and mutability, to which Languages are exposed.

Besides this common way of Writing by the ordinary Letters, the An∣cients have sometimes used to communicate by other Notes,* which were either for Secrecy, or Brevity.

1. For Secrecy: such were the Egyptian Hieroglyphicks, (as they are commonly esteemed) being the representation of certain living Crea∣tures, and other Bodies, whereby they were wont to conceal from the vulgar the Mysteries of their Religion. But there is reason to doubt whether there be any thing in these worth the enquiry, the discoveries that have been hitherto made out of them being but very few and in∣significant. They seem to be but a slight, imperfect invention, sutable to those first and ruder Ages;* much of the same nature with that Mexi∣can way of writing by Picture, which was a mere shift they were put to for want of the knowledge of Letters. And it seems to me questionable, whether the Egyptians did not at first use their Hieroglyphicks upon the same account, namely, for the want of Letters.

Those waies of writing treated of by the Abbot Trithemius, were likewise for occult or secret communication: And though some Learn∣ed men have suspected and accused him to have thereby delivered the Art of Magic, or Conjuring; yet he is sufficiently cleared and vindicated from any such prejudice in that very learned and ingenious Discourse de Cryptographia, under the feigned name of Gustavus Selenus,Page  13 by which the noble Author, the Duke of Lunenburg, did disguise his true name of Augustus Lunaeburgicus.

2. For Brevity: There were single Letters or marks, whereby the Ro∣mans were wont to express whole words. Ennius is said to have inven∣ted 1100 of these; to which number Tullius Tyro, Cicero's Libertus, (o∣thers say Cicero himself,) added divers others,* to signifie the particles of speech; after whom Philargyrus the Samian and Macaenas, added yet more. After these Annaeus Seneca is said to have laboured in the regu∣lating and digesting of those former notes; to which adding many of his own, he augmented the whole number to 5000, published by Ianus Gruterus; though amongst his there are divers of a later invention, re∣lating to Christian institutions, which have been added since (as 'tis said) by S. Cyprian the Martyr. The way of writing by these did require a vast memory and labour; yet it was far short of expressing all things and Notions, and besides, had no provision for Grammatical varia∣tions.

Of this nature is that Short-hand-writing by Characters so fre∣quent with us in England, and much wondered at by Foreiners; which hath a great advantage for speed and swiftness in writing; those who are expert in it being able this way to take any ordinary discourse verbatim.

Besides these, there have been some other proposals and attempts a∣bout a Real universal Character, that should not signifie words,* but things and notions, and consequently might be legible by any Nation in their own Tongue; which is the principal design of this Treatise. That such a Real Character is possible, and hath been reckoned by Learned men amongst the Desiderata, were easie to make out by abundance of Testi∣monies. To this purpose is that which Piso mentions to be somewhere the wish of Galen,* That some way might be found out to represent things by such peculiar signs and names as should express their natures; ut Sophistis eriperetur decertandi & calumniandi occasio. There are se∣veral other passages to this purpose in the Learned Verulam, in Vossius,* in Hermannus Hugo, &c. besides what is commonly reported of the men of China, who do now, and have for many Ages used such a general Chara∣cter, by which the Inhabitants of that large Kingdom, many of them of different Tongues, do communicate with one another, every one understanding this common Character, and reading it in his own Lan∣guage.

It cannot be denied, but that the variety of Letters is an appendix to the Curse of Babel, namely, the multitude and variety of Languages. And therefore, for any man to go about to add to their number, will be but like the inventing of a Disease, for which he can expect but little thanks from the world. But this Consideration ought to be no discourage∣ment: For supposing such a thing as is here proposed, could be well established, it would be the surest remedy that could be against the Curse of the Confusion, by rendring all other Languages and Characters useless.

It doth not appear that any Alphabet now in being, was invented at once or by the rules of Art; but rather that all, except the Hebrew,* were Page  14 taken up by Imitation, and past by degrees through several Changes; which is the reason that they are less complete, and liable to several ex∣ceptions. The Hebrew Character, as to the shape of it, though it appear solemn and grave, yet hath it not its Letters sufficiently distinguished from one another, and withall it appears somewhat harsh and rugged. The Arabic Character, though it shew beautiful, yet is it too elaborate, and takes up too much room, and cannot well be written small. The Greek and the Latin are both of them graceful and indifferent easie, though not without their several imperfections.

As for the Aethiopic, it hath no less then 202 Letters in its Alphabet; namely, 7 Vowels, which they apply to every one of their 26 Conso∣nants, to which they add 20 other aspirated Syllables. All their Cha∣racters are exceedingly complicated and perplexed, and much more dif∣ficult then those proposed in this following Discourse for the expressing of things and notions.

*This is said likewise of the Tartarian, that every Character with them is a Syllable, having each of the Vowels joyned to its Consonant, as La, Le, Li, &c. which must needs make a long and troublesome Alphabet.

But it is not my purpose to animadvert upon these Tongues that are less known, so much as those with which these parts of the world are bet∣ter acquainted.

CHAP. IV. I. The Defects in the common Alphabets, as to their true Order. II. Iust Number. III. Determinate Powers. IV. Fitting Names. V. Pro∣per Figures of the Letters. VI. The Imperfections belonging to the Words of Language, as to their Equivocalness, variety of Synonymous words, uncertain Phraseologies, improper way of Writing.

ONe special Circumstance which adds to the Curse of Babel is that difficulty which there is in all Languages,* arising from the various Imperfections belonging to them, both in respect of 1. their first Elements or Alphabets, 2. their Words.

1. For Alphabets, they are all of them, in many respects, liable to just exception.

1. As to the Order of them, they are inartificial and confused, without any such methodical distribution as were requisite for their particular na∣tures and differences; the Vowels and Consonants being promiscuously huddled together, without any distinction: Whereas in a regular Alpha∣bet, the Vowels and Consonants should be reduced into Classes, according to their several kinds, with such an order of precedence and subsequence as their natures will bear; this being the proper end and design of that which we call Method, to separate the Heterogeneous, and put the Homo∣geneous together, according to some rule of precedency.

The Hebrew Alphabet, (the order of which is observed in several Scriptures, Psal. 119. and in the Book of Lamentations) from whence the others are derived, is not free from this Imperfection.

Page  152. For their Number, they are in several respects both Redundant, and Deficient.*

1. Redundant and superfluous; either 1. By allotting several Let∣ters to the same power and sound. So in the Hebrew (〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 & 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉) and so perhaps (〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 & 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉) (〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 & 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉) (〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 & 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉) (〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉 & 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉.) So in the ordinary La∣tin, (C & K) (F & Ph.) Or 2. by reckoning double Letters amongst the most simple elements of Speech: as in the Hebrew〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉; in the Greek ξ and 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉; in the Latin (Q. Cu) (X. cs.) and I Consonant or Jod which is made up of (dzh) by assigning several Letters to represent one sim∣ple power, as th, sh, &c. So that none of these can regularly be rec∣koned amongst the simple elements of Speech.

2. Deficient in other respects, especially in regard of Vowels, of which there are 7 or 8 several kinds commonly used, (as I shall shew after∣wards) though the Latin Alphabet take notice but of five, whereof two, namely (i and u.) according to our English pronunciation of them, are not properly Vowels, but Diphthongs. And besides, that gradual difference amongst Vowels of long and short is not sufficiently provided for. The Ancients were wont to express a long Vowel by doubling the Character of it; as Amaabam, Naata, Ree, Seedes, Sanctissimiis, Mariinas:* though oftentimes the Vowel I, instead of being doubled, was onely pro∣longed in the figure of it; as AEDILIS, PISO, VIVUS. For the ways used by us English for lengthning and abbreviating Vowels, viz. by adding E quiescent to the end of a word for prolonging a Syllable, and doubling the following Consonant for the shortning of a Vowel, as Wane, Wann; Ware, Warr, &c. or else by inserting some other Vowel, for the lengthning of it, as Meat, Met; Read, Red, &c. both these are upon this account improper, because the sign ought to be where the sound is. Nor would it be so fit to express this by a distinct Character, because it denotes onely an accidental or gradual difference, as by an Accent; the chief use of Accents, for which they are necessary in ordinary speech, being to sig∣nifie Quantities and Elevations of voice.

3. For their Powers, they are very uncertain, not alwaies fixed and de∣termined to the same signification:* which as to our English pronunciati∣on may be made to appear by abundance of Instances both in the Vow∣els and Consonants.

1. As to thVowels: It is generally acknowledged that each of them have several sounds. Vocales omnes plurisonae, saith Lipsius. And the learn∣ed Vossius doth assure us,* that the Ancients did use their Vowels in very different wayes, aliquando tenuiùs exiliúsque, nunc crassiùs, nunc inter∣medio sono.

The power of the Vowel () treated of afterwards, is expressed in writing no less then six several waies; by

  • e. He, me, she, ye.
  • ee. Thee, free, wee.
  • ie. Field, yield, shield, chief.
  • ea. Near, dear, hear.
  • eo. People.
  • i. Privilege.

So is the Power of the Vowel (α;) as in All, aul, aw, fault, caught, Page  16 brought. These are all various waies of writing the same long Vowel; besides which there are other distinct waies of expressing the same Vowel when it is used short, as in the words of, for, &c.

And for the Power of the Vowel () that is likewise written five se∣veral waies.

  • o. To, who, move.
  • oe. Doe.
  • oo. Shoo, moon, noon.
  • ou. Could, would.
  • wo. Two.

And as for the Power of the Vowel () this also is written five seve∣ral waies; namely, by the Letters

  • i. Sir, stir, firmament, &c.
  • o. Hony, mony, come, some, love, &c.
  • oo. Blood, flood.
  • u. Turn, burn, burthen.
  • ou. Country, couple.

2. As to the Consonants, these likewise are of very uncertain Powers: witness the different pronunciation of the letter (C) in the word Circo, and (G) in the word Negligence. I know 'tis said that the letter (C) before the Vowels a, o, u, must be pronounced like (K,) as in the words cado, coram, cudo; and before the Vowels e, i, as S, as in the words cedo, cilium. But there is no reason why it should be so. Upon which account our learned Country man,* Sir Tho. Smith, doth justly censure it as mon∣strum literae, non litera; ignorantiae specimen, non artis; modò serpens, modo cornix.

*The letters C, S, T, are often used alike, to denote the same Power, and that both in English and French; and the letter (S) is most frequent∣ly used for (Z) which must needs be very improper. And, which is yet more irrational, some Letters of the same name and shape are used sometimes for Vowels, and sometimes for Consonants; as I▪ V, W, Y; which yet differ from one another sicut corpus & anima, and ought by no means to be confounded.*

To which may be added, that from this equivocal power of Letters, it so falls out, that

1. Some words are distinguished in writing, and not in pronunciation: as Sessio, Cessio; Sera, Cera; Servus, Cervus; Syrus, Cyrus; Boar, Bore; Come, Lat. Cum; Done, Dun; Dear, Deer; Hear, Here▪ Heart, Hart; Meat, Mete; Son, Sun; Some, Lat. Sum; Toes, Toze; Toe, Towe; To, Too, Two.

2. Some words are distinguished in pronunciation, but not in writing; as the words Give, i. Dare, Give, i. Vinculum; Get. i. Acquirere, Get, i. Ga∣gates; is and his in English, and is and his in Latin. So the Latin word Malè, i. evilly, is a dissyllable; whereas the English word Male, which signifies the masculine Sex, is but a monosyllable. All which are very great incongruities, and such as ought to be avoided in any regular esta∣blishment of Letters.

4. Their Names in most Alphabets, are very improperly expressed by words of several syllables;* as Aleph, Beth, Gimel, &c. Alpha, Beta, Gamma, &c. And thus it is in 15 several Alphabets mentioned by Her∣mannus Page  17 Hugo. In which respect the Roman Alphabet, and our English,* which follows it very near, are much more convenient then the rest, where each Letter is named simply by its Power. Though herein like∣wise there be some defects: for the letter C should not be named See, but Kee; and G, not, as usually we do, Iee, but 〈 in non-Latin alphabet 〉: and so R, to con∣form it with the rest, should be called er, not ar; and Z should be styled ez, not zad.

5. Their Figures have not that correspondency to their Natures and Powers which were desirable in an artificially-invented Alphabet,* wherein the Vowels ought to have something answerable in their Chara∣cter unto the several kinds of Apertion which they have in their sound. And so for the Consonants, they should have some such affinity in their Figures as they have in their Powers. 'Tis so in some of them, whether purposely or casually, I know not; as BP. bp. CG. SZ. and perhaps TD, td: but not in others.

To this may be added, the manner of writing as to the Oriental Tongues, from the right hand to the left, which is as unnatural and incon∣venient, as to write with the light on the wrong side. The Iews them∣selves write their particular strokes of Letters from the left to the right hand; and therefore it would be much more rational,* that their words should be written so too.

Besides these Defects in the usual Alphabets or Letters, there are seve∣ral others likewise in the Words of Language,* and their Accidents and Constructions.

1. In regard of Equivocals, which are of several significations, and therefore must needs render speech doubtful and obscure; and that ar∣gues a deficiency, or want of a sufficient number of words. These are ei∣ther absolutely so, or in their figurative construction, or by reason of Phra∣seologies.

Of the first kind there are great variety in Latin. So the word

  • LIBER apud Literatos significat Codicem.
  • LIBER apud Politicos significat Libertate fruentem.
  • LIBER apud Oratores significat Filium.
  • LIBER apud Rusticos significat Arboris corticem.

So the word Malus signifies both an Apple-tree, and Evil, and the Mast of a ship; and Populus signifies both a Poplar-tree, and the People, &c. Besides such Equivocals as are made by the inflexion of words: as Lex, legis, legi; Lego, legis, legi: Sus, suis; Suo, suis; Suus, suis: Amarè the Adverb; Amo, amas, amavi, amare; and Amor, amaris vel amare: with abundance of the like of each kind.

Nor is it better with the English Tongue in this respect, in which there is great variety of Equivocals. So the word Bill signifies both a Weapon, a Bird's Beak, and a written Scroul: The word Grave signifies both So∣ber, and Sepulcher, and to Carve, &c.

As for the ambiguity of words by reason of Metaphor and Phraseology, this is in all instituted Languages so obvious and so various, that it is need∣less to give any instances of it; every Language having some peculiar phrases belonging to it, which, if they were to be translated verbatim in∣to another Tongue, would seem wild and insignificant. In which our Page  18 English doth too much abound, witness those words of Break, Bring, Cast, Cleare, Come, Cut, Draw, Fall, Hand, Keep, Lay, make, Pass, Put, Run, Set, Stand, Take, none of which have less then thirty or forty, and some of them about a hundred several senses, according to their use in Phra∣ses, as may be seen in the Dictionary. And though the varieties of Phra∣ses in Language may seem to contribute to the elegance and ornament of Speech; yet, like other affected ornaments, they prejudice the native simplicity of it, and contribute to the disguising of it with false appearan∣ces. Besides that, like other things of fashion, they are very changeable, every generation producing new ones; witness the present Age, espe∣cially the late times, wherein this grand imposture of Phrases hath almost eaten out solid Knowledge in all professions; such men generally being of most esteem who are skilled in these Canting forms of speech, though in nothing else.

2. In respect of Synonymous words, which make Language tedious, and are generally superfluities, since the end and use of Speech is for hu∣mane utility and mutual converse;*magìs igitur refert ut brevis, & rectus, & simplex sit quàm longus & varius. And yet there is no particular Lan∣guage but what is very obnoxious in this kind. 'Tis said that the Arabic hath above a thousand several names for a Sword,* and 500 for a Lion, and 200 for a Serpent, and fourscore for Hony. And though perhaps no other Language do exceed at this rate, as to any particular; yet do they all of them abound more then enough in the general. The examples of this kind, for our English, may be seen in the following Tables. To this may be added, that there are in most Languages several words that are mere Expletives, not adding any thing to the Sense.

3. For the Anomalisms and Irregularities in Grammatical constructi∣on, which abound in every Language, and in some of them are so nu∣merous, that Learned men have scrupled whether there be any such thing as Analogy.

4. For that Difference which there is in very many words betwixt the writing and pronouncing of them, mentioned before. Scriptio est vocum pictura: And it should seem very reasonable, that men should either speak as they write, or write as they speak. And yet Custom hath so ri∣vetted this incongruity and imperfection in all Languages, that it were an hopeless attempt for any man to go about to repair and amend it. 'Tis needless to give instances of this, there being in divers Languages as ma∣ny words whose sounds do disagree with their way of writing, as those are that agree. What is said of our English Tongue is proportionably true of most other Languages, That if ten Scribes (not acquainted with the particular Speech) should set themselves to write according to pronunciation, not any two of them would agree in the same way of spelling.

'Tis an observation of a Learned man concerning the French Tongue, that it is ineptissimè confusa, aliàs ad fastidium otiosis suffarcta literis; ali∣às ad mendicitatem inops & jejuna;*nunquam sibi constans, & raro rationi consona. 'Tis said that Peter Ramus did labour much in reducing it to a new Orthography, but met with much discouragement in this attempt from Learned men; besides the invincibleness of general Custom, a∣gainst which (for the most part) men strive in vain. What better suc∣cess those Learned ingenuous persons of the French Academy may have, Page  19 who have been for several years ingaged in this Work,* I cannot conje∣cture. 'Tis related of Chilperick King of France, that he did, for the com∣pendiousness of writing, add to the French Alphabet these five Letters, θ. χ. ο. ξ. ψ. injoyning by a strict and solemn Edict the reception and use of them through his Dominions; and that in all Schools Youths should be instituted in the use of them. And yet, notwithstanding his Authority in imposing of them, they were presently after his death laid aside and disused.

As to our own Language, several persons have taken much pains a∣bout the Orthography of it. That Learned Knight Sir Thomas Smith, Se∣cretary to Queen Elizabeth, and sometime her Embassador into France, hath published an elegant Discourse in Latin, De recta & emendata Lin∣guae Anglicanae scriptione. After him, this Subject was in another Discourse prosecuted by one of the Heralds, who calls himself Chester; who was followed by one Wade, that writ to the same purpose. After these, Bul∣laker endeavoured to add to, and alter divers things in those others that preceded him; who was succeeded in the same attempt by Alexander Gill, in his English Grammar. And yet so invincible is Custom, that still we retain the same errors and incongruities in writing which our Fore∣fathers taught us.

CHAP. V. I. That neither Letters nor Languages have been regularly established by the rules of Art. II. The natural Ground or Principle of the several ways of Communication amongst men. III. The first thing to be pro∣vided for in the establishing of a Philosophical Character or Language, is a just enumeration of all such things and notions to which names are to be assigned.

FRom what hath been already said it may appear, that there are no Letters or Languages that have been at once invented and established according to the Rules of Art; but that all, except the first,* (of which we know nothing so certain as, that it was not made by human Art upon Experience) have been either taken up from that first, and derived by way of Imitation; or else, in a long tract of time, have, upon several emergencies, admitted various and casual alterations; by which means they must needs be liable to manifold defects and imperfections, that in a Language at once invented and according to the rules of Art might be easily avoided. Nor could this otherwise be, because that very Art by which Language should be regulated, viz. Grammar, is of much la∣ter invention then Languages themselves, being adapted to what was al∣ready in being, rather then the Rule of making it so.

Though the Hebrew Tongue be the most ancient, yet Rabbi Iudah Chiug of Fez in Afric,* who lived A. D. 1040. was the first that reduced it to the Art of Grammar. And though there were both Greek and Latin Grammarians much more ancient; yet were there none in either, till a long time after those Languages flourished: which is the true reason of Page  20 all those Anomalisms in Grammar; because the Art was suted to Lan∣guage,* and not Language to the Art. Plato is said to be the first that con∣sidered Grammar: Aristotle the first that by writing did reduce it into an Art: and Epicurus the first that publickly taught it amongst the Grecians.

And for the Latin, Crates Mallotes, Embassador to the Roman Senate from King Attalus, betwixt the second and third Punic War, presently af∣ter the death of Ennius, U. C. 583. was the first that brought in the Art of Grammar amongst the Romans, saith Suetonius.

These being some of the Defects or Imperfections in those Letters or Languages, which are already known, may afford direction, what is to be avoided by those who propose to themselves the Invention of a new Character or Language, which being the principal end of this Discourse, I shall in the next place proceed to lay down the first Foundations of it.

As men do generally agree in the same Principle of Reason, so do they likewise agree in the same Internal Notion or Apprehension of things.*

The External Expression of these Mental notions, whereby men com∣municate their thoughts to one another, is either to the Ear, or to the Eye.

To the Ear by Sounds, and more particularly by Articulate Voice and Words.

To the Eye by any thing that is visible, Motion, Light, Colour, Figure; and more particularly by Writing.

That conceit which men have in their minds concerning a Horse or Tree, is the Notion or mental Image of that Beast, or natural thing, of such a nature, shape and use. The Names given to these in several Lan∣guages, are such arbitrary sounds or words, as Nations of men have agreed upon, either casually or designedly, to express their Mental notions of them. The Written word is the figure or picture of that Sound.

So that if men should generally consent upon the same way or man∣ner of Expression, as they do agree in the same Notion, we should then be freed from that Curse in the Confusion of Tongues, with all the unhap∣py consequences of it.

Now this can onely be done, either by enjoyning some one Language and Character to be universally learnt and practised, (which is not to be expected, till some person attain to the Vniversal Monarchy; and per∣haps would not be done then:) or else by proposing some such way as, by its facility and usefulness, (without the imposition of Authority) might invite and ingage men to the learning of it; which is the thing here attempted.

In order to this, The first thing to be considered and enquired into is, Concerning a just Enumeration and description of such things or notions as are to have Marks or Names assigned to them.*

The chief Difficulty and Labour will be so to contrive the Enumera∣tion of things and notions, as that they may be full and adaequate, without any Redundancy or Deficiency as to the Number of them, and regular as to their Place and Order.

Page  21If to every thing and notion there were assigned a distinct Mark, to∣gether with some provision to express Grammatical Derivations and In∣flexions; this might suffice as to one great end of a Real Character, name∣ly, the expression of our Conceptions by Marks which should signifie things, and not words. And so likewise if several distinct words were assigned for the names of such things, with certain in variable Rules for all such Grammatical Derivations and Inflexions, and such onely, as are natural and necessary; this would make a much more easie and conveni∣ent Language then is yet in being.

But now if these Marks or Notes could be so contrived, as to have such a dependance upon, and relation to, one another, as might be sutable to the nature of the things and notions which they represented; and so likewise, if the Names of things could be so ordered, as to contain such a kind of affinity or opposition in their letters and sounds, as might be some way answerable to the nature of the things which they signified; This would yet be a farther advantage superadded: by which, besides the best way of helping the Memory by natural Method, the Vnderstanding likewise would be highly improved; and we should, by learning the Character and the Names of things, be instructed likewise in their Na∣tures, the knowledg of both which ought to be conjoyned.

For the accurate effecting of this, it would be necessary, that the Theo∣ry it self, upon which such a design were to be founded, should be exact∣ly suted to the nature of things. But, upon supposal that this Theory is defective, either as to the Fulness or the Order of it, this must needs add much perplexity to any such Attempt, and render it imperfect. And that this is the case with that common Theory already received, need not much be doubted; which may afford some excuse as to several of those things which may seem to be less conveniently disposed of in the follow∣ing Tables, or Schemes proposed in the next part.

The End of the First Part.
Page  22

The Second Part, Conteining a regular enumeration and description of all those things and notions to which names are to be assigned.

CHAP. I. I. The Scheme of Genus's. II. Concerning the more general notions of things, the difficulty of establishing these aright. III. Of Transcenden∣tals general. IV. Of Transcendental relations mixed. V. Of Tran∣scendental relations of Action. VI. Of the several notions belonging to Grammar or Logic.

HAVING dispatched the Prolegomena in the former part, I proceed (according to the method proposed) to that more difficult attempt of enumerating and describing all such things and notions as fall under di∣scourse.

In treating concerning this, I shall first lay down a Scheme or Analysis of all the Genus's or more common heads of things belonging to this design; And then shew how each of these may be subdivided by its peculiar Dif∣ferences; which for the better convenience of this institution, I take leave to determine (for the most part) to the number of six. Unless it be in those numerous tribes, of Herbs, Trees, Exanguious Animals, Fishes and Birds; which are of too great variety to be comprehended in so narrow a compass. After which I shall proceed to enumerate the several Species belonging to each of these Differences, according to such an order and dependance amongst them, as may contribute to the defining of them, and determining their primary significations These Species are com∣monly joyned together by pairs, for the better helping of the Memory, (and so likewise are some of the Genus's and Differences.) Those things which naturally have Opposites, are joyned with them, according to such Opposition, whether Single or Double. Those things that have no Oppo∣sites, are paired together with respect to some Affinity which they have one to another. Tho it must be acknowledged that these Affinities are sometimes less proper and more remote, there being several things shifted into these places, because I knew not how to provide for them better.

Page  23All kinds of things and notions, to which names are to be assigned, may be di∣stributed into such as are either more

  • General; namely those Universal notions, whether belonging more properly to
    • Things; called TRANSCENDENTAL
      • GENERAL. I
      • RELATION MIXED. II
      • RELATION OF ACTION. III
    • Words; DISCOURSE. IV
  • Special; denoting either
    • CREATOR. V
    • Creature; namely such things as were either created or concreated by God, not excluding several of those notions, which are framed by the minds of men, considered either
      • Collectively; WORLD. VI
      • Distributively; according to the several kinds of Beings, whether such as do belong to
        • Substance;
          • Inanimate; ELEMENT. VII
          • Animate; considered according to their several
            • Species; whether
              • Vegetative
                • Imperfect; as Minerals,
                  • STONE. VIII
                  • METAL. IX
                • Perfect; as Plant,
                  • HERB consid. accord. to the
                    • LEAF. X
                    • FLOWER. XI
                    • SEED-VESSEL. XII
                  • SHRUB. XIII
                  • TREE. XIV
              • Sensitive;
                • EXANGUIOUS. XV
                • Sanguineous;
                  • FISH. XVI
                  • BIRD. XVII
                  • BEAST. XVIII
            • Parts;
              • PECULIAR. XIX
              • GENERAL. XX
        • Accident;
          • Quantity;
            • MAGNITUDE. XXI
            • SPACE. XXII
            • MEASURE. XXIII
          • Quality; whether
            • NATURAL POWER. XXIV
            • HABIT. XXV
            • MANNERS. XXVI
            • SENSIBLE QUALITY. XXVII
            • SICKNESS. XXVIII
          • Action
            • SPIRITUAL. XXIX
            • CORPOREAL. XXX
            • MOTION. XXXI
            • OPERATION. XXXII
          • Relation; whether more
            • Private.
              • OECONOMICAL. XXXIII
              • POSSESSIONS. XXXIV
              • PROVISIONS. XXXV
            • Publick.
              • CIVIL. XXXVI.
              • JUDICIAL. XXXVII
              • MILITARY. XXXVIII
              • NAVAL. XXXIX
              • ECCLESIASTICAL. XL.

Page  24In this precedent Scheme, all the several things or notions, to which names are to be assigned, are reduced to forty Genus's. The first six of which do comprehend such matters, as by reason of their Generalness, or in some other respect, are above all those common heads of things called Predicaments; The rest belonging to the several Predicaments, of which I reckon only five. Amongst these, Substance doth take in fourteen Genus's, Quantity three, Quality five, Action four, and Rela∣tion eight.

This being supposed to be a sufficient general Scheme of things, that which is next to be enquired after, is how each of those Genus's may be subdivided into its proper differences and species. In order to which I shall offer that which follows.

In the enumeration of all such things and notions as fall under di∣scourse, those are first to be considered which are more general or com∣prehensive, belonging either to Metaphysic, or to Grammar and Logic.

Tho particulars are first in the order of Being, yet Generals are first in the order of Knowing, because by these, such things and notions as are less general, are to be distinguished and defined.

Now the proper end and design of Metaphysic should be to enume∣rate and explain those more general terms, which by reason of their Universality and Comprehensiveness, are either above all those Heads of things stiled Predicaments, or else common to several of them. And if this Science had been so ordered, as to have conteined a plain regular enumeration and description of these general terms, without the mixture of nice and subtle disputes about them; It might have been proper e∣nough for learners to have begun with. But men having purposely strained their Wits to frame and discuss so many intricate questions, as are commonly treated of in it: 'Tis no wonder that it should hereby be rendred, not onely less fit for young beginners, but liable also to the pre∣judice and neglect of those of riper judgments. That which I aim at in treating concerning these things, is to offer some brief and plain de∣scription of them, as being conscious that such matters as are prim nota, and most obvious, are most hard to be defined. And the multiplying of words, about things that are plain enough of themselves, doth but con∣tribute to the making of them more obscure.

The right ordering of these Transcendentals is a business of no small difficulty; because there is so little assistance or help to be had for it in the Common Systems, according to which this part of Philosophy (as it seems to me) is rendred the most rude and imperfect in the whole bo∣dy of Sciences; as if the compilers of it had taken no other care for those General notions, which did not fall within the ordinary series of things, and were not explicable in other particular Sciences, but only to tum∣ble them together in several confused heaps, which they stiled the Sci∣ence of Metaphysic. And this is one reason why the usual enumeration of such Terms is very short and deficient in respect of what it ought to be, many of those things being left out, which do properly belong to this number; which defects are here intended to be in some measure suppli∣ed. Tho it must be granted, that by reason of the exceeding compre∣hensiveness of some notions, and the extreme subtilty of others, as like∣wise because of the streightness of that method which I am bound up to Page  25 by these Tables it will so fall out, that several things cannot be disposed of so accurately as they ought to be.

The several things belonging to Metaphysical or Transcendental no∣tions may be comprehended under these three Heads, namely such as are either more

  • Absolute; conteining the Kinds, Causes, Differences and Modes of things, which I take the liberty to call TRANSCENDENTAL GENERAL.
  • Relative; whether
  • Mixed; and common both to Quantity, Quality, Whole and Part, stiled TRANSCENDENTAL MIXED.
  • Simple; and proper to Action, viz. TRANSCENDENTAL re∣lation of ACTION.

The most Universal conceptions of Things are usually stiled TRAN∣SCENDENTAL, Metaphysic-all.

To which may be annexed by way of affinity, that general name which denotes those highest and most common heads, under which the several kinds of things may be reduced in an orderly series: viz. PRE∣DICAMENT, Category.

Transcendentals general may be distributed into such as do concern the nature of things according to their

  • KINDS. I.
  • CAUSES. II.
  • Differences; ore
    • ABSOLUTE and Common. III.
    • Relative to Action; considering
      • THE END. IV.
      • THE MEANS. V.
  • MODES. VI.

Page  26*I. That common Essence wherein things of different natures do agree, is called GENUS, general, common Kind.

That common nature which is communicable to several Individuals, is called SPECIES, Sort or special kind, specifie, specifical. Breed.

These common kinds may be distinguished into such as are either more properly

  • Transcendental; namely, those most universal and comprehensive Terms which fall under Discourse; relating to
    • The first and most general Conception, of which the Vnderstanding takes notice, as most known.
        1.
      • BEING, Entity, Essence, Existence, subsist, am, is, extant.
      • NOTHING, Nought, null, none, annul, disannul, annihilate, abrogate, abolish, void, undoe, cancel, evacuate, Ciphre.
    • Those Beings which ‖ are truly such, or those which our Senses mistake for Beings.
        2.
      • THING, Affair, Matter, Business, Case, real-ly, indeed.
      • APPARENCE, Apparition, Phantasm, Shew, Vision, Elusion and vanish.
    • Similitudes of Beings; formed in our Minds either ‖ by apprehension of things that are, or imagination of things that are not.
        3.
      • NOTION, Conception.
      • FICTION, Figment, make, feign, frame, devise, counterfet, forge, coin, mint, Fa∣ble, Apologue, Romance, Tale, Legend, Mythology, Fairy, Nymph, Centaur, Griffin, Bugbear, Goblin, Chymera, Atlantis, Vtopia.
    • The words assigned for the signifying of several Things and Notions: to which that common name for the signifying of particular rational Beings may be an∣nexed, though less properly.
        4
      • NAME, Style, Title, Titular, Compellation, Appellation, nominate, denominate, Sirname, Inscription, Nomenclator, anonymous, call, Nown, Term.
      • PERSON, Age, Party, No-body, Wight.
  • Predicamental; those chief Heads, under which other Terms may be reduced; denoting either
    • Such things as ‖ subsist by themselves, or which (according to the old Logical definition) require a subject of inhesion: Though they are indeed nothing but the modes of Substance.
        5.
      • SUBSTANCE, subsist.
      • ACCIDENT-all.
    • That habitude of things whereby they may be said to have parts distinct and ca∣pable of division, or the general disposition of things either to Action or Passion.
        6.
      • QUANTITY, Much, Deale, Mathematick.
      • QVALITY, Disposition, Endowment, indue, parts, qualification, manner, con∣dition, estate.
    • The application of the Agent to the Patient, or the reception of the force of the Agent.
        7.
      • ACTION, doe, perform, commit, practise▪ proceeding, function, exercise, at∣chieve, dealing, Act, Fact, Deed, Feat, Exploit, Passage, Prank, Trick, play the Part.
      • PASSION, abide, ail, bear, endure, suffer, undergo, sustain, feel, capable.
    • Such things as ‖ cannot be, or cannot be known, without a respect to something else; or which may be, or may be understood of themselves, without any such refe∣rence.
        8.
      • RELATION, refer, Regard, Respect, Habitude, correlative.
      • ABSOLVTENESS, irrespective, peremptory, flat, positive.

Page  27II. That which any way contributes to the producing of an effect,* is styled CAUSE, Reason, Ground, Principle, proceed from, procure, produce, make, constitute, In∣fluence, raise, put, set, bring to pass.

That which proceeds from, or depends upon the Cause, is styled EFFECT, Event, Issue, Fruit, accrue, Success, spring from, become, grow, come of it, impression, Product.

Causes are commonly distributed into

  • External, such as are without the Effect.
    • By which things are done; whether
      • More immediate and absolute; either ‖ more principal, of which the first Acti∣on is, or less principal, and subservient to the chief Agent.
          1.
        • EFFICIENT, Author, Maker, Efficacy, effectual, Energy, Virtue, Validity, Force, Vigour, Operation, Influence, frame, constitute, beget, effect, do, make, cause, work, render, create, bring to pass.
        • INSTRUMENT, Tool▪ Organ-ical, Implement:
      • More remote and relative; being either in
        • The Agent; serving either to
          • Excite, or restrain it.
              2.
            • IMPULSIVE, Incentive, Motive, Reason, Ground, Concitation, Instiga∣tion, Inducement, impell, stimulate, stir up, prick forward, spur on, rouse, quicken, irritate▪ provoke, excite, egging, incite, Instinct, Conside∣ration, put on, set at or on, move, urge, draw in.
            • COHIBITIVE, restrain, check, curb, with-hold, keep short or back, in∣hibit, repress, hold in, bridling, stint, coerce, confine, limit, no ho, stay, staunch, moderate, master, controle.
          • Direct and regulate its Action; either ‖ by that Idea which the Agent hath in his mind of some like case, or by some Pattern before his eyes.
              3.
            • EXEMPLAR, Example, Instance, Idea, Precedent, Cause.
            • TYPE, Pattern, Platform, Model, Last, Mold, Prototype, Antitype, Extract, Original, Copy, Counterpart, Draught, Sampler, Proof, Duplicate, exem∣plifie, prefigure.
        • The Patient; relating to ‖ some peculiar capacity in the thing, or some fitness in respect of time.
            4.
          • CONDITION, Proviso▪ Salvo, in case, Term, Case, State, liking, Habit, Qua∣lification.
          • OCCASION-al, Exigence, Emergence, Advantage, Opportunity, draw, provoke, scandal.
        • Some third thing, by which the force of the Efficient is either ‖ increased or abated,
            5.
          • ADJUVANT, Help, Aid, Assistance, Succour, Relief, Support, Advantage, auxiliary, subsidiary, avail, conduce, promote, farther, stand in stead, supply, accommodate, serve, Co-adjutor, abet, take ones part, stand by, a stay to one, forward, minister, relief, back one.
          • IMPEDIENT, hinder, Obstacle, Remora, Clog, Bar, debar, obstruct, cum∣ber, Rub, Check, Dam, Luggage, Lumber, Baggage, Prejudice, Disadvantage, foreslow, lett, stop, Disservice, stay, stand in the way, trigg, keep back, re∣strain, with-hold, interfere.
    • For whose sake a thing is: to which may be annexed the general name of such things as have any tendency to the promoting of it.
        6.
      • END, Aim, Mark, Goal, Drift, Intent, Effect, Purpose, Design, Scope, sake, Reach, Reason, final, tend.
      • MEANS, Way▪ Shift, Expedient, accommodate.
  • Internal, such as are within the Effect as its chief constituent parts; ‖ out of which a thing is made, and of which it consists; or by which a thing is constitu∣ted in its being, and distinguished from all other things.
      7.
    • MATTER-ial, Stuff, Substance, Argument, Subject, Boot as fire-boot, &c.
    • FORM-al, Essence.

Page  28*III. Those general Names which may be styled Differences, are too numerous to be placed under one common Head according to the method designed in these Ta∣bles, and therefore are they here reduced unto three Heads: whereof the first con∣tains such as do not immediately imply any relation to Action, and are therefore sty∣led more absoute and common; namely, those more universal Affections of Entity whereby several things are differenced, so as to make them DIVERS from one ano∣ther▪ (another, several, sundry, varyety dissonant, to and fro▪ up and down, multiplicity, choice, different others Heterogeneous;) to which the notion of IDENTITY, Very, sameness▪ all one, unvaried, may be properly opposed, importing an Unity or Agree∣ment in the same ssence.

These are distinguishable into such Differences of things as imply a respect unto

  • Something without the things themselves.
    • The Vnderstanding; in regard of the ‖ congruity, or incongruity of things to our ap∣prehensions of them.
        1.
      • TRUTH, true, Verity, verifie, very, Right, Sooth, irrefragably, likely, probable.
      • FALSHOOD, false-ifie, Error, erroneous, untrue.
    • The Will; as to the ‖ agreement, or disagreement of things with that Faculty, so as to be rendred desirable or avoidable.
        2.
      • GOODNESS, Weal, Welfare, right, regular, well, rectifie, better, best.
      • EVILNESS, ill, bad, naught, wrong, amiss, shrewd, scurvy, lewd, horrid, horrible, corrupt, Pravity, deprave, Sin, Fault, Trespass, Transgress-ion, Peccadillo, worse.
  • The nature of things in themselves; as to
    • Their naked being, or not being.
        3.
      • POSITIVENESS, Thesis.
      • PRIVATIVENESS, Privation, bereave deprive, depose, put out, or forth, take away, strip, devest, disseise, dispossess, disfurnish.
    • Their being▪ or not being what they are pretended to be.
        4.
      • GENUINENESS, right, arrant, rank, very, native, legitimate, true, currant.
      • SVRIOVSNESS, mongrel, bastard, false, illegitimate, improper, adulterine, base, misbegot, sophisticated.
    • Their degrees of being; whether ‖ present, or future and in possibility.
        5.
      • ACTUALNESS, Existence, extant.
      • POTENTIALNESS, Reversion, may▪ can.
    • Their Extension; being ‖ circumscribed by bounds, or not so circumscribed,
        6.
      • FINITENESS, definite determined, limited, bounded, Term, Confine, Stint, conclu∣ded.
      • INFINITENESS, endless, indefinite, unbounded, immense, indeterminate, unli∣mited, unmeasurable, inexhaustible.
  • Their Causes.
    • Efficient; whether ‖ the order of common Providence, or the skill of some in∣feriour Agent.
        7.
      • NATURALNESS, right, native, wild, carnal, praeternatural, supernatural.
      • FACTITIOVSNESS, artificial, technical, made.
    • Material; being either ‖ without all parts and composition, or being such, to the fra∣ming of which several parts and ingredients do concurr.
        8.
      • SIMPLICITY, mere, sheer, clear, fine, plain, right, pure, unmixed, Ingre∣dient, single, uncompounded.
      • MIXEDNESS, mingle, compound, blend▪ shuffle, Medly, Miscellany, promiscuous, temper, Commixtion, complex, complicate, confound, intermingle, Hodg-podge, Gallimaufry, Rhapsody, Centon, dash, brew.
    • Formal; ‖ being in such a state to which nothing is wanting, or else wanting some∣thing of what they may and should have.
        9.
      • PERFECTION, absolute, intire, full, accurate, exact, exquisite, punctual, precise, complete, consummate, accomplish. strict, plenary, throughly, mature, up at the top.
      • IMPERFECTION, incomplete, lame.

Page  29IV. That kind of Difference betwixt things,* which relates to Acti∣ons considering the End, may be stiled DISAGREABLENESS, unsuta∣ble, discrepant.

To which may be opposed the Notion of CONVENIENCY, agree∣ment, agreable, sutable, serving, cmmodious.

These may be distinguished into such as are

  • More Simple; denoting their
    • Fitness to ‖ promote, or hinder our well-being.
        1.
      • PROFITABLENESS, Advantage, Benefit, Emolument, Interest, Concern, Boot, Fruit, Vtility, Commodious, Edifie, stand insted, good for. avail.
      • HVRTFVLNESS, Harm, Prejudice, Disadvantage, Dammage, Disprofit, Nusance, Mischief. discommodious, nocent. shrewd turn, pernitious, noxious, noisom, damnifie, endammage, impair, an∣noy, displeasure, naught for, vermin, weed.
    • Sutableness or unsutableness to our appetites.
        2.
      • PLEASANTNSS, Delight, Complacence, injoyment, satisfaction, sweet, taking, delicious, Paradise.
      • VNPLEASANTNESS, Regret, displeasing, offensive, trouble, grievous, uneasie▪ painful.
    • Agreableness or Disagreableness of things to Right reason.
        3.
      • DUENESS, Duty, ought, should, Honest, owe, part, incumbent on.
      • VNDVENESS, ought not, dishonest.
  • More mixed implying a respect to the nature of the end, as to its
    • Capacity or Incapacity of existing.
        4.
      • POSSIBILITY, Feasible, may, can.
      • IMPOSSIBILITY, cannot be.
    • Degrees of goodness; whether such as are like to answer the desires, by proving very great and considerable or such as are like to disappoint the desires▪ by proving to be very little or none.
        5.
      • IMPORTANCE, of Moment, Consequence, Strength, Force, Weight, material, considerable, pithy, pregnant, essential, it mattereth.
      • VANITY, Trifle, trivial, frivolous, Foppery, Gewgaw, Knack, Toy, sleeveless, slight, light, fruitless, fidling, void, Trumpery, Bauble, Quillet, Quirk, Gambol, to no boot, to no purpose,
    • Esteem amongst good men; whether such as they are like to think well of, as deserving praise and reward, or to think ill of, as deserving shame and punishment.
        6.
      • WORTHINESS, Merit, Desert, Value, demerit, cheap, dear, price, precious, depreciate.
      • VNWORTHINESS, Vile, Mean, Poor, undeserving, indign.

Page  28〈1 page duplicate〉Page  29〈1 page duplicate〉

Page  30*V. DIFFERENCES of things relating to the MEANS, may be di∣stributed into such as are

  • More Simple, denoting the being of things
    • Good; as good is determined by
      • Law; whether according to Law, or not against it.
          1.
        • LAWFULNESS, legitimate, right, legal, canonical, orderly.
        • INDIFFERENCE, adiaphorous.
      • Custom or opinion; whether such as the generality of men do think well of and practise, or dislike and avoid.
          2.
        • DECENCY, Decorum, meet, fit, seemly, handsome, becoming, comely, goodly.
        • INDECENCY, Indecorum, unmeet, unfit, unseemly, unhandsome, uncomely, misbeseeming, ugly.
    • Free from evil; whether of
      • Hurt;
          3.
        • SAFETY, Security, sure, tutelary, innoxious, save, protect, in∣sure, indemnifie, warrant, Sanctuary, Shelter, Refuge.
        • DANGER, Hazard, Peril, Ieopardy, unsafe, risk, venture, ad∣venture, endanger, expose, incur.
      • Labor and Pain; in the
        • Agent; the Doing of things with little or much labor.
            4.
          • EASINESS, Facil-ity-itate, clear, gentle, light,
          • DIFFICVLTY, Hard, uneasie, crabbed, intricate, laborious, streight, Perplexity, rub, knot, graveling, hard put to it.
        • Patient; The suffering of things with little or no labor, or with much.
            5.
          • GENTLENESS, Easiness, softness, still, tenderly, gingerly.
          • VIOLENCE, boisterous, rough, harsh, blustering, impetuous, force, ravish.
  • Comparative; of the
    • Nature of the means to one another; whether mutually agreeing as ha∣ving the same kind of affections, or disagreeing as having such kind of affections as are apt to exclude one another out of the same subject.
        6.
      • CONGRUITY, Sutableness, Agreableness, Sympathy, consonant, compatible, right, apposite, fit, meet, apt, adapt, consistent, accord, conform, accommodate, comply.
      • CONTRARIETY, Repugnance, withstand, against, unsutable, Anti∣peristasis, counter, cross, incongruous, inconsistent, incompatible, interfere.
    • Vsefulness or Vnusefulness of means to an end, whether in
      • Lower degrees; when there is a fair probability that a means may either promote or hinder the end.
          7.
        • EXPEDIENCE, Convenience, behoovful, meet, fit, perquisite, requisite.
        • INCONVENIENCE, Inexpedience, unmeet, unfit, incommodious.
      • Higher degree; when there is a certain dependance betwixt the means and the end.

To which may be opposed that kind of nexus betwixt means and end, which is altogether uncertain and doubtful.

    8.
  • NECESSITY, needful, requisite, essential, should, must, streight, exigent, force, perquisite, pressing.
  • CONTINGENCE, Venture, adventure, may, Accident, peradventure, adventitious, fortuitous, incident, happen, perhaps.

Page  31VI. Those more general respects and habitudes which several things or notions have to one another, are stiled by the name of MODE,*man∣ner, way, sort, fashion, guise, wise, garb, course, form-ality, kind.

These may be distinguished into such as are

  • Internal; denoting that
    • In which another thing exists, or the thing so existing in another
        1.
      • SUBJECT, liable, obnoxious, exposed, matter, Text, Theme, under∣goe, capable.
      • ADIVNCT, Epithete, inherent.
    • About which a thing is imployed.
        2.
      • OBJECT, mark, scope, butt, treat, handle, meddle with, have to do with.
  • External;
    • With which things are accompanied or done; according to the
      • Kinds of them, either in General, or specially of such things, as are remarkable for Extraordinariness and Greatness.
          3.
        • CIRCUMSTANCE, Rite, Ceremony.
        • SOLEMNITY, Grandeur, state, Pomp, Port, celebrate, solemnize, Rite.
      • Consequence of them; or that habitude resulting to any thing from the consideration of all its circumstances together.
          4.
        • STATE, Estate, Condition, Case, Iuncture, Liking, manner, pass, pickle, plight, point, in good repair.
    • By which any thing is known.
        5.
      • SIGN, Badge, Token, Mark, Note, Symptome, Symbol, Index, Indica∣tion, Cue, Print, Scarr, Track, Signature, signifie, Beacon, becken, Boad, foretoken, presage, Prodigie, portentous, ominous, auspicious.
    • According to which any thing is, or is done; relating either to the
      • Order observed in the being or doing of things; whether by
        • One person or thing after another who hath left his place, or for ano∣ther who is onely absent from his place.
            6.
          • ROOM, as Successor, Caliph, supply, place.
          • STEAD, as substitute, subdititious, serve for, succedaneous, De∣puty, Surrogate, Vicar, Delegate, Vice-gerent, Attourney, Broaker, Factor, in lieu, Lievtenant, Proctor, Proxy.
        • Two persons or things either one after another, or one with another.
            7.
          • TURN, Course, alternate, second, bout.
          • RECIPROCATION, mutual, interchangeable, intercourse, correspond.
      • Measures of Being; whether the more General name for such mea∣sures, differenced according to more and less, or that special kind which denotes the sodain and short Being or Doing of any thing according to a greater measure.
          8.
        • DEGREE, gradual▪ a spice, a strein, gradation, leasurely, by little and little.
        • IMPETUS, Fit, Paroxysm, brunt, crash, effort, pang.
      • Affections of Being; with reference either to some common agree∣ment and mutual dependance, or to some inconsistency betwixt them.
          9.
        • COGNATION, Affinity, Nearness.
        • OPPOSITION, Disagreableness, contrary, counter, repugnant, with∣stand, against, cross, thwart, other side, adverse, Antagonist, An∣tithesis, confront, impugn, oppugn.

Page  32TRANSCENDENTAL Relations MIXED, may be distributed into such as do belong either to

  • QUANTITY, as considered
    • More GENERALLY. I
    • More restrainedly, to
      • CONTINUED QUANTITY. II
      • DISCONTINUED QUANTITY. III
  • QUALITY, as considered more
    • LARGELY IV
    • STRICTLY. V
  • WHOLE and PART. VI

*I. TRANSCENDENTAL mixed Relations belonging to QUANTITY considered MORE GENERALLY, may be distributed into such as do concern the measure of things compared ei∣ther with

  • Other things of the same kind or company
    • Indefinitely; as to
      • Being or Substance, namely when the things compared are considered
        • Singly and intire, Being either of an ordinary size, or more or less then ordinary.
            1.
          • INDIFFERENCE, Pretty big, passable, reasonable, so so.
            • GREATNESS, Magnitude, ample, large, vast, huge, immense, grand, monstrous, pro∣digious, sound, swinging, whisker, main, much, magnifie, aggravate, exaggerate, a filthy deal, a foul deal, Gyant.
            • LITTLENESS, Smalness, Petty, Minute, Modicum, Scautling, diminutive, less, least, poor, abate, allay, extenuate, Elf, Dwarf, Shrimp, Tit, Dandiprat, Pigmy.
        • Conjunctly; as consisting of several individuals or parts, whereof there are together an ordinary number, or more or less then ordinary.
            2.
          • MEDIOCRITY, a pretty deal, an indifferent quantity, mean, reasonable.
            • ABOVNDANCE, a great deal, much, a world, affluence, plenty, store, copious, flush, satiate, flow, fluent, luxuriant, enough and to spare.
            • SCARCITY, Little, want, dearth, pinching, scant, bare, jejune, lack.
      • Vse, with respect to the quantity of it, whether such as may by its just proportion promote the end, or such as may hinder it, by being too much, or too little.
          3.
        • SUFFICIENCY, enough, big or much enough, competency, moderate, satisfie, serve, well, full.
          • EXCESS, Redundance, superfluity, needless, exuberance, too much, overmuch, over∣charge, cloy, glutt, surfet, satiety, extreme, immoderate, luxuriant, rank, out of reason, wast, fly out, lash out.
          • DEFECT, Not enough, lack, need, penury, indigent, necessitous, destitute, want, fail, fall short of, slender, jejune, incompetent, insufficient.
      • Quality of it, denoting the being of a thing of an ordinary goodness, or more or less then ordinary.
          4.
        • INDIFFERENCY, Pretty well, tolerable, not amiss.
          • EXCELLENCY, extraordinary good, eminence, preheminence, egregious, eximious, incom∣parable, superlative, soveraign, transcendent, singular, heroic, high, noble, gallant, choice, passing, rare, remarkable, notable, Paragon, Mirrour.
          • SORRINESS, mean, poor, vile, trivial, contemptible, despicable, frippery, Trash, Trum∣pery, Raff, Scum, Drugg, silly, slight, paultry, scurvy, poor, course, flat, pedling, cheap, worthless, Fellow, Sirrah, Companion, Rascal, Varlet, Wretch, Scoundril, Skip-jack, Scrub, Vrchin, Flirt, Gill, Iade.
    • Definitely; as to
      • Being; either of the same degree, or more or less.
          5.
        • EQUALITY, Evenness, parity, peer, match, fellow, adaequate, aequipollent, adjust, halves with, as many, all one.
        • INEQVALITY, unequal, odds.
          • SVPERIORITY, above, upper, advantage, odds, preheminence, surmount, overpass, surpass, exceed, go beyond, out-go, get the start, top, excell, prevail, predominant.
          • INFERIORITY, under -ling, disadvantage, allay, come short of, low.
      • Vse; as means to an end, when one thing hath the same degrees of fitness for an end as another, or more or less.
          6.
        • EQUIVALENCE, countervail.
          • BETTERNESS.
          • WORSENESS.
  • Themslves; in respect of their
    • Being or substance, either continued the same, or changed to more or less.
        7.
      • AT A STAND.
        • INCREASE, Augmentation, progress, increment, enlarge, magnifie, amplifie, aggravate, im∣prove, rise, grow, gain, come forward, crescent.
        • DIMINVTION, Abate, Bate, swage, asswage, decrease, extenuate, mince, mitigate, allay, retrench, rebate, shrink.
    • QUALITY in general, either continuing in an ordinary degree, or being changed to more or less.
        8.
      • JUST TEMPER.
        • INTENTION, heighten, strein, raise, aggravate, exaggerate, exasperate, enhaunce, acute, cutting, keen, sore, piercing, vehement, urgent, eager, earnest, deep sleep, amain, greatly, much.
        • REMISSION, Abate, allay, slake, slacken, swage, asswage, diminish, mitigate, slight, cold, slender, weak, dead, dilute, dull, faint, gentle, light.
    • Vse; when things either continue as they were, or else become more or less good.
        9.
      • KEEPING AT A STAY.
        • MENDING, emendation, bettering, Reparation, Reformation, Restauration, correct, redress, Improve, Edifie, botch, cobble, clout, patch, Progress, advance.
        • MARRING, Spoiling, Deprave, Impair, spill, taint, alloy, wear, corrupt, vitiate, wast.

Page  33II. Transcendental Mixed elations belonging to CONTINUED QUANTITY,* may be distinguished into those various measures of di∣stance according to the difference of more or less, with respect ei∣ther to

  • Line; from END to End.
      1.
    • LENGTH, -en, Longitude, prolong, protract, eeke out, extend, te∣dious, prolixness.
    • SHORTNESS, Brevity, Conciseness, abbreviate, curtal, abridge, restrain, compendious, succinct.
  • Superficies; from side to side.
      2.
    • BREDTH, Wideness, Latitude, Largeness, Ampleness, spacious, di∣late, enlarge, extend.
    • NARROWNESS, Streightness, Scantness, close, compressed, pink-eyed, restrain.
  • Body; reckoning from
    • Top to Bottom.
        3.
      • DEEPNESS, profound, Abyss, farr into, high.
      • SHALLOWNESS, Ford, Scoure, Depression, low, flat.
    • Bottom to Top.
        4.
      • HIGHNESS, Altitude, exalt, elevate, Soar, sublime, tall, lofty, proper, towring, advance, raise, aloft.
      • LOWNESS, abase, bring down, depress, demiss, nether
    • Any Superficies to the opposite.
        5.
      • THICKNESS, Crassitude, gross, deep, incrassate, roun∣cival.
      • THINNESS, slender, fine, slim, lank, slank, slight, tenuity, gaunt, rare, subtle, attenuate.

Page  34*III. Transcendental Relations of DISCONTINUED QUANTITY or Number, may be distributed into such as are either

  • Comparative; denoting either a greater or lesser number then ordi∣nary.
      1.
    • MULTITUDE, many, numerous, a world of, multiply, increase, propagate, store, swarm, thick, press, crowd throng, rout.
    • FEWNESS, Paucity, decrease, small number, thin, diminish∣ing.
  • Positive; concerning the
    • Number of things, whether
      • One, or more then one.
          2.
        • SINGULARITY, Individual, numerical, single.
        • PLVRALITY, more
      • Some or All.
          3.
        • PARTICULARITY, special, peculiar.
        • VNIVERSALITY, Generality, Catholick, Oecumenical, utmost.
    • Kinds of things, whether One kind, or All kinds.
        4.
      • SPECIALNESS, peculiar, particular.
      • GENERALNESS, All.
    • Parts of which number consists, whether Equal or Vnequal Units.
        5.
      • EVENNESS, Parity.
      • ODNESS, Imparity, uneven.
    • Position of things numbred, denoting their
      • Being in a state of separation from others, or in a state of conjun∣ction with several others.
          6.
        • SEGREGATENESS, sever, set apart or aside, Analysis, Ana∣tomy, piece-meal, by retail, dispence, distribute, one by one, Parcels, by pole.
        • AGGREGATENESS, Train, Troop, Company, Party, Scull, Swarm, Team, Flock, Heard, Pack, Covy, Sheaf, Bale, Bundle, Fardle, Bunch, Cluster, Gross, by the great.
      • Order, belonging either to Things, or to Words.
          7.
        • SERIES, Rank, Row, Class, successive, Chain, Course, Race, col∣lateral, Concatenation, Alphabet.
        • CATALOGVE, Index, Table, List, Role, Bill, Scrole, Terrier, a particular, Cargo, Inventory, Muster, impannel, Genealogy, Pe∣digree, Vocabulary, Dictionary, Lexicon, Nomenclator, Alma∣nack, Calendar.
      • Parts of an aggregate being all together.
          8.
        • SUIT, Pack, Set, Mess, a Ring.

Page  35IV. Transcendental Relations belonging to QUALITY,*as considered MORE LARGELY, may be distributed into such kind of Relations as are either

  • Single; containing a respect to the
    • Cause of a thing, whether none or any, The being of a thing, the first of its kind, or not.
        1.
      • PRIMITIVENESS, Root, original, simple, underived.
      • DERIVATIVENESS, conjugate, Notation, Etymology, transmission.
    • Distance of a thing, whether without or with any other between.
        2.
      • IMMEDIATENESS, Next.
      • MEDIATENESS.
    • Manner of being, whether intirely of it self, or by virtue of something else.
        3.
      • ABSOLUTENESS, Independent, Freehold.
      • DEPENDENCY, Vnder.
    • Degrees of Being or Causality, whether superior and before all others, or inferior, and after some others.
        4.
      • PRINCIPALNESS, Chief, Special, Ring-leader, soveraign, supreme, paramount, first, main, arch, prime, primary, capital, cardinal fundamental, Top, Head, Master.
      • ACCESSORINESS, Abet, adherent, second, Companion, Party, Copart∣ner, Complice, Appendage, Label, Appurtenance, adventitious, col∣lateral, conscious, privy, side with, back, partake, participate, by the way, by the by.
  • Mutual; whether more
    • Positive; signifying one thing either to have or not to have Relation to some other.
        5.
      • PERTINENCY, belong, appertain, apposite, to the purpose, touching, concern, material, relate to, serve for, incumbent on.
      • IMPERTINENCY, not to the purpose, extravagant, sleeveless, wide from the matter, wild, idle, improper.
    • Comparative, denoting such relation to belong onely to one or few, or to many.
        6.
      • PROPERNESS, incommunicable, owner, peculiar, concern.
      • COMMONNESS, usual, vulgar, currant, general, prostitute.

Page  36*V. Transcendental Relations of QUALITY considered MORE STRICTLY, may be distributed into such as do concern either their

  • Being; The same or divers.
      1.
    • LIKENESS, Similitude, similar, assimilate, resemble, representation Species, Idea, Image, Effigies, Portraiture.
    • VNLIKENESS, Dissimilitude, dissimilar, degenerous.
  • Circumstances; whether
    • Special, relating to their
      • Place, either the being of things in their due positions, or out of their due places.
          2.
        • ORDER, Regular, Method, array, imbattle, marshal, rally, in frame, dispose, digest, range.
        • CONFVSION, Disorder, Rhapsody, Chaos, Gallimaufry, tumult, rout, coyl, disheveled, disranked, out of frame or order, promiscuous, Preposterous, Ruffle, Shuffle, scamble, clutter, blunder, jumble, hurry, hurly burly, pell mell.
      • Time, either the being of things as usually they are, or their being otherwise then commonly they use to be.
          3.
        • ORDINARINESS, common, usual, trivial, currant.
        • EXTRAORDINARINESS, strange, uncouth, unusual, unwonted, of note, notable, notorious, Odness, Paradox.
    • General, The being of things according to certain rules or not so.
        4.
      • REGULARNESS, right, rectifie, rule.
      • EXORBITANCY, Irregularness, Enormity, Disorder, extravagant, li∣centious, wild, faulty, wrong, loose, immoderate, unruly, unbridled, out of square, lash out, Heteroclyte, Anomalous.
  • Being known; either to many or few.
      5.
    • PUBLICKNESS, Notorious, famous, common, extant, open, being out, or abroad, Declaration, Manifesto, Remonstrance, Edition, Promul∣gation, set forth or out, shew, spread, blazon, publish, proclaim, di∣vulge, denounce, produe, post up, come to light, high way.
    • PRIVATENESS, underhand, clancular, clandestine, retire, between themselves.
  • Mixture with or addition of other things; when they are
    • Better for such mixture, or Worse for being without it.
        6.
      • ORNATENESS, adorn, set out, Deck, beautifie, embellish, trimm, trick, tire, garnish, flourish, dress, prank, Ornament, Grace, flo∣rid, neat, smug, spruce, elegant, quaint, fine, polite, gay, gaudy, gor∣geous, flaring, garish, flaunting, Gallant, Spark, Bracelet, Plume, Garland, Ouch, &c.
      • HOMELINESS, simple, rough, rude, untrimmed, plain, bald.
    • Better for being without such mixture, or worse for it.
        7.
      • PURITY, Cleanness, undefiled, defecate, fine, refine, try, furbush, scoure▪ purge, purifie, clarifie, depuration, neat, abstersive.
      • DEFILEMENT, Filthiness, Impurity, unclean, fowl, squalid, bedawb, besmear, bewray, contaminate, slabber, slubber, smear, soil, sully, pollute, daggle, slurry, smutch, smutt, stain, alloy, em∣base, dash.

Page  37VI. That thing which is made up of several lesser things united toge∣ther is called by the name of WHOLE, Total, Integral, Intire, Summ,*All, Vtterly▪ Quite and clean, full, plenary.

Those lesser things, by the union of which another greater thing is made up, are stiled by the common name of PARTS. Particle, Parcel, partial, Divide, share, distribute, driblet, portion, piece, pittance.

The transcendental relations of whole and part are such as denote a respect to Quantity

  • Continued; in regard of the
    • Quality; of Goodness or Badness of such parts.
        1.
      • BEST PART, Quintessence, Cream, Flower, the heart, Top.
      • WORST PART, Refuse, Scumm, Dreggs, Raff, draft, dross, rubbish, tare, bran, chaff, recrement, trash, garbage, offal.
    • Time; either that which is first taken, whereby the goodness of the whole is to be measured, or that which is superadded after the whole.
        2.
      • SAY, taste, touch, scantling.
      • VANTAGE, surplus, overplus, to boot, over and above, over-weight, corollary, supplement, vails.
    • Place; specially in liquids, either that part which in separation doth rise to the top, or that which falls to the bottom.
        3.
      • SCUM, Sandever, Mother.
      • SEDIMENT, setling, caput mort, grounds, lees, dregs, feculent, rack, defecate.
    • Figure; specially in solids; whether
      • Roundish; in greater parts, or in lesser parts.
          4.
        • LUMP, Bole, Morsel, Bit, Cantle, Luncheon, Gobbet, Mammock, Stub, stump, grumous, clotted, clod, turfe, sod.
        • POWDER, Mote, Dust, Corn, Grain, Crum, Grate, moulder.
      • Oblong; made ‖ either by Cutting, or by Breaking,
          5.
        • CHIP, Lamin, Scale, Flake, Flaw, Flitter, shive, shiver, splinter.
        • FRAGMENT, Piece, Scrap, Sheard, tatter, Flitter, rag, shread, snip, slive, slice, collop, cut.
  • Discontinued; denoting the respect of
    • A Part put to another, or the whole as being made up of such parts.
        6.
      • ADDITUM, item, put to, insert, eke out.
      • SVMM, lay or couch together, cast up, count, draw to a head, come to, amount, result, total, in the whole.
    • A Part taken out from others, or the whole remaining after such taking out.
        7.
      • ABLATUM, abate, defalk, retrench, deduct, subduct, substract, take away.
      • RESIDVE, overplus, surplussage, arrear, remainer, remnant, left be∣hind, the other, the rest, relicks, orts, scraps, reversions, gleaning, offal, odd-ends, stubs, stumps, stubble.
    • A Part repeated a certain number of times, so as to equal the whole, or the whole considered as it is so made up.
        8.
      • MULTIPLIER, Side.
      • PRODVCT, rectangle.
    • A Part taken out such a certain number of times as leaves nothing of the whole, or that number of times which is the correspondent part.
        9.
      • DIVISOR.
      • QVOTIENT.

Page  38TRANSCENDENTAL RELATIONS OF ACTION, may be distributed into such as are more

  • General.
    • SIMPLE. I
    • COMPARATE. II
  • Special; denoting either
    • Kinds of Action.
      • Solitary; wherein more then one person is not necessarily supposed. BUSINESS. III.
      • Social; wherein more then one person is necessarily supposed. COMMERCE. IV
    • EVENTS. V
    • ITION. VI

*I. Transcendental respects of ACTION SIMPLE or relating to single things, are such as do concern

  • The General condition of a thing, denoting the making of it ‖ to be so, or to be otherwise.
      1.
    • PUTTING, Set, Lay, Make.
    • ALTERING, Change, Vary, Mutation, shift, Revolution, Vicissitude, Catastrophe, Metamorphosis.
  • Ones right in a thing; whether
    • Making it ‖ to be his, or not to be his.
        2.
      • APPROPRIATING, own, set apart, engross, monopolize.
      • ALIENATING, transferr, estrange, pass away ones right.
    • Declaring it to be his, or not to be his.
        3.
      • CLAIMING, Owning, Challenging, Demand, arrogate, assume, profess, attribute ascribe, take upon him, declare for.
      • ABDICATING, disclaim, disown, renounce, relinquish, refuse, reject, repudiate, desert, forsake, disavow, disherit, execrate, forswear, de∣stitute, cast off, lay aside, put away.
  • Ones Possession; with respect to the
    • Causing of a thing to be in ones Possession or not.
        4.
      • TAKING, Seising, Apprehending, resume, surprize, assume, intercept.
      • LEAVING, Relinquish, Residue, forsake, spare.
    • Being of a thing in ones possession, or the not being of such a thing in ones possession as he ought to have.
        5.
      • HAVING, in hand, hold, possess.
      • WANTING, indigent, lack, miss, necessity, need, penury.
    • Continuing a thing in ones Possession or not.
        6.
      • HOLDING, Detain, Retain, Keep.
      • LETTING GO, Dismiss surrender, give up, Shed, Cast, mew, resign.
  • The Knowledge of things, with respect to the
    • Endeavour of knowing, or the good success of such endeavour.
        7.
      • SEEKING, search, feel for, grope, ransack, rummage, Quest.
      • FINDING, retrive, sift out, smell out, Foundling.
    • Causing a thing to be known, or hindring it from being known.
        8.
      • SHEWING, disclose, detect, betray, reveal, discover, declare, de∣monstrate, remonstrate, render.
      • CONCEALING, Hide, Shelter, Suppress, Sculk, lurk, Secret, Private, Latent, occult, underhand, close, clancular, clandestine in a corner, in hugger mugger, recess, retire, slink, mich, sneak, slip, or steal away, cloke, veil, hoodwink, mask, muffle.
    • Causing others to be perfectly known, or to be thought so.
        9.
      • MANIFESTING, Apparent, Evident, plain, flat, open, conspicuous, perspicuous, obvious, certain, clear, palpable, shew, declare, certifie set forth, come to light.
      • SEEMING, Semblance, Shew, Pretence, Pretext, Vmbrage, Colour, a shew, a blind, Formal, Appear, palliate, fain, bear in hand, make s if, make shew of, specious, disguise, Ey-service.

Page  39II. Transcendental Relations of Action COMPARATE, are such as do concern.*

  • Divers things at the same time; whether such kind of Actions as from the nature of the Agents or Patients, may be called
    • Corporeal; denoting the
      • Causing of things to be together or asunder.
          1.
        • JOINING, annex, Connexion, couple, link, copulation, concatenation, conjun∣ction, Coalition, coherent, copulative, conglutinate, combine, compact, set or put together.
        • SEPARATING, Segregate, sunder, sever, dissever, divide, disjoin, disunite, dis∣sect, dissolve, part, take in pieces, disjunctive.
      • Continuing them together or asunder.
          2.
        • ADHEARING, Cleave, stick to, cling to, hang together, coherent, inseparable.
        • ABANDONING, Forsake, Desert, Relinquish, Leave, Forgo, Flinch, Quit, Dereli∣ction, forlorn, destitute, shake or cast off, start back, give over.
    • Mental; Putting of things together or asunder
        3.
      • APPLYING, lay or put to.
      • ABSTRACTING.
    • Both Corporeal and Mental; with respect to the
      • Taking in of several things, or the leaving out of some.
          4.
        • COMPREHENDING, Contain, Comprize, Imply, Involve, Inclose, Include, inclusive, hold, Complication.
        • EXEMPTING, Except, restrain, seclude, exclude, save, salvo, set aside.
      • Putting of things together, the better to judge of their likeness or unlikeness, or examining of them for the distinguishing of that which is right and true.
          5.
        • COMPARING, Conferr, Collation, resemble.
        • TRY, Prove, Search, Temptation, Experiment, test, touch, examin, gage poise, pose, probe.
  • The same things at divers times, whether the same as to
    • Substance; signifying either the doing of the same thing several times, or the making of a thing to be different at one time from what it was before.
        6.
      • REPEATING, Iterate, reiterate, recite, render, rehearse, redouble, reduplicate, inculcate, ingeminate, recapitulate, renew, afresh, again, Tautology, the burden.
      • CHANGING, Mutation, Vary, Alter, Shift.
    • Quantity; The giving back of the very same thing, or of something else equal to it.
        7.
      • RESTORING, Give back, Restitution, refund, return, Restauration.
      • COMPENSATING, Recompense, award, make amends, remunerate, quit, re∣quite, retaliate, retribute, reparation, paying, fit, being even with, meet with, make good, cry quittance, like for like, one for another.
    • Quality; endeavouring to shew how another thing is, or to do the like.
        8.
      • REPRESENTING, declare, shew, exhibit, present.
      • IMITATING, Mimick, personate, take forth, follow.
    • Vse; as means to an end, The making of a thing more fit or less fit for its end.
        9.
      • REPAIRING, Mending, Bettering, Improving, correct, rectifie, renew, reedifie, Emendation, Instauration, Redress, set to right, make good, make up, patch up, piece up.
      • SPOILING, Marring, corrupting, deprave, impaire, raze, scrape or cross out, sleight works.

Page  40*III. Those kind of Actions about which men bestow their time and labour, are called by the general name of BUSINESS, Affair, Task, Chare, Transaction, Matter, Fa∣ctor, Agent, negotiate, occupie, stickle, meddle, intermeddle, dealing, imployment, active.

To which may be opposed the Negation or being free from such Actions stiled LEASVRE, Vacation vacant, idle or spare time, unoccupied, respite.

Transcendental relations of BUSINESS, may be distributed into such as are

  • Previous to it.
    • Mental or Verbal.
        1.
      • DESIGNING, allot, appoint, plot, preordein, project.
      • UNDERTAKING, enterprize, take in hand set upon, task.
    • Real; either more general or more special, with respect to the providing of requi∣site materials.
        2.
      • PREPARING, Parade, previous, ready, make way, fitting, Tuning, Harbinger.
      • FURNISHING, Aequipage, fitting, ready.
  • Parts of it; whether
    • Initial; with respect to the
      • First entrance upon a business; either Real or Seeming.
          3.
        • BEGIINNING, Inchoate, initiate, commence, Inceptor, Spring, Rise, Origi∣nal, first, set about, set forth, set a foot, go in hand with, enter upon.
        • OFFERING, Propose profer, tender, bid, propound, overture.
      • Application of the labor, either to the doing of any thing, or to know whether it can be done.
          4.
        • ENDEAVOURING, Devoir, bestir, adoo, coyl, stickle, strein, strive, struggle, effort, make a stir, do ones best, reach after, lay out for.
        • ESSAYING, Trying, say, attempt, prove, tempt-ation, Test, Experience, enter∣prize, venture, sound, tast, touch, run the risk or adventure.
    • Medial; with respect to the time bestow'd in the doing of it, whether shorter or longer time.
        5.
      • DISPATCHING, Hasten, quick, high, forward, hurry, precipitate, speed, Cle∣rity, Expedition, sodain, apace, out of hand, cut short.
      • PROTRACTING, Delay, desert, retard, slacken, respite, tarry, foreslow, linger, prolong, lengthen, prorogue, procrastinate, dally, lagg, stand about, whiling about▪ shift off, put off▪ post off, spin out time.
    • Final; with respect to the
      • End of the Action; ‖ either the effecting of what we undertake and profess, or our failing in it.
          6.
        • PERFORMING, Accomplishing, Atchieve, fufil, verifie, discharge, execute, keep, observe, exploit, make good bring to pass.
        • VIOLATING, infringe, break, trespass, transgress.
      • Action it self; whether Perfect or Imperfect.
          7.
        • FINISHING, Concluding, ending, accomplishing, fulfil, performing, cease, give over, Period, Term, ultimate, last, consummate, determine, dispatched, done, Catastrophe, clap up, shut up, wind up, close up, draw to an issue, go through with, run his course.
        • MISCARRYING, Failing.
  • Hinderances of it; either not rightly using the means, or not using some of them.
    • ERRING, Swerve, slip, stray, astray, mistake, oversight, deviate, falter, fallible. heterodox, Fallacy, wrong, amiss, awry, being out, beside the mark.
    • OMITTING, Pretermit, Wave, decline, default, escape, lapse, leave, miss, forbear, balk, supersede, overlook, overpass, preterition, overslip, overskip, let pass, pass by or over, lay aside, hold ones hand.
  • Helps of it; denoting either avoiding mistakes at the beginning, or rectifying mi∣stakes afterwards.
      9.
    • PREVENTING, Anticipate, Previous, aforehand, forestal, Foregame.
    • REMEDYING, Redress, Shift, Aftergame, Help.

Page  41IV. Transcendental relations of Action concerning such things as are alienated from one Person to another,* are usually called by the General Name of COMMERCE, Entercourse, Traffick, Prattick, have to do with.

These may be distributed into such as are

  • Free; and not upon consideration
    • Passive; Not hindring one to take or to do.
        1.
      • YIELDING, Suffering, permitting, give way, give place.
      • SUBMITTING to.
    • Active;
      • Imperfect; denoting a willingness to part with, or a desire to have a thing.
          2.
        • OFFERING, Proffer, tender, exhibit, present, recommend, Oblation.
        • DEMANDING, Require, Challenge.
      • Perfect; with respect to the
        • Possession of a thing; the Parting with it, or Taking of it.
            2.
          • DELIVERING, Surrender, transferr, resign.
          • RECEIVING, Take, entertain, capable, reception, receptacle.
        • Right of a thing; the Parting with it, or Taking of it.
            4.
          • GIVING, Bestow, confer, render, grant, contribute, endow, con∣sign, Gift, Boon, Largess, Collation, Donation, Donative, Gratis.
          • ACCEPTING, Receiving, administer, dispense, distribute, To∣ken, Fairing, take in good part.
  • Conditional; and upon consideration, whether such as concern the
    • Causing of Relations by Actions that are
      • Real; The Parting with something of ones own for the use and in the stead of another, or the restoring what another hath so parted with.
          5.
        • DISBURSING, Bestow, defray, extend, lay out, Bursar, Principal.
        • REFUNDING, Repay, return, reimburse.
      • Verbal; the Comparing and measuring of particulars, or reducing them to an equality.
          6.
        • RECKONING, Compute-ation, count, account, cast account, Cal∣culate, Audit, Score, Tally.
        • BALLANCING, Evening of Accounts, Quitting scores, Adjust.
    • Relations themselves ensuing upon such Actions, whether as having somewhat of ones own in anothers possession, or something of anothers in ones own possession.
        7.
      • BEING CREDITOR, Lending, Loan.
      • BEING DEBTOR, Owing, Debt, upon score, in ones books, behind hand, Arrear.
    • Ceasing or dissolution of such relations by some Act of the
      • Debitor; either by restoring what is due, or by being rendred unable for it.
          8.
        • PAYING, Defray, discharge, satisfie, reimburse, Annuity, Poun∣dage, Shot, responsible.
        • FAILING, Break, Bankrout.
      • Creditor; Acknowledging restitution, or Giving away his right to it.
          9.
        • ACQUITTING, Discharge, Quittance, Receipt, clear accounts.
        • FORGIVING, Remitting, pardoning, put up,

Page  42*V. The General name for that which follows upon Actions, especially as it relates to the end for which Actions are done, is EVENT, Vpshot, issue, result, emergence, accrue, occurr, come to pass, fall out, befall, betide, en∣sue, prove, redound, happen, light, succede, Luck, Fortune, End, Sequel, Suc∣cess, incident, coincident, intervene, supervene, take effect, how fares, goes, speeds it, come of it, come to good or to naught.

Transcendental relations of Action belonging to Event, may be distri∣buted into such as do concern the

  • Existing or not existing of the End designed.
      1.
    • OBTEINING, Acquire, get, procure, attain, reach, gain, compass, re∣cover, take, win, catch, come by, pick up.
    • FRVSTRATING, Fail, disappoint miss, defeat, deceive, elude, cross, come short of, shift off, put by, of no effect, to no purpose, vain, void, nullity.
  • Good or Evil accrewing to us by it, with respect to the
    • Increasing or Diminishing of our Possessions.
        2.
      • GAINING, Lucre, Advantage, Profit, Emolument, Stock, the proceed, acquire, get, win, recover, extort.
      • LOOSING, Dammage, decrement, detriment, disadvantage, disprofit, wrack, spoil hurt, hinderance, out of ones way.
    • Diminishing or Increasing of our Want.
        3.
      • SAVING, Sparing, take up.
      • SPENDING, Lay out, bestow, expend, dispend, expence, charges, cost, sumptuary, run out.
    • Continuing, or not Continuing of a thing in our Possession.
      • Imperfect; denoting the Endeavour and care we use about it, whe∣ther any or none.
          4.
        • LAYING UP, Treasuring, Preserving, Stow, Hoord, Store, Re∣pository.
        • SQANDRING, Lavish, profuse, careless, mispend, embezel, wast, unthrifty, ill husbandry, spendthrift, flying out.
      • Perfect; Consisting in the Good or Ill success of such Endeavour.
          5.
        • KEEPING, Preserve, retain, Custody, holding, promptuary, Cellar.
        • LOOSING, Perdition, loss, wrack, shed, spil.
  • Applying of a thing; whether more
    • Simply; denoting the applying of a thing to its proper end, or the not applying of it so.
        6.
      • USING, Imploy, improve, exercise, occupy, manage, treat, handle, entertain, useful, serviceable, stand in good stead.
      • ABSTEINING, Forbear, refrain, spare, withdraw, wean, hold ones hand.
    • Relatively; as to that satisfaction or dissatisfaction of mind which we have in the use of a thing.
        7.
      • INJOYING, Fruition.
      • BEING SICK OF, Nauseate, loath, tedious, surfet, weary of.
  • Result of such application, in the diminishing or increasing of our
    • Pain.
        8.
      • REFRESHING, Recreate, relieve, recruit, relaxation, refection, Bait.
      • WEARYING, Lassitude, tyring, tedious, faint, fatigue.
    • Hinderances.
        9.
      • QUIETING, Tranquillity, rest, compose, sedate, serene, still, calm, set or be at rest.
      • TROVBLING, Molest, disturb, annoy, disquiet, incumber, infest, in∣terrupt, pester, cumber, turbulent, stirs, coil, broil, turmoil, garboil, perturbation.

Page  43VI. The General name denoting Transcendental Motion or rest,* is ITION, Going, Passing, Remove, betake, repair, transmission, Penetrate, Flitt.

STAYING, Abide, remain, tarry, continue, reside, rest, stop, stick, damm, detain, hold at a bay, Mansion, Stage, Remora.

The Relations belonging to this motion, may be distinguished into such as are

  • Solitary, supposing but one Person or Thing, with respect to its
    • Moving towards or from the Speaker.
        1.
      • COMING, Arrive, Access, Resort, repair to, frequent, recourse, concourse, confluence, return.
      • GOING, Depart, recede, return, regress, ingress, egress, be packing, be jogging, retire, retrograde, withdraw, dislodge, avant, void, slip away, slink or sneak away, fling away, fall off, get gone, set forth, rub along.
    • Continuing of Motion; whether
      • Simply; Towards the same term, or changing of the Term.
          2.
        • PROCEEDING, Persist, prosecute, persevere, progress, pass, ad∣vance, hold or go on, set forward or on.
        • TURNING, Winding, Veare, Double, tack, about, face about, wheel about.
      • With Design; either to some certain place, or to no certain place.
          3.
        • TRAVAILING, Expedition, Voyage, Iourney, Progress, Peregrinati∣on, Itinerant, Passenger, Wayfaring, March, set out, Palmer, Pilgrim, Pass, Pasport.
        • WANDRING, Stray, astray, range, rove, straggle, err-ant, Vagrant, Vagabond, random, ramble, rome, prole, gad, Gypsie, Rogue, Land∣loper, Labyrinth, Ambages.
  • Social; supposing several persons or things.
    • Causing another
      • To go or to come,
          4.
        • SENDING, Mission, missive, Token, convey, dismiss, Remit, dispatch, Messenger, Embassador, Legat, Envoy, Lieger, Emissa∣ry, Currier, Arrant.
        • FETCHING, Bring, reduce, forth-coming.
      • To come after, or to go before.
          5.
        • LEADING, Guide, Conduct, bring, convey, draw, Manudu∣ction.
        • DRIVING, Chase, drift, expel, repel, repulse, goad, beat back, Ferret out.
    • Coming after another thing in motion, or coming up equal to it.
        6.
      • FOLLOWING, Ensue, come after, pursue, dogging, trace.
      • OVERTAKING, Reach, Top, Catch, fetch up.
    • Coming of things together from several terms, or the Preterition of something in our way.
        7.
      • MEETING, Obviate, obvious, encounter, occurr, Randevouze.
      • AVOIDING, Decline, Fly, shun, eschew, Wave, beware, escape, evade, shift off, out of the way.

Page  44

Of DISCOURSE, Or the several notions belonging to Grammar or Logick.

THE most general name for those external expressions, whereby men do make known their thoughts to one another,* is DI∣SCOURSE, Commune, Communication, Parly, Talk, Colloquie, Tract, Treatise, handle, Stile.

To which may be annexed that particular way of discourse, most in use, namely by articulate voice and words, called LANGUAGE, Tongue, Speech, Linguist, dialect.

The several things and notions belonging to discourse, may be distribu∣ted into such as do concern either the

  • Parts of it; or those primary ingredients of which it consists, whether
    • More Simple; stiled ELEMENTS. I
    • Less Simple; WORDS. II
  • Kinds of it; or those secondary parts belonging to it, whether such as are
    • Proper, to
      • GRAMMAR. III.
      • LOGIC. IV.
    • COMMON TO BOTH. V
  • MODES of it. VI

Page  45I. The first and more simple ingredients required to the framing of Discourse or Language, are stiled ELEMENTS. Abedarian.*

These may be distinguished into such as do concern either the

  • Sounds made by the Organs of speech, according to the
    • General name; denoting either ‖ that which is spoken, or the picture of it in writing.
        1.
      • LETTER, literal.
      • CHARACTER, Figure, Note, Letter, Cyphre, Orthography.
    • Particular kinds; relating to such as are
      • More primary and simple; whether ‖ such apert sounds as are fra∣med by a free emission of the breath through the organs of speech, or such closed sounds in the pronouncing of which the breath is intercepted by some collision or closure amongst the in∣struments of speech.
          2.
        • VOWEL.
        • CONSONANT.
      • Less primary and mixed; either that which (for the most part) doth consist of several letters, pronounced in one continued motion, or of more Vowels coalescing in one sound.
          3.
        • SYLLABLE.
        • DIPHTHONG.
  • Time or pause to be observed in the pronouncing of several words or sentences, according to the
    • General name; denoting that mark which serves, either ‖ for sepa∣rating such words as belong to several clauses or sentences, or for uniting those words which are to be pronounced as one.
        4.
      • INTERPUNCTION, Period, Point.
      • HYPHEN, Maccaph.
    • Particular kinds;
      • Lesser; according to the degrees of Less or More
          5.
        • COMMA.
        • SEMICOLON.
      • Greater; according to the degrees of Less or More.
          6.
        • COLON.
        • PERIOD, full point, stop, pause, rest.
  • Manner of Pronouncing; with reference to
    • Distinction of such words or clauses as are
      • Less material; denoting that such a passage, either ‖ is not necessary to make the sense perfect, or is added by way of Explication of some∣thing preceding.
          7.
        • PARENTHESIS.
        • PARATHESIS, Exposition.
      • More material; either that which serves to distinguish such words, wherein the force of the sense doth more peculiarly consist, or that which denotes the words to be intended to a contrary sense, to what they naturally signifie.
          8.
        • EMPHASIS.
        • IRONY—call.
    • Prolongation of Vowels, or Elevation of voice in the pronouncing of any syllable.
        9.
      • ACCENT.
      • ACCENT, elevate.

Page  46*II. Those particular sounds or Characters, which are agreed upon to signifie any one thing or notion, are called by the general name of WORD, Verbal, verbatim, term, endite.

That which is intended by any such sound or Character, is called MEAN∣ING, Sense, Signification, Purport, Acception, Import, tenor, denote, moral

Words may be distinguished according to the

  • General name; given to the chief kinds of them, whether ‖ the more Principal such as signifie some intire thing or notion, or the Less Princi∣pal, such as consignifie and serve to circumstantiate other words with which they are joyned.
      1.
    • INTEGRAL.
    • PARTICLE.
  • Particular kinds; whether of
    • Integrals; considered according to their
      • Natures; being either more
        • Absolute; denoting either ‖ the naked Essence of a thing, or the Ens and thing it self.
            2.
          • ABSTRACT, separate.
          • CONCRETE, complex.
        • Relative; to the
          • Names of things; whether such as signifie more simply and of them∣selves, or such whose signification doth import their being ad∣joyned to something else.
              3.
            • SUBSTANTIVE.
            • ADJECTIVE.
          • Actions or Passions of things; (which is here taken notice of in compliance with instituted Grammar, tho it be not properly one simple part of speech, but rather a mixture of two, namely the Predicate and Copula.) To which may be annexed that which is commonly adjoyned unto this, to signifie the Quality or affe∣ction of the Action or Passion.
              4.
            • VERBE.
            • ADVERBE DERIVED.
      • Place and Order in a proposition, whether that which according to natural construction doth precede the Copula, or that which doth follow it.
          5.
        • SUBJECT.
        • PREDICATE, Attribute, asscribe, impute.
    • Particles; whether the
      • Most necessary and essential to every proposition.
          6.
        • COPULA.
      • Less necessary;
        • Substitutive; in the room either of some Integral word, or of some sentence or complex part of it.
            7.
          • PRONOUN.
          • INTERJECTION.
        • Connexive or declarative; whether such as are more
          • Proper to Substantives; being usually prefixed before them, ei∣ther ‖ that whose office it is to join integral with integral on the same side of the Copula, or that which serves for the more full and distinct expression of Substantives.
              8.
            • PREPOSITION.
            • ARTICLE.
          • Common to other words; either that kind of particle which is usually adjoined to Verbs, to signifie some kind of Mode or Cir∣cumstance belonging to them, or that which serves chiefly for the joyning of clauses or sentences.
              9.
            • ADVERBE UNDERIVED.
            • CONJUNCTION.

Page  47III. COMPLEX GRAMMATICAL NOTIONS of Speech,* may be distinguished into such as concern the

  • Portions into which a discourse may be divided, whether more
    • Imperfect;
      • Absolute; either that which denotes onely some part of the sense, or that which signifies some complete sense.
          1.
        • CLAUSE, Passage.
        • SENTENCE, Period, Text, Aphorism, Apophthegm, Axiom, Im∣press, Motto, Posie, Phrase, Stile.
      • Relative; to the number and order of such parts, either the less, consisting of one or more sentences, or the Greater being an Aggre∣gate of these.
          2.
        • VERSE, Staffe, Stanza.
        • SECTION, Paragraff, Article, Scene.
    • Perfect; conteining either a Principal part, or an Intire discourse.
        3.
      • CHAPTER, Act.
      • BOOK, Tract, Treatise.
  • Kinds of such discourse; with respect to the
    • Matter or Words, according to the
      • General name; denoting either a more loose and free way of putting the words together, or that which is bound up to measure.
          4.
        • PROSE.
        • VERSE, Lyrick, Pindarick, Ode.
      • Particular kinds of Verse; either that which depends only upon some stated measure of words, or that which doth likewise sup∣pose a similitude in the sound of the ending Syllables.
          5.
        • MEETRE-ical.
        • RIME.
    • Form or signification of words, whether
      • Natural and according to the first intention of them, or Artificial and borrowed, containing a reference to something else of near affinity and similitude.
          6.
        • PROPER.
        • TRALATITIOUS, Metaphor, Trope, Parable, Simile,
      • Homely, or Ornate.
          7.
        • SIMPLE.
        • FIGURATE. Allegory, Improper, Riddle, Aenigmatical.
      • Full, or Defective; having something left out.
          8.
        • EXPRESS, Plain, open, flat, explicite, Hint, Inkling, mention, set form.
        • UNDERSTOOD, Implied, implicite, tacit, intimated.
      • Easie, or Difficult to be understood.
          9.
        • PLAIN, Evident, Perspicuous, clear, express, obvious, easie, facil, explain, explicate, unfold, illustrate, open, make out.
        • OBSCURE, Dark, abstruse, riddle, aenigmatical, deep, profound, hard, difficult, mysterious, intrigue.

Page  48*IV. COMPLEX LOGICAL NOTIONS of discourse, may be di∣stributed into such as are

  • Positive; concerning
    • Words; with respect to their
      • Ambiguity; Shewing the different senses which they are capable of, or using them in a fallacious sense.
          1.
        • DISTINCTION, discriminate.
        • AEQUIVOCATION, Ambiguous, Amphibole.
      • Vniversality; Restraining a word unto some more proper and peculiar sense, or enlarging of it as there may be occasion, to its full scope and comprehensiveness.
          2.
        • LIMITATION, Restriction, stint, bound, terminate, determine.
        • AMPLIATION, Inlarge, dilate, expatiate.
    • Things; declaring either their
      • Natures; more or less perfectly.
          3.
        • DEFINITION.
        • DESCRIPTION, Character, delineate, pourtray, plot, platform, model.
      • Kinds; more or less perfectly.
          4.
        • DIVISION, Parting, Dichotomy.
        • PARTITION, Distribution, parting.
      • Affections; namely such common principles of knowledge whereby men are to be directed in their judging. To which may be op∣posed the excluding of such particulars as do not properly belong to those generals.
          5.
        • RULE, Maxim, Axiom, Principle, Theorem, Canon, Rubric, A∣phorism, regulate.
        • EXCEPTION, Exempt, reservation, restrain, exclude, seclude, salvo, save, set aside.
  • Comparate or disputative,
    • General; when from somethings already known and granted, we en∣deavour to prove some other thing, or the taking of that other thing as being so proved
        6.
      • ARGUMENTATION, Reason, argue, dispute, debate, discuss, dissertation, ratiocination, demonstration, sophistry, captious, cavil, polemic, mooting, Problem, chop Logic.
      • ILLATION, Inference, consequence, consectary, deduction, sequel, Conclusion, Corollary, result, follow, imply.
    • Special; as respecting the
      • Forms most Artificial, whether that which is most full, or that which is defective.
          7.
        • SYLLOGISM.
        • ENTHYMEM.
      • Matter;
        • Intrinsic from the nature of the things themselves, signifying the proving of a General, whether ‖ from many or all the particu∣lars, or from some one or few particulars.
            8.
          • INDUCTION, Particularize.
          • EXAMPLE, Instance, exemplifie, specifie, leading case.
        • Extrinsic; from the Authority of some other person, or a resem∣blance to some other thing.
            9.
          • CITATION, Quotation, testimonies, alledge.
          • ALLUSION, Glance.

Page  49V. MIXED NOTIONS OF DISCOURSE belonging both to Grammar and Logic may be distributed into such as are

  • Less complex; denoting such a compleat sentence,*wherein something is either affirmed or denied, To which may be adjoyned such kind of sentences, as by common use and long experience have obtained to be of authority amongst men.
      1.
    • PROPOSITION, Thesis, Assertion, Point, Doctrine, Observation, Position, Problem.
    • ADAGE, Proverb, Old-say or saw, By-word.
  • More complex; whether
    • Kinds of discourse;
      • Positive;
        • More general; denoting something to be spoken in presence, or written to be sent to others.
            2.
          • ORATION, Speech, Harangue, Declamation, Oratory, Panegyric.
          • EPISTLE, Letter.
        • More special; relating to matters of Fact, ‖ either the more usual name, or that which denotes what is commonly said by many.
            3.
          • NARRATION, Relate, Story, History, Tale, tell, Tidings, Report, recite, recount, rehearse, impart, inform, Tradition, Annunciati∣on, Commemoration, Diary, Diurnal, Gazet, Chronicle, Legend, bring word, give notice, or intelligence.
          • RUMOR, Brute, Hear-say, Report, common Fame, Noise, Vogue.
      • Explicative; according to the
        • General name;
            4.
          • INTERPRETATION, Exposition, construction, explain, expli∣cate, unfold, Trouchman.
        • Particular kinds; whereby the words are
          • Altered; by putting them into another language, or into other words of the same language.
              5.
            • TRANSLATION, Construe, version, interpret, turn, render.
            • PARAPHRASE, Descant, Metaphrase, Circumlocution.
          • Enlarged; by adding several other words for further explication, or Contracted; into fewer words.
              6.
            • COMMENTARY, Gloss, Note, Annotation, Stricture, Scholiast, Expositor.
            • EPITOME, Compendium, Brief, abbreviate, breviate, a∣bridge, Breviary, succinct, concise, Abstract, Synopsis, Sy∣stem, couch, contract, Summary, extract, recapitulate.
    • Appendages of discourse, whether the
      • Extreme; either the Beginning or the End.
          7.
        • PROLOGUE, Exordium, Preamble, Proem, Introduction, Pre∣face, Prelude.
        • EPILOGUE, Conclusion.
      • Intermediate; either that which is more necessary, whereby one part is to be connected to another, or such additional part as is less necessary to the main scope of the discourse.
          8.
        • TRANSITION, Pass-age.
        • DIGRESSION, On the by, by the way, Diversion, Excursion, Ex∣travagant, glance.

Page  50*VI. MODES OF DISCOURSE▪ may be distributed into such as con∣cern the business of proving or perswading, either

  • Antecedently; denoting such forms of speech as imply
    • Doubting, or a desire of being informed by others, to which may be op∣posed the general name for those returns which others make to such forms of speech.
        1.
      • QUESTION, Ask, Interrogate, demand, examin, expostulate, Inquisition.
      • ANSWER, Responsal, Reply, Rejoinder, Return.
    • Knowing or acknowledging, whether
      • Positive; saying a thing to be so, or not to be so.
          2.
        • AFFIRMATION, Assert, averr, avouch, profss, Asseveration, Position.
        • NEGATION, Deny, renounce, refuse, Recusant, disavow, gainsay, repulse, say nay.
      • Conditional; allowing a thing to be so for the preset, that we may thereby the better judge of the consequences from it, or owning the truth asserted by another.
          3.
        • SUPPOSITION, Admit, premise, presuppose, Condition, Proviso, Hypothesis, put case.
        • CONCESSION, Grant, yield, allow, acknowledge, admit, agree.
  • Concomitantly; as the Acts or parts of it.
    • More general;
      • Saying something against what another affirms, or saying what is most contrary to it.
          4.
        • OPPOSITION, Gainsay, thwart.
        • CONTRADICTION.
      • Arguing against another, to which is opposed, The shewing an insuffi∣ciency in such arguments.
          5.
        • OBJECTION, Impugn, Cavil.
        • SOLVTION, Solve, Answer, Resolve, Subterfuge, Evasion, Casuist.
    • More special; relating to
      • Our own arguments or opinions, by shewing the truth of them, or se∣conding such proof, by further evidence.
          6.
        • PROBATION, Prove, demonstrate, evince, Evidence, verifie, Reason, Presumption.
        • CONFIRMATION, Stablish, establish, ratifie.
      • Our adversaries arguments, by shewing the weakness of them, or turn∣ing the force of them against himself.
          7.
        • CONFUTATION, Refell, refute, disprove, reason against.
        • RETORTION, Invert, recriminate.
  • Subsequently,; whether
    • Reall; by rendring an adversary unable to defend his own opinion, or making him to submit to ours.
        8
      • POSING, Puzzle, nonplus, baffle, confound, gravel, run down.
      • CONVICTION, Satisfie, evince.
    • Verbal; acknowledging the truth of our opinion, or renouncing the error of his own.
        9.
      • CONFESSION, Acknowledge, own, yield, grant, profess, cry mercy.
      • RECANTATION, Renounce, retract, recal, revoke, unsay, bite in.

Page  51

CHAP. II. I. Concerning GOD. II. Of the several things and notions reducible under that collective Genus of WORLD.

THose more special kinds of beings to be treated of Antecedane∣ously to the Predicaments,* because they are not (as Predicaments are) capable of any subordinate species, are GOD and WORLD.

That which the Heathen Philosophers stile the first Mover, the first and supreme cause of all things, and suppose to be a Being of all possible perfections, is GOD, Lord, Iehovah, Deity, Divine-ity, Deifie.

And because of that absolute Simplicity and Purity of the Divine na∣ture, whereby 'tis distinguished from all other things, and therefore inca∣pable of being divided by Parts, or by Differences and Species as the rest are; hereupon, under this Head there is onely provision to be made for that great Mystery of Christianity, the Sacred Persons of the Blessed Trinity

  • FATHER.
  • SON, Christ, Iesus.
  • HOLY GHOST, Holy Spirit.

To the name of God that of IDOL may be opposed, by which is meant any False God; according to the Acception of the word in that Scripture, All the Gods of the Heathen are Idols.

To the Second Person the name ANTICHRIST may be adjoyned by way of Opposition; the true Notion and Importance of the word so requiring.

By WORLD, Vniverse, is meant the Compages or Frame of the whole Creation,* with more especial reference to those Principal and more Gene∣ral parts of which it consists; whether

  • SPIRITUAL and immaterial. I.
  • Corporeal, considered according to the
    • Parts into which it is divided, whether
    • CELESTIAL. II.
    • Terrestrial: either
      • Inanimate.
        • LAND. III.
        • WATER. IV.
      • ANIMATE. V.
    • CIRCLES by which it is divided. VI.

I. By SPIRIT is meant Immaterial Substance:* to which may be ad∣joyned, as its proper Opposite, the word BODY, Corporeal, Matter-ial, Car∣cass, Corps, corpulent.

A Created Spirit is either such as

  • Doth not relate to a Body; and that considered according to its
    • General Name, as being a ministring Spirit.
        1.
      • ANGEL-ical, Daemon.
    • Special kinds, as Good or Evil.
        2.
      • GOOD ANGEL, Cherub, Seraphim, Good Genius.
      • DEVIL, Satan, Fiend, Diabolical, Daemon, Fury, Goblin, bad Genius.
  • Doth relate to a Body; and that considered according to its
    • General Name, as being designed for the enlivening and quickning of a Body.
        3.
      • SOUL, Animate, Spirit, Mind.
    • Special kinds, as rendring its Body capable of
      • Nutrition and Growth;
          4.
        • VEGETATIVE, grow.
      • Sense;
          5.
        • SENSITIVE.
      • Discourse and Religion, together with a sense of moral good and evil.
          6.
        • RATIONAL, reasonable.

Page  52*II. Amongst Corporeal Substances, that which is esteemed most Simple and most Perfect, whose general name is therefore frequently used to signifie a place or a state of the greatest Perfection and Happiness, together with that which in both these respects is opposite, are commonly styled

  • HEAVEN, Celestial, Firmament, Skie.
  • HELL, Infernal, Stygian.

Those parts of Heaven which fall under our Senses may be considered ac∣cording to their.

  • General Name; denoting such parts as are more Solid and Luminous.
      1.
    • STARR, Stellate.
  • Particular kinds; either
    • Fixed, that is to say, which do alwayes keep the same distance from one another. And these, for the better distinction and remembrance of them, are usually distributed into divers parcels or little Aggregates, called Constellations: the received names of which are, according to their imaginary Resemblances, either the proper names of Per∣sons, as Perseus, Andromeda, Orion, &c. or the names of brute Ani∣mals, as Bear, Lion, Ram, &c. or the names of Inanimate things, as Balance, Arrow, &c. which may each of them be sufficiently expres∣sed, as the things themselves are to which they are resembled, with∣out being particularly provided for in the Table. And because that great Luminary which rules the Day, with us in this System is, by the most received Hypothesis, thought to belong to this number; there∣fore may it be adjoyned, as the most considerable Particular be∣longing to this General.
        2.
      • FIXED STARR, Constellation.
      • SUN, Solar.
    • Wandring, viz. which do not alwaies keep the same distance from one a∣nother; to which may be adjoyned that other kind of Luminous Body, which is now by sufficient observation and experiment discovered to be above the Atmosphere; according to the
      • General names.
          3.
        • PLANET, Wandring starr.
        • COMET, Blazing starr.
      • Particular kinds of Planets, being either
        • Primary;
          • Seen by us at a distance, either more
            • Frequently,
              • Higher pair
                  4.
                • SATURN-ine.
                • JUPITER, Iovial.
              • Lower pair,
                  5.
                • MARS.
                • VENUS, Morning star, Evening star, Day starr.
            • Rarely, as being near the Sun,
                6.
              • MERCURY-ial.
          • Inhabited by us,
              7.
            • The GLOBE OF SEA AND LAND, Earth, World, Oecu∣menical, Terrestrial, Terrene, Vniverse, Geography.
        • Secondary; whether moving ‖ about the Earth, or about any other Planet,
            8.
          • MOON, Lunar.
          • SATELLES.

Page  53III. By EARTH, Land, World,* is meant the habitable parts of this Globe; to which may be adjoyned the more general name of the Greater parts of the Earth, denoted by the word COUNTRY, Region, Land, Tract, Quarter, Coast.

The most considerable Notions belonging to Discourse, which refer to this, may be distinguished with respect to its

  • Figure, ‖ whether equal or unequal, Convex or Concave.
      1.
    • PLAIN, Champion, Level, Flat, Even.
      • MOVNTAIN, Hill, Ascent, Rising, Vpland, Downs, Knoll.
      • VALLEY, Vale, Dale, Bottom.
  • Boundaries, or adjacent Waters; which are either
    • On all sides, whether
      • Great, ‖ more great, or less great.
          2.
        • CONTINENT, Firm-land, Main-land.
        • ISLAND, Isle, Insular.
      • Less, ‖ whether roundish and high, or oblong.
          3.
        • ROCK, Cragg.
        • CLIFF.
    • On three sides, which, according to a higher or lower situation, as it is conspicuous ‖ more or less, is called
        4.
      • PROMONTORY, Cape, Fore-land, Head-land, Point,
      • PENE-ISLE.
    • On two sides, conspicuous, ‖ more or less.
        5.
      • ISTHMUS, Streight, Neck of land.
      • BANK, Shelf, Flat, Ridge, Shallow, Shole,
    • On one side, either according to the more general name, or that parti∣cular kind which is sometimes covered with Sea.
        6.
      • SHORE, Strand, Sea-coast, Bank-side.
      • WASHES, Sands.
  • Motion or Rest.
      7.
    • QUICKSANDS, Drift, Syrtis.
    • OAZ.

Page  54*IV To the word WATER, as it denotes the watry part of this Terre∣strial Globe, may be adjoyned the word SEA, Marine, Maritim; which de∣notes the more general name of the greater parts of Water, as Country or Region does of Land.

The more considerable Notions under this Head may be distinguished as the other, with respect to its

  • Figure, ‖ whether equal or unequal, Convex or Concave.
      1.
    • AEQUOR, Calm Sea, Smooth Sea.
      • WAVE, Billow, Surge, Vndulation, Rough.
      • WHIRL-POOL, Vorago, Gulf, Swallow.
  • Boundaries, or adjacent Land; which is either
    • On all sides, whether
      • Great, ‖ more great, or less great.
          2.
        • OCEAN, Main-sea.
        • LAKE, Meer, Pond, Plash.
      • Less, ‖ whether obround and deep, or oblong.
          3.
        • WELL, Head.
        • SPRING, Fountain, Source, Rivulet.
    • On three sides, ‖ greater, or less.
        4.
      • BAY, Gulf, Creek, Arm of the Sea, Harbour, Port, Key.
      • PENE-LAKE, Haven, Harbour, Port, Key.
    • On two sides, ‖ greater, or less
        5.
      • FRETUM, Streight, Narrow sea, Sound.
      • CHANNEL.
    • On one side, either according to the more general name, or that parti∣cular kind which is sometimes higher, and sometimes lower upon the Land.
        6.
      • SHORE, Margo aquea.
      • TIDE, Ebb, Flow, High-water, Low-water, Neap-tide, Spring-tide.
  • Motion or Rest; whether constantly moving, or generally at rest
      7.
    • STREAM, River, Brook, Current, flow, pour, gush, Bourn, Rill, Rivulet, Eddy, Gullet, Flood, Deluge, Inundation, Torrent, Ca∣taract, Water-course, Running-water.
    • STAGNUM, Pool, Puddle, Pond, stagnate, standing-water, Dead-water.

*V. The ANIMATE PARTS of the World do comprehend such Bodies as are endowed with Life or Spirit; whether

  • Vegetative, more
    • Imperfect; such Bodies as grow in Veins of the Earth, which though they are not commonly owned and reckoned under this Rank, yet several Learned men have heretofore reduced them hither, as being a more imperfect kind of Vegetable; because when Mines have seem∣ed to be totally exhausted of them, yet there hath remained behind some kind of Seminal or Spermatic parts, whereby they have in pro∣cess of time been renewed again, and continued to propagate their kinds.
        1.
      • MINERAL.
    • Perfect; whether according to the
      • General name;
          2.
        • PLANT, Vegetable.
      • Special kinds; denoting either, that tribe of Plants that are most small, tender and numerous; Or those kinds, amongst these, which are com∣monly fed upon by beasts, &c.
          3.
        • HERB, Wort, Weed, Botanic.
        • GRASS, Grase, Greensword.
  • Sensitive,
      4.
    • ANIMAL, Brute-ish.
  • Rational,
      5.
    • MAN, Woman, Human-ity, Folk.

Page  55VI. Besides those General parts into which the World may be divided,* there is likewise consideration to be had of those Imaginary CIRCLES by which men have agreed to divide both the Celestial and Terrestrial Globe, for the better explaining of the Distances and Motions of the Starrs, and the several Climates of the Earth; to which may be adjoyned for Affinity the Notion of ORBE, Sphere.

These Circles are either

  • Greater, dividing the Sphere into two equal parts;
    • Indeterminately; namely that which separates the upper and visible part of the Globe, from that which by reason of its being below us, we cannot see, terminating our vision.
        1.
      • HORIZON-tall.
    • Determinately; as to
      • Northern and Southern parts; whether
        • Directly; wherein the Sun makes every-where equal day and night:
            2.
          • AEQUATOR, Aequinoctial, the Line.
        • Obliquely, namely, that Line wherein the Sun is supposed constant∣ly to move in its Annual course: to which may be adjoyned that Circular superficies, on each side of this, which terminates the motion of the Planets;
            3.
          • ECLIPTIC.
          • ZODIAC.
      • Eastern and Western parts; wherein the Sun makes mid-day or mid-night: to which those other Circles correspond which pass through the Poles of the Horizon, as the former do through the Poles of the World;
          4.
        • MERIDIAN, Colure.
        • AZIMUTH.
  • Lesser, dividing the Sphere into two unequal parts; whether
    • Polar described by the supposed motion of the Poles of the Ecliptic; ‖ ei∣ther Northern or Southern.
        5.
      • ARTIC.
      • ANTARTIC.
    • Tropic, terminating the motion of the Sun in its greatest Declination; ‖ Northern, or Southern.
        6.
      • TROPIC of ♋ Summer Solstice.
      • TROPIC of ♑ Winter Solstice.
    • Parallels, relating ‖ either to the Aequator, or to the Horizon.
        7.
      • PARALLEL.
      • ALMACANTAR.

Page  56

CHAP. III. I. Of Elements and Meteors. II. Of Stones. III. Of Metals.

*WHereas men do now begin to doubt, whether those that are called the Four ELEMENTS be really the Primordia rerum, First Principles, of which all mixed Bodies are compounded; therefore may they here be taken notice of and enumerated, without particular restriction to that Notion of them, as being onely the great Masses of na∣tural Bodies, which are of a more simple Fabric then the rest: For which reason the word METEOR may be annexed to Element, for its affinity in this respect, signifying the several kinds of Bodies which are of a more imperfect mixture. These are, according to the common Theory, distin∣guishable into

  • More simple; whether
    • Real, such as do actually exist.
      • Lighter;
        • FIRE. I.
        • AIR. II.
      • Heavier;
        • WATER. III.
        • EARTH. IV.
    • APPARENT. V.
  • More mixed; denoting various modes of Air.
    • WEATHER. VI.

Page  57I. The hottest and lightest kind of those that are counted Elements,* is called FIRE: Burn, Scald, Singe, Kindle, Tind, Light.

The several Notions referring to the Parts or Kinds of it, are distin∣guishable by their Magnitude, Place, Duration, Shape, &c.

  • The General parts or kinds of Fire, are ‖ either greater, which seem to be enkindled Air; or less, being a small separated portion of Fire.
      1.
    • FLAME, Blaze, Coruscation, Flash, Leam, Light fire.
    • SPARK, Strike fire.
  • The Special sorts of Fiery Bodies, to which custom hath given particu∣lar names, are such as are either
    • More considerable; in respect of their
      • Lastingness, continuing for some time in the same place; and then ‖ va∣nishing, or falling.
          2.
        • COMET, Standing, Blazing starr.
        • FALLING STARR.
      • Suddenness; being ‖ either the Shining and flash of inflamed Exha∣lations, or the Sound made by such Inflammations,
          3.
        • LIGHTNING, Flash, Coruscation.
        • THUNDER, Fulminate.
    • Less considerable;
      • More high in the Air;
        • Of Coherent parts, in the shape of ‖ a standing perpendicular Co∣lumn, or of a Dart in motion.
            4.
          • BEAM, Trabs.
          • DART, Iaculum.
        • Of Disjoyned parts, of a shape ‖ bigger, or lesser.
            5.
          • CAPRA SALTANS.
          • SCINTILLAE VOLANTES.
      • More low in the Air, loose, wandring; ‖ as that which appears often to Mariners at Sea: and if single, it is called St. Hermo, Helena, and is thought to portend Storms; if double, 'tis styled Castor and Pollux, signifying good weather: Or that which adheres to, and encompasses several Animals, without hurting them, being probably an Inflammation of their Effluvia.
          6.
        • IGNIS FATUUS, Will with a Wisp, Iack with a Lanthorn.
        • IGNIS LAMBENS.
      • Within the Earth;
          7.
        • DAMP.

Page  58*II. The General name for that kind of Body, which, for its Levity and Warmth, is counted the next Element to that of Fire, is AER-eal, Wind, Breath.

It is distinguishable by its

  • Purity; being ‖ either more remote from the Earth and its Exhalations; or adjoyning to the Terrestrial Globe, and impregnated by the Steams and Efflluvia that proceed from it.
      1.
    • AETHER, or aethereal Air, Firmament, Skie, Welkin.
    • ATMOSPHERE.
  • Kinds of mixture, according to the more
    • General name, or that particular kind which signifies a mixture of Watry parts.
        2
      • EXHALATION, Steam, Reek, Effluvium, volatile.
      • VAPOR, Evaporate, Breathe.
    • Particular kinds in respect of its mixture with ‖ Earthy, or Fiery parts.
        3.
      • FUME.
      • SMOKE, Suffumigation, bloting, fume.
  • Motion,
    • Above ground; ‖ Direct, or Circular.
        4.
      • WIND, Blow, Gale, Breath, Blast, Puff, Gust, Flaw, Monsoon, Trade∣wind, Bellows, Eolipile, Fan, Ventiduct.
      • WHIRLWIND, Hericano, Tornado.
    • Vnder ground; ‖ Violent, or Gentle.
        5.
      • EARTHQUAKE.
      • DAMP.

III. The third of those greater Masses of Body, considerable for its Gra∣vity and Moisture,* is styled WATER: Aqueous, Dip, padle, Drein.

The names belonging to this are such as concern either

  • The smaller Particles of it; ‖ whether Solid, or Hollow.
      1.
    • DROP, Drip, drible, drizle, trickle, sprinkle, run, shed, instil.
    • BUBBLE, Froth, Spume, Fome, Mantle, Ebullition.
  • The Mixture of it with Air, ‖ Vpper, or Lower.
      2.
    • CLOUD, Overcast, gloomy.
    • MIST, Fogg, nebulous.
  • The Condensation of it, ‖ from a Cloud, or from a Mist.
      3.
    • RAIN, Drizie.
    • DEW.
  • The Congelation of it, according to its more
    • General acception, or according to that special kind of it relating to the smaller particles of a Cloud, styled
        4
      • FROST, Freeze, Ice, congele, Isicle.
      • SNOW.
    • Particular restriction to the Drops ‖ of Rain, or of Dew.
        5▪
      • HAIL.
      • RIME, Hoarfrost.
  • The Kinds of Dew:
    • More Concrete; of a sweet tast: to which may be adjoyned that pe∣culiar kind of physical Dew mixed with the Exudations of the Plant Ladanum.
        6.
      • MANNA.
      • LADANUM.
    • More Liquid; gathered from Plants by Bees: to which may be ad∣joyned for its affinity, that other natural Body gathered likewise by Bees, and of a clammy consistence.
        7.
      • HONY.
      • WAX.

Page  59IV. That which is commonly described to be the Coldest, Thickest,*Heaviest, of any of those Bodies counted Elements, is called EARTH, Land, Mold.

This is distinguishable by its

  • Smaller Particles;
    • Alone and without mixture.
        1.
      • DUST.
    • Mixed with Water.
        2.
      • DURT, Mud, Mire, daggle, puddle:
    • Separated by Fire, ‖ descending, or ascending.
        3.
      • ASHES, Embers, Cinders.
      • SOOT, Fuliginous.
  • Bigger Masses of it, serviceable for building, and of a
    • Cold, clammy consistence, to which that common mixture which is made of this may be adjoyned for its affinity.
        4.
      • CLAY.
      • MORTAR, Lome.
    • Hot and dry consistence, usually made of burnt Stone; to which, for the same reason, may be adjoyned that other common mixture made of this.
        5.
      • LIME.
      • PLASTER, Parget, Tarras, daube.

The placing of that Pair, Flame, Spark under the first Difference;* and that other Pair, Drop, Bubble, under the third Difference; with those other Species under the fourth Difference, must be granted to be besides the common Theory; But there is this account to be given of it, That there seems to be the like kind of resemblance and affinity in these to their Genus'es, as there is in some of the other Species, which are com∣monly received.

V. APPEARING METEORS are such as onely seem to be, and have not any real existence.*

These are either of a

  • Determined Shape;
    • Part of a round.
        1.
      • RAINBOW, Iris.
    • Round wholly;
      • Encompassing any of the Planets or bigger Starrs.
          2.
        • HALO.
      • Representing ‖ the Sun, or the Moon.
          3.
        • PARELIUS.
        • PARASELENE.
    • Straight.
        4.
      • VIRGAE, Streaks, Rays of Light.
  • Vndetermined Shape, being a seeming Hollowness or Opening in the Heavens
      5.
    • CHASM, Gaping.

Page  60*VI. By WEATHER is meant the state and condition of the Air; the several kinds of which, not sufficiently expressible by any words in the precedent Table, are considered either as to

  • The Air's ‖ Transparency, or Opacity.
      1.
    • CLEARNESS, Open, serene.
    • HAZINESS.
  • The various Meteors wherewith it may be affected; whether
    • Rain,
      • Simply and by it self; either
        • Drops, ‖ little, or great.
            2.
          • MIZLING, Drizzle.
          • SHOWR.
        • Stream.
            3.
          • SPOUT.
      • Mixed, ‖ with violent Winds, or with Snow.
          4.
        • STORM.
        • SLEET.
    • Winde, considered according to its
      • Quality; whether excessively cold, or mixed with noxious va∣pours.
          5.
        • BLASTING.
      • Quantity; being either
        • Little, or not sufficient to ruffle the waters.
            6.
          • GENTLE GALE, Breez.
          • CALM, Still, Halcyon.
        • Much; whether equal, or unequal.
            7.
          • STIFF GALE, High wind.
          • TEMPEST, Storm, Flaw, blustering, boisterous.

Page  61

OF STONES.

SUch kind of Minerals as are hard and friable are called STONES,*Petrifie, Quarry: to which EARTHY CONCRETIONS may be annexed by way of affinity, being more soft and brittle, and of a middle nature betwixt Stones and Metals.

  • Stones may be distinguished into such as are
    • VULGAR, and of no price. I.
    • MIDDLE-prized. II.
    • PRECIOUS; either
      • LESS TRANSPARENT. III.
      • MORE TRANSPARENT. IV.
  • Earthy Concretions are either
    • DISSOLVIBLE. V.
    • NOT DISSOLVIBLE. VI.

I. VULGAR STONES, or such as are of little or no price, are distin∣guishable from their different Magnitudes, Uses, Consistences,*into the

  • Greater Magnitudes of Stone; used either about
    • Buildings; whether of
      • Walls; chiefly, being of a
        • Softer consistence; ‖ whether natural, or factitious.
            1.
          • FREE-STONE.
          • BRICK.
        • Harder consistence; not easily yielding to the Tool of the Work∣man, growing ‖ either in
          • Greater masses;
              2.
            • RAGG.
          • Lesser masses; whether such as are for their figure
            • More knobbed and unequal; used for the striking of fire, ‖ ei∣ther the more common which is less heavy, or the less common which is more heavy, as having something in it of a metalline mixture.
                3.
              • FLINT.
              • MARCHASITE, Fire-stone.
            • More round and even;
                4.
              • PIBBLE, Thunderbolt.
      • Roof or Pavement; being of a laminated figure, ‖ either natural, or factitious.
          5.
        • SLATE.
        • TILE.
    • Metals, either for the
      • Sharpning or trying of them.
          6.
        • WHET-STONE.
        • TOUCH-STONE.
      • Polishing or cutting of them; ‖ being either of a more spungy and soft, or of a more hard consistence.
          7.
        • PUMICE.
        • EMRY.
  • Lesser Magnitudes; ‖ either more, or less minute.
      8.
    • SAND, Grit.
    • GRAVEL.

Page  62*II. MIDDLE-PRIZED STONES are either of a

  • Shining Politure, or capable of it; whether of a
    • Simple white colour, and more soft consistence.
        1.
      • ALABASTER.
    • Sometime white, sometime black or green, and sometime variegated with veins; growing in ‖ greater, or lesser Masses.
        2.
      • MARBLE, Porphyrie.
      • AGAT.
    • Spotted; ‖ with Red upon a Greenish colour, or with spots of Gold-colour upon Blew.
        3.
      • JASPIS, Heliotrope.
      • LAZUL, Azure-stone.
  • Transparency: either
    • Brittle; ‖ whether natural, or factitious.
        4.
      • CRYSTAL-ine.
      • GLASS, Vitrifie.
    • Fissil, into Flakes, ‖ either greater, or lesser.
        5.
      • SELENITE, Muscovia glass, Isingglass, Sparr.
      • TALC.
  • Relation to Metals; ‖ attracting of Iron, or making of Brass.
      6.
    • LOAD-STONE, Magnet-ical, Compass.
    • CADMIA, Calaminaris.
  • Incombustible nature.
      7.
    • AMIANTUS, Asbestus.
  • Strange Original; not being properly Minerals, though usually rec∣koned amongst them; but either a sub-marine Plant; or supposed to proceed from a liquid Bitumen.
      8.
    • CORAL-ine.
    • AMBER.

There are several other kinds of Stony Consistences mentioned in the Authors who write de Lapidibus. Some that are found in the Bodies of Animals, their Stomachs, Guts, Bladders, Kidneys, &c. several of which are denominated from the Animals in which they are found; as Alectorius, Chelidonius, Bezoar, &c. Others have peculiar names from their shapes; as Astroides, Glossopetra, &c. Others made of Animals or parts of Animals petrified, which may be sufficiently expressed, without being particularly provided for in the Tables.

Page  63III. PRECIOUS STONES, Gemms, Iewels, are such as,*for their rarity and beauty, are every where more esteemed: amongst which some are LESS TRANSPARENT, which are distinguishable chiefly by their Colours: either

  • Representing variety of Colours with dimness, ‖ less, or more.
      1.
    • OPAL.
    • CATS-EYES.
  • Of particular Colours.
    • Whitish and shining; though this be not properly a Mineral, but a part of a testaceous Fish.
        2.
      • PEARL.
    • Red.
        3.
      • SARDIUS, Cornelian, Bloud-stone.
    • Pale Fleshy colour, like that of a man's nail.
        4.
      • ONYX.
    • Blewish.
        5.
      • TURCOIS.
    • Pale Purple.
        6.
      • CHALCEDONY.

As for that which is commonly styled a Toadstone; this is properly a tooth of the Fish called Lupus marinus, as hath been made evident to the Royal Society by that Learned and inquisitive person Dr Merit.

IV. MORE TRANSPARENT Gemms;* may be distinguished into such as are either

  • Colourless: ‖ either most hard and bright; or that which is very like to this in other respects, but onely less hard and bright.
      1.
    • DIAMOND, Adamant.
    • SAPHIRE WHITE.
  • Coloured; to be ranged according to the order of the colours in the Rainbow.
    • Red; of a lustre ‖ greater, or less.
        2.
      • RUBY, Carbuncle.
      • RANATE.
    • Yellow▪ whether paler, or deeper.
        3.
      • CHRYSOLITE.
      • TOPAZ.
    • Green; ‖ either most bright and pleasant, or of a darker kind of Sea-green.
        4.
      • EMERALD, Smaragd.
      • BERYL.
    • Blewish.
        5.
      • SAPHIRE.
    • Purple or Violaceous; more inclining ‖ to Blew, or to Yellow.
        6.
      • AMETHYST.
      • HYACINTH.

Page  64*V. Such EARTHY CONCRETIONS as commonly grow in Mines, together with such other factitious Substances as have some analo∣gy to these, and are DISSOLVIBLE by Fire or Water, may be distin∣guished by their being

  • Not inflammable:
    • More simple; being several kinds of Salt, ‖ whether of the
      • Sea-water, the most necessary Condiment for Meat; or of the Air, used as a chief ingredient in the making of Gunpowder.
          1.
        • SALT, Brine.
        • NITRE, Salt-peter.
      • Earth; ‖ of a styptic quality and abstersive, proper for the drying of Wounds, commonly boiled up into a consistence from a mine∣ral water; or that other kind of Earthy Salt dug up in great lumps.
          2.
        • ALUME.
        • SAL GEMMAE.
      • Metals of all kinds, sometimes called Sugars and Crystals; but a∣greeing in the common nature with that which is styled
          3.
        • VITRIOL, Chalchanthus, Copperas.
      • Vegetables; made ‖ either by fermentation, or by burning.
          4.
        • TARTAR.
        • ALCALI.
      • Animal Substances, made by Distillation, called
          5.
        • URINOUS SALT.
    • More mixed of other Salts; ‖ more volatile, or fixed.
        6.
      • SAL AMMONIAC.
      • CHRYSOCOLLA, Borax.
  • Inflammable; of a more
    • Dry consistence, and Yellowish colour.
        7.
      • SULPHUR, Brimstone.
    • Clammy and tenacious consistence
      • Not sweet-sented; ‖ more solid, or more liquid.
          8.
        • BITUMEN-inous.
        • NAPHTHA.
      • Sweet-sented.
          9.
        • AMBERGRIS,

*VI. EARTHY CONCRETIONS NOT DISSOLVIBLE may be distinguished by their various Colours; being either

  • White and soft according to degrees, ‖ more, or less.
      1.
    • CHALK.
    • MARLE.
  • Yellowish red, whether more yellow, or more red
      2.
    • OKER, Yellow oker.
    • RED OKER, Ruddie.
  • Black; of a finer or courser grain.
      3.
    • JETT.
    • PIT-COAL, Sea-coal.
  • Gold-colour, of a poisonous nature, ‖ either as it is dug out of the Earth, or as it is sublimed.
      4.
    • ORPIMENT, Auripigmentum.
    • ARSENIC, Rats-bane.
  • Reddish; often found in the same Mines with Orpiment.
      5.
    • SANDARACH.

Page  65

OF METALS.

METAL is a Mineral, for the most part, of a hard consistence, close, ductil, and fusil:* It is distinguishable into

  • Perfect▪
    • NATURAL. I.
    • FACTITIOUS. II.
  • Imperfect, with reference to
    • METALLINE KINDS. III.
    • RECREMENTITIOUS PARTS. IV.

I. By NATURAL METALS are meant such as of themselves grow in the Earth, without any kind of mixture, or other help by the Art of men.* These are either

  • More rare and precious; of a
    • Yellowish colour, most heavy, not growing in any particular Mines, where 'tis imbased with any drossy mixture: but found pure, either in small sands, or rocky branches.
        1.
      • GOLD, Gilt, Or.
    • Whitish, and next in value to Gold, not subject to rust, and of a plea∣sant sound.
        2.
      • SILVER, Argent.
  • Of a middle value; of a
    • Whitish colour, and more soft consistence.
        3.
      • TINN, Stannery.
    • Reddish colour, the first material of Mony.
        4.
      • COPPER.
  • Most base and common:
    • Of a softer consistence, and a darkish colour, not sonorous.
        5.
      • LEAD, Plummer.
    • Of a harder consistence, being the common matter for Weapons and Tools.
        6.
      • IRON.

II. By FACTITIOUS METALS are meant such as are made by the Art of men.* These may be distinguished into such as are made of

  • Copper and Lapis calaminaris.
      1.
    • BRASS, Brasier.
  • Tinn, Lead, and Tin-glass.
      2.
    • PEWTER-er.
  • Iron depurated by frequent heating, and beating, and boiling with Salts.
      3.
    • STEEL.

Page  66III. IMPERFECT kinds of METAL, are either

  • Fluid.
      1.
    • MERCURY, Quick-silver.
  • Solid and consistent; used for
    • Purging, and chiefly for Vomiting.
        2.
      • ANTIMONY-al.
    • Making of Pewter, being of shining brittle substance.
        3.
      • BISMUTE, Tin glass.
    • Making of Soder, being like Tinn, but more hard and brittle.
        4.
      • SPELTER, Zink, Spalt.
    • Painting; ‖ considered according to its natural state, being the Oar of Quick-silver, and of a Dark red: or else as it is prepared by grinding, which renders it of a Bright red.
        5.
      • CINNABAR, Rudle.
      • VERMILION.
    • Writing; not known to the Ancients, and therefore without any Latin or Greek name.
        6.
      • BLACK-LEAD.

IV. RECREMENTITIOUS PARTS OF METAL, are such as are cast off; either in the

  • Preparation of them, by
    • Melting; being of parts
      • More large and united; a kind of scum arising from the separation of impurer mixtures in the fusion of Metals, chiefly in the pur∣ging of Silver from Lead.
          1.
        • LITHARGE.
      • More minute and separate; being a concretion of the lesser parts of Copper, which fly out when that Metal is in fusion; ‖ either the heavier parts, which by their gravity descend to the floor: or the more light and volatile parts, which adhere to the roof or walls.
          2.
        • SPODIUM.
        • POMPHOLYX.
    • Beating or hammering.
        3.
      • SCORIA, Scales.
  • Corruption of them; according to the
    • General name.
        4.
      • RUST, Canker.
    • Particular kinds; proceeding either of Copper and Brass, or of Lead.
        5.
      • VERDIGREECE, Aerugo.
      • CERUSE, White lead.

Page  67

CHAP. IV. I. Of Plants, The difficulty of enumerating and describing these. II. The more general distribution of them. III. Of Herbs considered accor∣ding to their Leaves. IV. Of Herbs considered according to their Flowers. V. Of Herbs considered according to their Seed-vessels. VI. Of Shrubs. VII. Of Trees.

THe more perfect kind of Vegetables are called by the name of Plants,* the several kinds of which are so exceeding numerous, as must needs render it a very difficult task for any man who is most versed in the study of them, either to enumerate them so fully or to order them so acu∣rately, as will not be liable to many exceptions; especially considering the streining and force that must sometimes be used, to make things com∣ply with the institution of these tables into which they are to be re∣duced.

Gaspar Bauhinus doth in his Pinax reckon up about six thousand seve∣ral plants, the particular names of which do amount to almost twice the number of words here intended for the whole body of language. And there is reason enough to believe, that there are many more besides those he mentions, since we find by daily experience, in sowing the seeds of Flowers and of Trees, and the different wayes of culture used about them, that new kinds of Flowers and of Fruits are continually produ∣ced, such as were not before described by any Author, and such as do afterwards propagate their kinds; insomuch that it may well be doubted whether there be any determinate number of these subordinate Species.

I design in these following tables to take notice only of the chief fa∣milies of Plants, to which the others are to be reduced. In the descripti∣ons of which, there will be no small difficulty, by reason of their great number, and the want of proper words to express the more minute dif∣ferences betwixt them, in respect of shape, colour, tast, smell, &c. to which instituted languages have not assigned particular names. I men∣tion this by way of Apology for the several defects, which I am sensible of in the following tables.

In the description of those Plants which are heads of numerous fami∣lies, I take notice only of that Communis ratio, which belongs to all the subordinate varieties of them, unless it be when there is no such common agreement belonging to them all: or where several things are reduced under the same head, some for their agreement in one Accident, and o∣thers for their agreement in some other Accident; in which cases the de∣scriptions here mentioned, are to be understood of the chief and most common Plants of that name.

As for the various particulars contained under each family, as suppose Tulips, Roses, Apples, Pears, Plums, &c. These need not be particularly provided for, both because the just number of them is not yet stated, every year producing new ones: And because they may as well be expressed Periphrastically here as in all other Languages; either by their

    Page  68
  • Seasons; whether Early or Late, Vernal, Autumnal, Hyemal.
  • Lastingness; being either Annual or Perennial.
  • Bigness or Littleness, Talness or Lowness.
  • Manner of growth; whether Erect, Trailing, Creeping, Climbing, Twisting.
  • Place of growth; either Terrestrial, Hilly, Sandy, Stony, Clay▪ &c. Aquatic, belonging either to Sea or Rivers, Marish, Moorish, Fenny grounds.
  • Several parts; whether in respect of the
    • Root; being either Fibrous, of bigger or lesser strings, more or less numerous, spreading sidewise or tending more directly down∣wards: Or Bulbous, of one single bulb or several, whether Ob∣round, Compressed, Oblong, Coated or Scaly: Or Tuberous, having its thicker parts contiguous, or hanging more at a distance by small strings.
    • Stemm or stalk; whether Solid or Hollow, Smooth or Rugged, Round or Angular, Knotted or Jointed more or less frequently, being free from leaves, or having leaves.
    • Leaves; whether as to their
      • Superficies; being Smooth, Unctuous, Shining, Rough, Prickly, Hairy, Woolly, &c.
      • Shape and figure; Round Angular, Broad Narrow, Long Short, of smooth or of indented, jagged, waved, curled edges, being either sharp or round pointed.
      • Substance or Bulk; Thick Succulent, or Thin Dry, being inter∣spersed with nerves either direct or transverse.
      • Colour; whether the same on both sides or different, clear or spotted, of a brighter or darker green.
      • Number; One, Two, Three, &c.
      • Manner of growth; whether singly, or in pairs opposite to each other: or having more then two encompassing the stalk, Win∣ged, Fingered, &c.
    • Flowers; as to their
      • Shapes; consisting of one single undivided leaf, either divided at the edge or not: or having several leaves, three, four, five or more.
      • Colour; whether simple, as Red, Yellow, Purple, &c. or Mixed, Striped, Speckled, Edged.
      • Number; Bearing either One or Many, and these either single or double.
      • Manner of growth; whether of single flowers, being Erect, Hang∣ing, Reversed, &c. or of several flowers, Verticillate, Spicate, Umbelliferous.
    • Seed-vessels; whether Oblong, Closed or Open, Round, Hollow▪ So∣lid, Smooth, Rugged, Prickly, Scaly, conteining few or many seeds.
    • Seeds themselves; Round, square, flat, oblong, downy, &c. smooth, Echinate, black, white, shining, &c.
    • Fruits; Apples, Berries, &c.
    • Iuice; Waterish, Gummy, Milky, Yellow.

Page  69To all which may be added their different smells and tasts, and the several uses they are commonly applyed unto; by some of which Acci∣dents all other Plants may be sufficiently described.

I had formerly distributed the kinds of Herbs, according to those se∣veral ends and purposes for which they are commonly used, into these three heads; 1. Such as are for pleasure, being usually cherished in Gardens, for their flowers, or beauty, or sweet sent. 2. Such as are Alimentary, being used by men for food, either in respect of their Roots, their Leaves or Stalks, their Fruit or their Seed. 3. Such as are Medici∣nal, being either Hot and biting, or Cold and Stupefying, Purgative, Al∣terative, Vulnerary. But upon further consideration I am satisfied, that though these heads may seem more facil and vulgar; yet are they not so truly Philosophical, but depend too much upon the Opinions and customs of several times and Countries.

As for the usual distinction betwixt Shrubbs and Trees▪ it doth not seem (at least so farr as these things have been hitherto described) to have any such distinct limits in nature, as were to be desired, and as is to be found betwixt other things, there being several under each head, which seem to be of a doubtful condition. Some that are reckoned for Shrubbs, which have a fair pretence to be placed amongst Trees: and others ac∣counted Trees, which without any injury might be reduced to the Genus of Shrubbs. I do in the following tables comply with that opinion, which seems most common and probable.

The reason why the two last differences of Trees, is not from their fruit (as the others are) but from their Woods and Rines, or from their Rosins and Gumms, is because these are the only things that we yet know of them, their natures in other respects being not yet (for ought I know) described by any Authors.

As for any new species of Plants that shall hereafter be discovered, 'tis probable they may by analogie be reduced either to some of the fami∣lies here mentioned, or at least to some of the Tribes.

I have added to the several species of Plants and Animals, their Latin names in the Margin, because many of them are as well, if not better, known by such compellations; and because they are most frequently treated of by the Authors who write in that Language.

Plants may be distinguished into such as are more*

  • Minute and tender, called Herbs, to be considered according to their
    • Leaves.
    • Flowers.
    • Seed-vessels.
  • Large and hard being wooddy plants, whether the
    • Lesser, which commonly grow up from the root in several stemms called Shrubbs.
    • Larger, which of themselves do grow up in one single stemm, called Trees.

Page  70*HERBS CONSIDERED ACCORDING TO THEIR LEAVES, may be distinguished into such as are

  • Imperfect; which either do want, or seem to want some of the more es∣sential parts of Plants, viz. either Root, Stalk or Seed. I.
  • Perfect; having all the essential parts belonging to a Plant, to be distin∣guished by the
    • Fashion of the leaf; whether
      • Long; as all Gramineous herbs, having a long narrow leaf without any foot-stalk.
        • Not flowring; (i.) not having any foliaceous flower.
          • FRUMENTACEOUS; Such whose seed is used by men for food, either Bread, Pudding, Broth, or Drink. II.
          • NOT FRUMENTACEOUS; III.
        • Flowring; Being of
          • BULBOUS ROOTS; Having no fibers from the side, but only from the Bottom or the Top; whose leaves are more thick, undivided, smooth-edged, and generally deciduous. IV.
          • AFFINITY TO BULBOUS ROOTS; V.
      • ROUND; VI.
    • Texture of the Leaf; being either
      • NERVOUS; having several prominent Fibers. VII.
      • SUCCULENT; having thick juicie leaves, covered with a close membrane, through which the moisture cannot easily transpire, which makes them continue in dry places. VIII.
    • SUPERFICIES of the Leaf, or MANNER of Growing. IX.

*I. IMPERFECT HERBS may be distinguished into

  • Terrestrial; whether
    • Most imperfect; which seem to be of a spontaneous generation.
      • Having no leaf,
        • With a Stemm and Head; the Greater or the Less. The later of which hath by Mr. Hook been first discovered to consist of small stemms with little balls at the top, which flitter out when ripe.
            1.
          • *MUSHROOM, Toadstool, Fungus, Touchwood, Spunke.
          • MOULD, Horiness, Vinnewd.
        • Without a Stem, of a roundish figure ‖ growing either in the ground, being esculent, & counted a great delicate: or on the ground▪ being (when dry) full of an unsavory hurtful dust.
            2.
          • *TRUBS, Trufle.
          • FUZBALL, Puchfist.
      • Having a leaf; being generally deeper then other plants and curled, growing in such barren places where no other plants will thrive, ‖ either that which grows, both on the ground, and on walls and trees, of which there are great varieties: or that which grows only in moist grounds and shady places.
          3.
        • MOSS.
        • *LIVER WORT.
    • Less Imperfect; being counted Insoecund, whose seed and flower (if there be any) is scarce discernable, commonly called Capillary Plants, whether such as
      • Have several leaves;
        • Divided;
          • Doubly; or subdivided,
            • Greater; of a brighter or a darker green, the latter being less and more finely cut.
                4.
              • FEARN, Brake.
              • *OAK-FEARN.
            • Lesser; either that which grows commonly on walls and dry pla∣ces,Page  71 somewhat resembling Rue both in the colour and figure of the leaf: or that which grows in moist shady places, having small slender black stalks.
                5.
              • WHITE MAIDENHAIR, Wall-rue,*Tentwort
              • BLACK MAIDENHAIR.
          • Singly; or not subdivided,
            • Greater; of a broader leaf, and purgative root: or of a narrower and longer leaf.
                6.
              • POLYPODI.
              • ROUGH SPLEENWORT.*
            • Lesser; either that which hath a black stalk and winged leaves like those of a Vetch: or that which hath a thicker shorter leaf, not divided to the middle ribb.
                7.
              • ENGLISH BLACK MAIDENHAIR.*
              • SPLEENWORT, Miltwast.
        • Vndivided; either that whose leaves are somewhat broader towards the bottom, where they encompass the stalk like a half moon: Or that whose leaf is more equal.
            8.
          • MULE FEARN.
          • HARTSTONGUE.*
      • Have but one leaf; either that whose leaf is like the others of this tribe, with a tuft of very small flowers: or that which hath an undivi∣ded succulent leaf, with a small spike standing off from it.
          9.
        • MOON WORT.*
        • ADDERS TONGUE.
  • Aquatic; belonging to
    • Fresh water; either that which consists of small round leaves, floting on the top or immersed in the water, having little strings shooting down from them: Or that which consists of long small slmy fila∣ments, resembling green raw silk.
        10▪
      • DUCKWEED.*
      • HAIRY RIVER WEED.
    • Salt water; being either of a
      • Softer consistence; having some resemblance to
        • Mushrooms; either the Greater, being more round and thick, with pores every way: or the Less, having long slender stalks with round leaves growing at the top of them.
            11.
          • SPUNGE.*
          • SEA NAVELWORT.
        • Moss, or ground Liverwort, having green curled leaves spreading on the ground.
            12.
          • SEA-LETTICE.*
        • Mushrooms and Moss; either that which is flat and roundish, hard and tough, with several lines parallel to the circumference: or that whose leaves grow out of one another without any stemm.
            13.
          • SEA-EAR.*
          • ROUND LEAVED OYSTER WEED.
        • Capillary Plants; having a soft membranaceous tough leaf, growing commonly upon Stones and Rocks in the Sea.
            14.
          • WRACK.*
      • Harder consistence; being tough, with many filres or ribbs elegantly distributed somewhat like the Mashes of a Net, growing to a great bredth.*
          15.
        • SEA FANN.

Page  72*II. GRAMINEOUS FRUMENTACEOUS HERBS, may be di∣stinguished into such, whose seeds are

  • Greater; being covered either with a
    • Thin membrane; without any husk adhering, of a figure.
      • Oblong; either that of a more turgid grain and brighter colour, every seed in the ear being covered with three loose husks: Or that which bears a more black, lank, oblong seed, having always a beard adhering to the husk of each grain in the growth.
          1.
        • *WHEAT.
        • RY.
      • Roundish and somewhat compressed; being the biggest of this tribe, the ears growing out of the sides of the stalk, the top of it ha∣ving a chaffy panicle without any seed.
          2.
        • *MAIZE, Indian-wheat.
    • Husk; growing in a
      • Spike; either that whose grains in the growth of them are bearded, their husks adhering close to them, being the lowest: Or that whose grains are more turgid and round, growing at a greater di∣stance in a kind of compounded ear, which seems to consist of se∣veral lesser spikes.
          3.
        • BARLY, Malt.
        • *RICE.
      • Panicle; or dispersed tuft, at a distance from each other, upon long weak-stemms, not above two together, hanging down.
          4.
        • *OAT.
  • Lesser; growing either in a
    • Spike; or ear, having short beards, the grain being of a yellowish colour.
        5.
      • *PANIC.
    • Panicle or tuft; having a roundish shining seed, ‖ either that which is a more tall large Plant, whose panicle stands upright: or that which is a less Plant, whose panicle hangs down.
        6.
      • *INDIAN MILLET.
      • MILLET.

Page  73III. GRAMINEOUS PLANTS NOT used by men FOR FOOD,* may be distributed into such as are

  • More properly called Grasses; (i.) such as have a hollow jointed, and not branched stalk, and a tamineous floer, whether such as are
    • Spicate; considerable for the
      • Largeness of the seed; being nearest to those of the frumentaceous kind; either ‖ that of a short spike, squamous and shining seed: or that resmbling Panic.
          1.
        • CANARY-GRASS.*
        • PANIC-GRASS.
      • Figure of the spike; whether
        • Full, compact and round; either that whose spike is more soft and downy, resembling a fox-tail: or that which is like this but more rough.
            2.
          • FOX-TAIL.*
          • CATS-TAIL.
        • Not full, but lank; resembling either
          • Wheat;
              3.
            • WHEAT-GRASS.*
          • Ry; either ‖ the greater used for the making of frails: or the lesser.
              4.
            • MATWEED.*
            • WILD BARLY.
        • Not compact, but loose, in which the parts are not close set together; ‖ ether that whose spike is more flat and long, the seeds growing only on two ides alternately, having an inebriating quality: or that whose spike hath some resemblance to wheat, the plant being apt to spread it self by the root.
            5
          • DARNELL, Tares.*
          • DOGS-GRASS, Quitch, Couch.
        • Not round; but having the husks inclining one way, being divided into many parts, each whereof resembles the comb of a Cock.
            6.
          • CRSTED-GRASS.*
    • Paniculate; considerable for the
      • Largeness of the Leaves; having jointed stalks; either ‖ that whose stalks is commonly bigger and taller then other Grasses: or that which bears a large perforate shining seed of an ash colour.
          7.
        • REED.*
        • JOB'S-TEARS.
      • Figure of the Panicle; comprehending such kind of plants as are
        • Less common; whether such as have
          • Some resemblance to the panicle of Oats, or to the claws of a bird.
              8.
            • OAT-GRASS.*
            • FINGER-GRASS.
          • Many squamous shining hollow heads hanging upon slender stalks: or having hairy leaves, with long woolly strings on the sides of them, the seed being conteined in a close seed-vessel.
              9.
            • PEARL-GRASS, Quaking-grass.
            • HAIRY-GRASS.*
        • Most common; both in Pastures and Meadows, yielding the best food for Cattel, both when growing, and when made into hay.
            10.
          • MEADOW-GRASS.
  • Less properly called Grasses; considerable either for the
    • Sent of the plant being sweet; either that which grows in watery places,* having a leaf like a flag, bearing a Iulus hard and close: or that whose stalks have a spongy pith, bearing flowers like those of Reeds.
        11.
      • SWEET SMELLING REED.
      • CAMELS HAY.*
    • Stalk; being
      • Lesser; either that which is triangular: or that which is round, being full of a spongy pith
          12.
        • GALINGAL.
        • RUSH.*
      • Greater; of a woody substance, porous, used for walking staves.
          13.
        • CANE.
    • Head or spike;* whether more
      • Loose; having a soft downy substance; ‖ either on each side of the spike, making it to re∣semble a feather: or intermixed with the panicle.
          14.
        • FEATHER GRASS.
        • COTTON GRASS.*
      • Close; whether
        • Greater; either that which hath a round cylindrical head, being a tall plant, whose spke is blackish and soft like velvet; or that which bears several spherical burrs.
            15.
          • REED MACE.
          • BURR REED.*
        • Lesser; having a naked stalk, bearing a small spike resembling the tail of a Mouse.
            16.
          • MOUSE-TAIL.*

Page  74*IV GRAMINEOUS HERBS of BULBOUS ROOTS, may be distinguished into such as are considerable for their

  • Flowers; which are generally made up of six leaves, or divided into six lascinia: either these whose fibres grow from the
    • Bottom of the bulb; having the Roots
      • Scaly; divided into many squamous laminae.
        • The Greater; whose root hath a strong sent like that of a Fox, the flowers hanging down round the top of the stalk, with a tuft of green leaves above them.
            1.
          • CROWN IMPERIAL.
        • *The Lesser; having the stalk set with leaves, ‖ either that whose flower is more large and hollow: or that whose flowers are smaller, having the leaves reversed backwards.
            2.
          • *LILLY.
          • MARTAGON, Turks-cap.
      • Coated; made up of several coats encompassing one another.
        • Bearing the flower upon a stem; to be further distinguished by the
          • Shape of the flower; whether
            • Large and Hollow; resembling a cup, ‖ either that which doth generally bear but one flower upon a stalk, standing upright, having an esculent root: or that which doth sometime bear two flowers upon a stalk, with checkered streaks, hanging down their heads, the root consisting of two lobes.
                3.
              • *TULIP.
              • FRITILLARY.
            • Having a cup in the middle of the flower, which comes out of a skinny husk: or that which hath many small flowers together upon the same stalk.
                4.
              • *DAFFODILL.
              • HYACINTH.
          • Colour of the flower; being generally white and marked with green, ‖ either that with a starr-like flower, marked with a streak of green on the back of the leaf: or that which hath a hanging pendulous flower, whose leaves are tipt with green.
              5.
            • *STARR OF BETHLEHEM.
            • BULBOUS VIOLET, Snow-drop.
          • Figure of the leaf; resembling the blade of a sword, ‖ either that which bears a Flower de luce, having nine leaves, three of which stand up: or that whose flow∣ers grow in a row under one another.
              6.
            • *BULBOUS IRIS, Flower de luce.
            • CORNFLAGG.
        • Having naked flowers, without any stem; whether that of a larger flower and broader leaf: or that of a lesser flower and narrower leaf.
            7.
          • MDOW SAFFRON, Naked Lady.
          • *CROCUS, Saffron.
    • Top of the Bulb; whose root doth usually consist of two bulbs, the flowers growing in a kind of spike, of great variety of colours and shapes.
        8.
      • *ORCHIS, Satyrion.
  • Strong sent; whether such whose leaves are more.
    • Long; their sent being
      • Less strong; the
        • Greater; whose roots grow single, ‖ either that with hollow tubulous leaves, the stlk swelling out in the middle: or that of a broader leaf, rising higher in the stalk and continuing green all winter.
            9.
          • ONYON.
          • *LEEK.
        • Lesser; whose roots grow commonly in clusters, ‖ either that which bears no seed: or that which doth bear seed, having very small tubulous leaves.
            10.
          • *SHALOT, Echalole.
          • CIVES.
      • More strong; either that whose root is divided into Cloves: or that of an entire root, and in some esteem for the flower.
          11.
        • *GARLICK.
        • MOLY.
    • Broad; having the root either
      • *Oblong and small▪ either that which is lower with an Vmbell of large flowers: or that which is taller, having a round head.
          12.
        • RAMSON.
        • MOUNTAIN RAMSON.
      • Round and great; growing upon the Sea-coasts.
          13.
        • *SQUILL, Sea-onyon.

Page  75V. HERBS OF AFFINITY TO BULBOUS PLANTS,* upon account of their leaves or flowers, may be distinguished into such as are either

  • Esteemed for their flowers; growing in
    • Dryer places; whether such Plants as are more properly
      • Europaean; whose flowers are
        • Lesser; bearing
            1.
          • Many flowers; Starr-like, ‖ either that of a Tuberous root, whose flowers grow in a spike: or that of a Fibrous root.
              1.
            • KINGS SPEAR.
            • SPIDER WORT.*
          • One single flower; hanging the head, having a tuberous root, bearing two long spotted leaves.
              2.
            • DOGSTOOTH.
        • Larger; of a tuberous root,* ‖ either that of a fading flower re∣sembling a Lilly: or that whose leaf is like the blade of a sword.
            3.
          • DAY-LILLY.
          • TUBEROUS FLOWER DE LUCE.*
      • American; of a tuberous root, ‖ whose flowers are either
        • Less sweet; either that of broad leaves, bearing a scarlet flower like that of Corn-flagg, with a geniculate stalk: or that which hath long thick dry leaves, sharp pointed, growing immediately from the root, bearing a stem of large flowers, hanging down their heads.
            4.
          • FLOWRING REED.
          • JUCCA, Indian bread.*
        • More sweet; growing in a spike, resembling the flowers of a Hyacinth.
            5.
          • INDIAN HYACINTH.*
    • Watery places; the flowers coming forth in an Umbell, being of a pur∣plish colour, having six leaves; the leaves of the Plant being long and triangular.
        6.
      • FLOWRING RUSH.*
  • Not esteemed for their flowers; being distinguishable by their
    • Having no perfect leaves; but some little scaly substances resembling leaves, whether of
      • Fibrous roots; matted together, resembling a birds nest.
          7.
        • BIRDS NEST.*
      • Scaly roots; with little protuberances somewhat resembling teeth, ‖ ei∣ther that whose root is more Round or more Branched.
          8.
        • BROOMRAPE.
        • TOOTHWORT.*
    • Having a naked stile or pestle instead of a flower, whether the
      • Greater; of a Tuberous root, ‖ either that which hath a spotted thick stalk like a Snake, with a jagged leaf: or that of a Triangu∣lar undivided leaf.
          9.
        • DRAGON.*
        • WAKE ROBIN, Cuckoo-pintle.*
      • Lesser; having either Broad or Narrow leaves.
          10.
        • BROAD LEAVED FRIARS COWLE.*
        • NARROW LEAVED FRIARS-COWLE.

Page  76*VI. HERBS OF ROUND LEAVES, may be distinguished into such whose leaves are

  • Larger;
    • Terrestrial;
      • Lying on the ground; the flower coming up before the leaf and soon fading, ‖ either that whose leaf is white underneath, of a yellow flower, growing one upon a stalk: or that which hath a spike of purplish flowers, being the larger plant.
          1.
        • *COLTSFOOT.
        • BUTTERBURR.
      • Standing from the ground; bearing Burrs, the Greater or the Lesser.
          2.
        • *GREAT BURDOCK.
        • LITTLE BURDOCK.
      • Growing upon mountainous places; having a purplish flower, and a pappous seed.
          3.
        • *HORSEFOOT, Mountain-Coltsfoot.
    • Aquatic; of smooth shining leaves, ‖ either that whose leaves are of a light green and not serrate: or of a dark green and serrate, bearing yellow flowers.
        4.
      • *WATER-LILLY.
      • MARSH-MARIGOLD.
  • Lesser; whose flowers do stand either
    • Singly; on long foot-stalks, growing in
      • Dryer places; distinguishable by the
        • Flower; having a bending head and a short heel, ‖ either that of a bigger leaf and the flower of a more simple colour: or that of a lesser oblong leaf and the flower of several colours.
            5.
          • *VIOLET.
          • PANSY, Hearts-ease
        • Leaf; being more thick, somewhat resembling Ivy, ‖ either that whose leaves are of a strong purgative quality, the flowers small, of a dirty purple: or that which is esteemed for the flower, having a great tuberous root, the leaf for the most part spotted.
            6.
          • *ASARABACCA.
          • SOWBREAD.
      • Fenny and boggy places; either that of pale yellowish leaves, which feel unctuously, the flower like a Violet: or that which hath a large white flower, the leaves being like those of a Violet, but less.
          7.
        • *BUTTERWORT, York-shire Sanicle.
        • GRASS OF PARNASSUS.
    • Many together;
      • Terrestrial; distinguishable by
        • The flowers; growing in a Spike, being white, ‖ either that which is bigger, having green leaves like those of a Pear-tree: or that which is less, with red hairs upon the leaves retaining the Dew, growing in moist places:
            8.
          • *WINTERGREEN.
          • SUN DEW.
        • Page  77The leaves;
          • Indented; and divided into several Angles, ‖ either that which hath smooth shining leaves and seeds like small burrs: or that whose leaves are somewhat hairy, being of an elegant stru∣cture, bearing yellowish green flowers.
              9.
            • SANICLE.*
            • LADIES MANTLE.
          • Scolloped about the edges; ‖ either that which is taller, of a white flower, the root consisting of many small reddish kernels: or that which is lower, of a yellow flower and fibrous root, grow∣ing in moist places.
              10.
            • WHITE SAXIFRAGE.*
            • GOLDEN SAXIFRAGE.
        • The manner of growing; whether
          • Creeping on the ground; either that with a hairy leaf, of an ill sent; bearing a blew hooded flower: or that of a small leaf, bearing a yellow flower.
              11,
            • GROUND IVY, Alehoof, Tunnhoof.*
            • MONYWORT, Herb twopence.
          • Climbing; of a hot biting tast, and an elegant flower with a long heel.
              12,
            • INDIAN CRESS.*
      • Marine; growing in salt places near the Sea, ‖ either that of a salt juicy leaf, bearing a spike of small white flowers: or that which hath a large bell flower, the plant running upon the ground, being Purgative.
          13.
        • SCURVY-GRASS.*
        • SEA-BINDWEED.

Page  78*VII. HERBS OF NERVOUS LEAVES, may be distributed into such as are

  • Terrestrial; growing in dryer places, which are distinguishable accor∣ding to the
    • Fashion of their leaves; whether
      • More broad; to be further considered according to their
        • Manner of growth; having
          • Leavy stalks; viz. the leaves embracing the stalk, ‖ either that which hath pleited leaves, whose root is a vehement purgative: or that other, having a spike of flowers like those of Orchis.
              1.
            • *WHITE HELLEBORE, Neezwort.
            • HELLEBORINE, Bastard white Hellebore.
          • Naked stalks; and flowers in a spike, ‖ either that whose leaves are undivided: or that whose leaves are so divided into jaggs, as to represent a Staggs horn.
              2.
            • *PLANTAIN.
            • BUCKSHORN.
        • Colour of the leaves; whether that whose leaves are of a dark green above and ash-coloured underneath, bearing a spike of flow∣ers: or that whose leaves are of a paler green, bearing the flow∣ers in a kind of Vmbel.
            3.
          • *SNAKEWEED, Bistort.
          • SOPEWORT.
      • More narrow; either that whose spike is round and more long: or that whose spike is more short, conteining seeds resembling fleas.
          4.
        • *SEA-PLANTAIN.
        • FLEAWORT.
    • Number of their leaves; either that which hath only one leaf: or that which hath only two leaves.
        5.
      • *ONE-BLADE.
      • TWAY-BLADE.
    • Flower; of one leaf, whether
      • Greater; in the fashion of a Bell, the plant having a bitter tast, ‖ ei∣ther the Taller and larger: or the Lower and smaller.
          6.
        • *GENTIAN, Fellwort.
        • DWARF-GENTIAN.
      • Lesser; having small one leaved flowers, hanging down their heads and bearing berries; ‖ either the Higher or the Lower.
          7.
        • *SOLOMONS-SEAL.
        • LILLY OF THE VALLEY.
  • Aquatic; growing in the water, bearing spikes of flowers from the joynts of the stalk; ‖ either that of smooth edged leaves: or that whose leaves are either curled or waved about the edges.
      8
    • *PONDWEED.
    • WATER-CALTROPE.

Page  79VIII. SUCCULENT HERBS may be distributed into such as are

  • Biggest, either that whose leaf is more broad and not indented:* or that whose leaf is long, sharp and indented.
      1.
    • HOUSELEEK, Sengreen.*
    • ALOE.
  • Lesser;
    • Terrestrial; considerable for having
      • Broad and commonly crenated leaves, a round stalk, the flowers growing in the fashion of an Umbell, ‖ either that whose leaves are more blunt pointed: or that whose leaves are more sharp pointed, the root having a sent like that of Roses.
          2.
        • ORPINE,*
        • ROSEWORT.
      • Round pointed leaves not indented, ‖ either that which is greater, having reddish stalks, bearing yellowish flowers, being esculent: or that which is less, bearing small white flowers of five leaves.
          3.
        • PURSLAIN.*
        • GARDEN BROOKLIME.
      • White flowers, speckled with red, the leaves serrate, ‖ either that which hath a more round leaf, and larger flower: or that whose leaf is more oblong and flower less.
          4.
        • SPOTTED SANICLE.*
        • INDENTED SENGREEN.
      • Narrow leaves; growing in dry places: the Greater or the Lesser.
          5.
        • STONE CROPP.*
        • WALL PEPPER.
      • Small round leaves; the stalk proceeding from the middle or Center of it, bearing a spike of small flowers.
          6.
        • NAVELWORT, Wall-pennywort,*
    • Marine; growing in salt places, whose leaf is cylindrical, the ashes of it being used in making of Glass.
        7.
      • GLASSWORT.*

Page  80*IX, HERBS considered according to the SUPERFICIES of their Leaves, or their MANNER OF GROWING, may be distinguished in∣to such as are

  • Rough leaved; whether
    • More rough; having
      • Blew flowers; either ‖ that whose leaves are broader, having black streaked seed: or that whose leaves are longer, the Segments of the flower being not so sharp pointed as the other.
          1.
        • *BURRAGE.
        • BUGLOSS.
      • Long narrow leaves; either ‖ that which hath a red root commonly used in Dying: or that which bears larger flowers, which before they are explicated, do turn like a Scorpions tail.
          2.
        • *ALKANET.
        • VIPERS BUGLOSS.
    • Less rough; distinguishable by their having
      • Spotted leaves; bearing one entire flower of different colours, viz. White and Purple on the same root: or that whose flower is a round tube, hanging downwards, the leaves embracing the stalk.
          3.
        • *SAGE OF JERUSALEM, Ladies-glove.
        • HONYWORT.
      • Broad leaves, sharp pointed, being large plants; either ‖ that whose flower is long, hollow, and of one leaf, divided into five segments: or that which is of an offensive sent, the flower of a dirty red, the flower succeeded by 4 seeds in the shape of little burrs.
          4.
        • *COMFREY.
        • DOGS-TONGUE, Hounds-tongue.
      • Small leaves; either ‖ that whose seed is of an ash colour, hard and shi∣ning, like a polished stone: or that the spike of whose flowers is crooked and supposed to turn towards the Sun.
          5.
        • *GRUMMELL.
        • HELIOTROPE.
  • Stellate; so stiled from the manner of the growth of their leaves, which encompass the stalk at intervals, like the rays of a Starr; distin∣guishable by bearing.
    • Lesser flowers;
      • Erect; having slender long leaves; of
        • Solid stalks; either ‖ the taller bearing red berries, the shoots of wch are used for food: or the lower of an ill sent, bearing yellow flow∣ers, used in some places to coagulate Milk.
            6.
          • *ASPARAGUS.
          • LADIES-BEDSTRAW, Cheeserunning.
        • Hollow stalks; jointed without any leavy flowers, either ‖that whose leaves are like bristles: or that whose leaves are branched like the horns of a Stagg.
            7.
          • *HORSE-TAIL.
          • HORNED WATER-MILFOIL.
      • Ramping; of
        • Broader leaves; either ‖ that which hath a red root used for Dying: or that whose leaf is more hairy, having four leaves opposite to one another at a joint, bearing yellow flowers.
            8.
          • *MADDER.
          • CROSSWORT.
        • Narrower leaves; either ‖that which is like Madder: or that common weed, whose stalks and little burrs are apt to stick to a man's clothes.
            9.
          • *BASTARD MADDER.
          • GOOSE-GRASS, Cleavers.
    • Larger flowers; growing on the top of the branches; either ‖ that of broader leaves, growing commonly in woods, having a tuft of white four-leaved flowers of a sweet sent: or that of narrower leaves, the flower consisting of five leaves.
        10.
      • WOODROF.
      • *SPURRY.

Page  81

Of Herbs considered according to their Flowers.

HErbs considered according to their flower,* having no seed-vessel be∣sides the Cup which covers the flower, may be distinguished into

  • STAMINEOUS; whose flower doth consist of threddy Filaments or Stamina, having no leaves besides the Perianthium: or those herbace∣ous leaves encompassing these stamina, which do not wither or fall away before the seed is ripe. I.
  • Foliaceous; which besides the Stamina have leaves, being either of
    • Compound flowers; consisting of many leaves: or a circle of Leaves, and a Thrumm of short stamina, close set together; whether
      • NOT PAPPOUS. II.
      • PAPPOUS, whose seeds do either ly in down: or have some downy parts. III.
    • Simple flowers; which besides a circle or border of leaves, have only some fewer longer stamina more sparsedly set together, like threds or strings, to be distinguished by the manner of the growing of the
      • Flower; into
        • Vmbelliferous; such as grow in the fashion of an Umbel on seve∣ral little stalks, proceeding from the top of a bigger stalk, which all together represent the figure of an inverted Cone, the flowers being the Basis, which have generally two seeds growing together, and a compound leaf, whether of
          • BROADER LEAVES; under which are comprehended all such whose leaves are about the same bredth, or broader then Parsly. IV.
          • FINER LEAVES; under which are comprehended all such, whose leaves are divided into narrower segments then those of Parsley. V.
        • Verticillate; by which those kinds of Plants are meant, whose flowers grow in rundles or whirles about the stalk, being of the shape of a Hood or Helmet; as likewise those whose flow∣ers are of the like shape, namely Galeated, having the like o∣pen seed-vessel, but their leaves growing by pairs, whether
          • FRUTICOSE; having stalks of a hard woody consistence. VI.
          • NOT FRUTICOSE. VII.
        • SPICATE. VIII.
      • SEED; growing MANY TOGETHER IN A Cluster or BUT∣TON. IX.

Page  82*I. HERBS OF STAMINEOUS FLOWERS, and not of grassy leaves, may be distributed into such whose seeds are

  • Triangular; the plants to which they belong being either
    • Perennial;
      • Bigger; having a great leaf not jagged about the edges; ‖ either that whose leaf is more large, and the root used for purging: or that whose leaf is more oblong.
          1.
        • *RUBARB.
        • DOCK.
      • Lesser; having a grateful acidity in the tast of the leaf; ‖ either that whose leaf is oblong: or roundish.
          2.
        • *SORREL.
        • FRENCH SORREL.
    • Annual; having leaves.
      • Triangular; and black seed; ‖ either that which is Erect, whose seed is Esculent: or that which is Climbing.
          3.
        • BUCK-WHEAT, Brank.
        • *BLACK BINDWEED.
      • Not Angular; being short and slender, upon week procumbent stalks, full of joynts.
          4.
        • *KNOT-GRASS.
  • Round;
    • Distinguishable by Sex; of male and female; because from the same seed some plants are produced, which bear flowers and no seeds, and others which bear seeds and no flowers.
      • The bigger; having a divided leaf; ‖ either that which hath a large hollow stalk, and a compound or fingered leaf, of the rine of which Linnen is made: or that which is a climbing Plant twisting about such things as are next to it, from the right hand towards the left, contrary to the manner of other twining Plants, of a rough roundish leaf, divided into many segments, with a head of scaly tufts growing in a cluster or bunch, commonly used to preserve drink from sowring.
          5.
        • HEMP, Tow, Canvas.
        • *HOPP.
      • The Lesser; whose leaves are
        • Shorter; either that which hath smooth leaves and is annual: or that which hath hoary leaves being perennial.
            6.
          • MERCURY.
          • *CHILDING MERCURY.
        • Longer; of serrate edges, the root being perennial.
            7.
          • *DOGS MERCURY.
    • Not distinguishable by Sex; but either by their
      • Leaf; being
        • Triangular; considerable for
          • Being of an unctuous touch, and used for Sallets: ‖ either that which hath a bigger and echinate seed: or that which hath a less and smooth seed.
              7.
            • *SPINAGE.
            • ENGLISH MERCURY.
          • Page  83Having a seed vessel made up of two leaves closing together: or having the leaf sinuate about the edges.
              9.
            • ORRAGE·*
            • GOOS-FOOT.
        • Broad; with smooth edges of a dull insipid tast, with a large long root, the seed-vessel being round, rugged and hard, contein∣ing two or three seeds.
            10.
          • BEET.*
        • Narrow and long, having a spicate head; ‖ either that used by Dy∣ers, having undivided leaves, and longer spikes: or that which hath divided leaves, and shorter spikes.
            11.
          • DYERS-WEED.*
          • BASE ROCKET.
        • Winged leaves; with a stiffe stalk, growing to a good stature, and bearing Triangular Cods.
            12.
          • MEADOW-RUE.*
      • Sent or smell.
        • Pleasant; either that whose leaves resemble those of an Oak, with red veins: or that whose leaves resemble those of Wormwood, bearing the flowers in a long spike, and having a rough seed-vessel.
            13.
          • OAK OF HIERUSALEM.*
          • OAK OF CAPPADOCIA.
        • Vnpleasant; having a serrate leaf with stinging prickles.
            14.
          • NETTLE.*
      • Seed-vessel; bearing chaffy tufts, ‖ either that which hath a roundish leaf: or that whose leaf is more oblong and pointed.
          14.
        • BLITE.*
        • PRINCES FEATHER, Amaranthus.
      • Place of Growth; being usually upon walls, having red stalks; and a rough seed.
          16.
        • PELLITORY OF THE WALL.*
      • Littleness; being the least of this kind; ‖ either that which hath weak stalks, leaning on the ground, with leaves like those of Time but smaller, bearing the seeds in clusters about the joynts: or that which is of a woody stalk, bearing the flowers and seeds at the top of the branches.
          17.
        • RUPTUREWORT.*
        • STINKING GROUND-PINE.

Page  84*II. HERBS having a COMPOUND FLOWER NOT PAPPOUS, may be distinguished into such whose flowers are compounded either of

  • Short hollow stamina thick set together in a thrumm, with a circle of leaves: or without such a circle, commonly called Corimbiferous, being either of
    • Vndivided leaves; having a
      • Radiate flower; whose limb is
        • Yellow; either the
          • Greater; and tallest, ‖ either that which is the biggest of flowers: or that which hath a tuberous esculent root.
              1.
            • *SUN-FLOWER.
            • HIERUSALEM-HARTICHOKE.
          • Lesser; having a crooked seed.
              2.
            • MARIGOLD.
        • *White; either the greater and taller, having a ramous leavy stalk: or the lesser and lower, having a naked stalk.
            3.
          • *GREAT DAISY.
          • DAISY.
      • Naked Flower; considerable for having
        • A strong pleasant smell; either that which is the bigger plant, of a broad leaf: or that which is the lesser plant, of more narrow leaves more deeply indented, whose flowers grow in an Um∣bell.
            4.
          • *ALECOST, Costmary.
          • MAUDLIN TANSY.
        • Long hoary leaves; either that which is Odorate, having a yellowish flower, of a dry strawy consistence, preserving the colour for se∣veral years after its being gathered: or that which bears a white flower, the more common sort of which is not Odorate.
            5.
          • *GOLDEN STAECHAS.
          • CUDWEED, Cottonweed.
    • Divided leaves; having a
      • Radiate flower; whose limb is
        • Yellow; considerable for the leaves; being
          • More finely divided; either that which grows usually amongst Corn: or that which doth commonly grow in mountainous places, having leaves like those of Fennel.
              6.
            • *CORN MARIGOLD.
            • OX-EY.
          • Winged leaves; like those of Tansy.
              7.
            • *AFRICAN MARIGOLD.
        • White; whose leaves are
          • More finely divided; either that of a pleasant: or that of an unpleasant sent.
              8.
            • *CAMOMIL.
            • STINKING MAYWEED.
          • ess finely divided; being of a strong sent.
              9.
            • *FEAVERFEW.
          • Page  85Vndivided; being long and narrow; ‖ either that whose leaves are indented about the edges: or that whose leaves are smooth, being of a hot tast.
              10.
            • SNEEZEWORT.
            • TARRAGON.*
      • Naked flower; whose stalks are
        • More woody; either that whose leaves are more green: or that whose leaves are generally hoary and white.
            11
          • SOUTHERNWOOD.*
          • LAVENDER COTTON.
        • Less woody; either that of a bitter tast, and more pleasant smell: or that whose sent is not so pleasant, whose leaves are green above and hoary underneath.
            12.
          • WORMWOOD.*
          • MUGWORT.
      • Bearing their flowers in the fashion of an Vmbel, having winged leaves, ‖ either that which is of a strong and not unpleasant sent: or that which is less odorate.
          13.
        • TANSY.*
        • MILFOIL.
  • Oblong tubulous leaves; the
    • Greater; bearing many flowers upon a stalk, ‖ either that whose leaves upon breaking have several little hairy strings, the flower made up of tubulous leaves lasciniated at the top: or that of a more globular flower, the root seeming to have a piece bitten off.
        14.
      • SCABIOUS*
      • DIVELS BIT.
    • Lesser; bearing but one flower upon a stalk, like that of Scabious, ‖ either that of a round blew flower, having a leaf like that of the lesser daisy: or that of grassy leaves and a naked stalk
        15
      • BLEW DAISY.*
      • THRIFT, Sea Gilly-flower.
  • Oblong flat leaves; without any thrumm in the middle, bearing blew flowers, ‖ either that which is smaller and annual: or that which is larger and perennial.
      16.
    • ENDIVE.*
    • SUCCORY.

Page  86*III. PAPPOUS HERBS, may be distributed into such whose heads are either

  • Round and Squamous, considerable upon Account of their
    • Leaves; whether
      • Prickly; either that of a lesser: or that of a bigger head used for food.
          1.
        • THISTLE.
        • *HARTICHOKE.
      • Hoary; either that whose flower is commonly blew, of tubulous jag∣ged leaves: or that which bears a purple flower of flat leaves.
          2.
        • *BLEWBOTTLE.
        • AUSTRIAN SNEEZEWORT.
      • Serrate; commonly winged, ‖ the Lesser: or the Greater used in Physick.
          3.
        • SAW-WORT.
        • *GREAT CENTORY.
    • Stalks; being dry and hard, bearing usually a purple flower; ‖ either that of a more dark: or that of a lighter colour.
        4.
      • *KNAPWEED.
      • SILVER KNAPWEED.
    • Seeds; being more large; either that of White: or that of Black seeds
        5.
      • *BASTARD SAFFRON.
      • BEARDED CREEPER.
  • Plain or flat; whose flower is either
    • Radiate, or naked.
      • Terrestrial; considerable upon account of their
        • Roots; being more large, bearing yellow flowers; ‖ either that of a lesser leaf, the root of which is counted poysonous to beasts: or that of a larger and longer leaf, the root of which is odorate and bitter, and counted wholsome to men.
            6.
          • *LEOPARDS-BANE.
          • ELECAMPANE.
        • Leaves; being thick, fatty and jagged, bearing yellow flowers; ‖ either that which bears a thrummy flower: or that which bears a radiate flower.
            7.
          • *GROUNDSIL.
          • RAGWORT.
        • Flowers; as to their
          • Manner of growth; in a kind of Vmbel, or Tuft; ‖ either that whose flowers are naked and purplish: or that whose flowers are radiate and yellow.
              8.
            • *DUTCH AGRIMONY.
            • GOLDEN ROD.
          • Colour; either that which bears flowers of different colours, the leaves whereof somewhat resemble the rays of a Starr: or that whose flowers are generally yellow, the leaves of the plant being Odorate.
              9.
            • STARWORT.
            • *FLEABANE.
      • Page  87Marine; having long thick leaves; ‖ either that the border of whose flower is Purple and the middle of it Yellow: or that of a Yellow flower and hard stalks, the leaves being narrow and cut in at the ends.
          10.
        • SEA-STARWORT.*
        • GOLDEN FLOWER'D SAMPHIRE.
    • Double; the plants having a milky juice, distinguishable by their
      • Heads; being smaller; either that of a more rugged leaf used for Sallads: or that of a smoother leaf, said to sweat out a gumm at the joints.
          11.
        • LETTICE.*
        • GUMM SUCCORY.
      • Leaves; whether
        • Iagged; either that of a solid stalk: or that of a hollow smooth stalk, the seed of which being ripe, doth with the down upon it, spread it self into a Sphaerical figure.
            12.
          • HAWKWEED.*
          • DANDELION.
        • Vndivided; ‖ either that whose leaves are long and grassy, the flow∣er of which being closed, doth represent a goats beard, whose root is esculent: or that whose leaves are round pointed, and hairy.
            13.
          • GOATS-BEARD.*
          • MOUSE-EAR.
        • Resembling thistles; but not prickly; either that which bears larger: or that which bears lesser flowers.
            14.
          • SOWTHISTLE.*
          • NIPPLEWORT.

Page  88*IV. UMBELLIFEROUS HERBS whose LEAVES are MORE BROAD and less finely cut, may be distinguished into such as are,

  • Odorate; and of a strong sent; whether such as is
    • More pleasant; in such kind of plants as are
      • More properly belonging to this tribe; to be distinguished upon Ac∣count of
        • Leaves; as to their
          • Shapes; whether such are are
            • Of Different shapes in the same plant, the lower leaves towards the bottom of the stalk being rounder and broader, and those upon the stalk more finely cut having Aromatic seeds; ‖ either that of a smaller seed: or that of a more large seed, being round and hollow, the leaves of the plant being of less pleasant sent then the seed
                1.
              • *ANNIS.
              • CORIANDER.
            • Winged leaves; resembling those of
              • Parsnip; having the like smell and tast.
                  2.
                • *BASTARD STONE PARSLEY.
              • Fearn; either that which hath a large black furrowed seed: or that whose seed is less, and more slender, resembling an Oat.
                  3.
                • *SWEET CICELY.
                • WILD CICELY.
            • Not winged; resembling Parsley, but being much broader; either that which hath a large black streaked seed: or that which is a taller plant, having less leaves and a stronger sent.
                4.
              • *ALEXANDERS
              • LOVAGE.
          • Colour; whether
            • Pale green; having large and broad leaves; ‖ either that which hath a yellow juice, the Vmbel of whose flowers is somewhat spherical, which dies after bearing seed: or that which is of very near affinity to this in shape and sent, but not so large, and more perennial.
                5.
              • ANGELICA.
              • *MASTERWORT.
            • Dark green; being indented; either that whose seed is broad: or angular.
                6.
              • *LASERWORT.
              • HERB FRANKINCENSE OF THEOPHRASTUS.
        • Hairy tuft, encompassing the bottom of the stalk.
            7.
          • *SERMOUNTAIN.
      • Less properly belonging to this tribe; having winged leaves; ‖ either that whose flowers are tubulous: or that which bears a great tuft of white flowers of a sweet sent.
          8.
        • *VALERIAN.
        • MEDOW SWEET.
    • Page  89Less pleasant;
      • Lesser; ‖ either that of a weaker sent, but esculent and of a grateful tast: or that of a stronger sent, growing naturally in moist pla∣ces.
          9.
        • PARSLEY.*
        • SMALLAGE.
      • Larger; of a rough stalk, and winged leaves.
          10.
        • HERCULES ALL-HEAL.*
  • Not odorate; distinguishable by their
    • Roots; being esculent; ‖ either that of a bigger root growing single: or that of a less root growing in clusters.
        11.
      • PARSNIP.
      • SKIRRET.*
    • Leaves; whether
      • Whole, and somewhat nervous; ‖ either that whose leaves are more round, the stalks growing through them: or that whose leaves are more long.
          14.
        • THOROUGH WAX.*
        • HARES EAR.
      • Winged, and indented; ‖ either that whose root is of a hot biting tast: or that whose leaf is divided into three, five, or more segments, being long and narrow.
          12.
        • BURNET SAXIFRAGE.*
        • UMBELLIFEROUS ERINGO.
      • Of different shapes in the same plant; the lower leaves being divi∣ded like Parsley, the leaves upon the stalk being undivided, and encompassing it. bearing a great, black, round seed.
          13.
        • CANDY ALEXANDER.*
    • Place of growth; being proper to wet grounds; ‖ either that whose leaves are hairy, and of a deep green, bearing a white flower: or that whose leaves are not hairy.
        15.
      • COW-PARSNIP.*
      • WATER-PARSNIP.

Page  90V. UMBELLIFEROUS HERBS whose LEAVES are more FINE∣LY CUT into narrow segments,* may be distinguished into such as are

  • Odorate; having their leaves divided into
    • More long narrow segments; considerable upon account of their
      • Leaves; being
        • Of a dark green; and small seeds; ‖ either that which is perennial, of slender seeds: or that which is annual, of flat seeds
            1.
          • *FENNEL.
          • DILL.
        • Commonly divided into three segments at the ends; ‖ either that whose leaves are more thin and dry: or more thick and succu∣lent, used for sallade.
            2.
          • HOGS FENNEL.
          • *SAMPHIRE.
      • Seed; being either
        • Large and broad; ‖ either that of a tall stature, the segments of whose leaves are somewhat shorter then those of Fennel: or that whose root smells like Frankincense.
            3.
          • *GIANT FENNEL.
          • HERB FRANKINCENSE OF GALEN.
        • Long and more slender; whether the Bigger or the Less, of an Armatick sent.
            4.
          • *SPIGNEL.
          • BISHOPSWEED.
      • Stalk; being crooked, bending several wayes,
          5.
        • *HARTWORT.
    • More short segments; having
      • Rough seeds; ‖ either that whose root is large and esculent: or that of a smaller root, the Umbels when the flower is faded, resem∣bling a Birds nest by closing or bending inwards towards the top.
          6.
        • *CARRET.
        • WILD CARRET, Birds-nest.
      • Long streaked seeds; ‖ either that which is the taller plant, bearing the lesser seeds: or that which is the lower plant bearing the larger seeds.
          7.
        • *CARROWEY.
        • CUMMIN
      • Broad large seeds; or having a leaf hairy on the backside, and reddish.
          8.
        • *ALLHEAL.
        • CHERVIL.
      • Large hollow stalk; ‖ either that of an offensive smell and counted poisonous: or that which resembles this, growing in watery places.
          9.
        • *HEMLOCK.
        • WATER HEMLOCK.
  • Not odorate; growing in
    • Dryer places; distinguishable by their
      • Roots; having
        • Tuberous roots; consisting of one single tuber, or of several.
            10.
          • *EARTHNUT
          • DROPWORT.
        • Page  91Roots of a hot biting tast; ‖ either that of a round dark coloured seed: or that of a broad flat seed, the root of which hath a yel∣low purgative juice.
            11.
          • PELLITORY OF SPAIN.
          • SCORCHING FENNEL.*
      • Stalks of the Vmbel, being strong and white, used for the picking of Teeth: to which may be adjoined that other plant, if this fail, whose seeds are prickly.
          12.
        • SPANISH PICKTOOTH.*
        • BASTARD PARSLEY.
    • Watery places; of
      • Fibrous roots; ‖ either that whose leaves have segments like Fennel, but somewhat broader: or that whose segments are like those of Carret, but smooth, and with a milky juice.
          13.
        • WATER-MILFOIL.*
        • MILKY-PARSLEY.
      • Tuberous root;
          14.
        • WATER DROPWORT.*

VI. VERTICILLATE FRUTICOSE HERBS, being all of them odorate,* may be distinguished into such whose leaves are either

  • Larger; whether
    • Hoary and rough; of a pleasant tast and smell.
        1.
      • SAGE.*
    • Smooth; and of a dark green; ‖ either that whose leaves are cut in like those of an Oak, more long and narrow: or that whose leaves are only indented about the edges, being more short and broad.
        2.
      • GERMANDER.*
      • TREE GERMANDER.
  • Lesser; whose leaves are either
    • Short and roundish; the sent being
      • More quick and pungent; either the larger, having a woolly head: or the lesser.
          3.
        • MASTICK.
        • GOATS MARJORAM.*
      • More wild and gentle; having smaller leaves, which grow thicker on the stalk.
          4.
        • THYME.*
    • Long and narrow; whether
      • Hoary; the
        • Greater; bearing spikes; ‖ either that of longer spikes, being the larger plant: or that of shorter thicker spikes.
            5.
          • LAVENDER.*
          • CASSIDONY, French Lavender, Stickadove.
        • Lesser; whose leaves are indented, being of a more dull sent, bear∣ing small flowers.
            6.
          • POLIMOUNTAIN*
      • Smooth; ‖ either that whose leaves are softer and larger: or that whose leaves are harder and less.
          7.
        • HYSSOP.*
        • WINTER-SAVORY.

Page  92VII. VERTICILLATE NOT FRUTICOSE HERBS, may be di∣stinguished into such as are

  • Odorate;* considerable for their sent, whether
    • Pleasant;
      • The greater kind; distinguishable by the
        • Flowers; growing
          • More close and thick together; ‖ either that which is apt to creep and spread under ground by the roots: or that whose leaf hath some resemblance to the leaf of a Nettle.
              1.
            • *MINT.
            • CAT-MINT.
          • More dispersedly; at the setting on of the leaves, having shorter and broader leaves; ‖ the former of a darker green, and stronger sent.
              2.
            • *BALM.
            • CALAMINT.
        • Seeds; growing in a large hollow Cup like an inverted Bell, having leaves like Balm.
            3.
          • *ASSYRIAN BALM.
        • Scaly heads; the former a more grateful smell, and lesser leaves.
            4.
          • *MARJORAM.
          • WILD MARJORAM, Organy.
        • Leaves;
          • Not hoary; ‖ either that whose leaves are, like those of Marjoram, indented, the flowers growing in looser spikes: or that whose leaves are like those of Thyme, but of a different sent.
              5.
            • *BASIL.
            • STONE-BASIL.
          • Hoary; having leaves
            • Broader; ‖ either that which hath several scaly heads, being the lesser plant: or that which is the bigger plant, whose flowers grow in close rundels, of a stronger sent.
                6.
              • *DITTANY.
              • WHITE HOREHOUND.
            • Narrower; a low plant bearing a yellow flower.
                7.
              • *GROUND-PINE.
      • The least; a small creeping plant growing in watery places, being of a pungent sent.
          8.
        • *PENNYROYAL.
    • Not pleasant; distinguishable by the
      • Sent; being like that of Garlick; ‖ either that whose leaves are like those of Germander, growing in watery places: or that whose leaves are like those of Sage, growing in wooddy places.
          9.
        • *WATER GERMANDER.
        • WOOD-SAGE.
      • Leaf; whether
        • Rough;
          • Broad leaf; the bigger or the Lesser.
              10.
            • CLARY.
            • *WILD CLARY.
          • Page  93Resembling those of Nettle; the one narrower: the other broader and rounder pointed.
              11
            • DEAD NETTLE, Archangel.
            • BLACK HOREHOUND.*
          • Long; ‖ either the taller larger plant: or the lesser plant having not so thick a down upon the leaves.
              12.
            • BASE HOREHOUND.
            • IRONWORT.*
        • Smooth; with a round jagged leaf, of a dark green, having a stiffe stalk.
            13.
          • MOTHER WORT.
  • Not odorate;* considerable for having
    • Long narrow leaves; the flowers coming out more dispersedly, growing in watery places; ‖ either that whose leaves are more narrow, and green like those of Hyssop: or that whose leaves are less narrow, the flowers standing commonly two together at the joynts.
        14.
      • HEDGE HYSSOP.*
      • HOODED LOOSE STRIFE.
    • Spicate flowers;
      • The greater; ‖ either that of oblong green notched leaves and short spikes: or that which is the fatter plant, having longer spikes, growing in watery places, bearing sometimes three leaves at a joint.
          15
        • BETONY.*
        • PURPLE LOOSE STRIFE.
      • The lesser; bearing generally blew flowers; ‖ either that whose leaves resemble those of wild Marjoram: or that whose leaves are like those of the lesser Daisy, creeping by strings.
          16.
        • SELF-HEAL.
        • BUGLE.*
    • No leaves; but only strings or wires, growing upon other plants, from whom (when it is arrived to any bigness) it receives its nourish∣ment, the root in the ground dying.
        17.
      • DODDER.*

Page  94*VIII. SPICATE HERBS, may be distinguished into such as are

  • Spinous; having prickly leaves, whether those whose head is
    • Oblong; ‖ either that whose leaves do so encompass the stalks as to hold the rain water: or that of a jagged leaf, whose roots are often Can∣died for sweet-meats.
        1.
      • *TEASEL.
      • ERINGO.
    • Round; ‖ either which hath a resemblance to Thistles: or to Teasels.
        2.
      • *GLOBE THISTLE.
      • SHEPHEARDS ROD.
  • Not spinous; distinguishable by their
    • Seeds; being little burrs; ‖ either that of a winged leaf and yellow flower: or that of an undivided leaf, bearing a white flower.
        3.
      • *AGRIMONY.
      • ENCHANTERS NIGHT-SHADE.
    • Winged leaf.
        4.
      • *BURNET.
    • Trefoil; ‖ either that which hath a woolly spike: or that whose seed-vessel doth in the top of it expend it self into five rays.
        5.
      • *HARES-FOOT.
      • STARR-HEADED TREFOIL.
    • Long leaves; growing in wet places; ‖ either that of a hot biting tast: or that which hath a fairer spike of flowers, being of an acid tast.
        6.
      • *ARSMART.
      • NARROW-LEAVED PONDWEED.

Page  95IX. HERBS bearing MANY SEEDS together IN A cluster or BUTTON,* may be distinguished according to the

  • Leaf; into such as have
    • Winged leaves; ‖ either that whose leaf is underneath hoary and of a silver colour: or that whose leaves are broad at the end, having lit∣tle pinnulae towards the bottom of them, bearing a burr.
        1.
      • WILD TANSY.*
      • AVENS.
    • Fingered leaves; growing from the same point of the foot-stalk; ‖ either five, having a flower consisting of five leaves: or seven, the flower consisting of four leaves.
        2.
      • CINQUEFOIL.*
      • TORMENTIL.
    • But one leaf upon the foot-stalk of the flower, and but one flower; ‖ either that whose leaves and stalks are generally more Smooth: or more Hairy, the head after the flower is faded, being covered with long woolly locks.
        3.
      • ANEMONY, Wind-flower.*
      • PASCH FLOWER.
  • Flowers; whether most commonly
    • Yellow; shining as if varnished, bearing their seed in a rough head; ‖ either that whose flower doth generally consist of five round point∣ed leaves: or that whose flower hath eight or nine leaves blowing early
        4.
      • CROW-FOOT.*
      • PILEWORT.
    • Red; having leaves like those of Camomil.
        5.
      • ADONIS FLOWER.
  • Seed; in a head of a round flat cheese-like figure;* ‖ either that which is
    • Of rounder leaves; the Less or the Greater.
        6.
      • MALLOW.*
      • HOLYHOK.
    • Of hoary soft leaves; ‖ either the less growing in Marshes: or the great∣er by the Sea.
        7.
      • MARSH MALLOWS.*
      • TREE MALLOW.
    • Of jagged leaves;
        8.
      • VERVAIN MALLOW.*

Page  96

Of Herbs considered according to their Seed-vessel.

HERBS of Perfect flowers considered according to their Seed-vessels, may be distinguished into such as have

  • A divided Seed-vessel;* into several distinct cases, which may be called CORNICULATE. I.
  • An entre Seed-vessel; whether
    • Siliquous; containing their seeds in long pods, distinguishable accor∣ding to their flowers, into
      • Papillionaceous; the flower having some resemblance to a Butter∣fly, as the blooms of Pease or Beans, &c. whether
        • CLIMBERS; such as are generally furnished with Tendrils or Claspers. II.
        • NOT CLIMBERS; being without such Tendrils. III.
      • Not papillionaceous; such whose FLOWERS do generally CON∣SIST OF FOUR LEAVES. IV.
    • Capsulate; having shorter seed-vessels, distinguishable into
      • Pentapetala; such as bear FLOWERS OF FIVE LEAVES V.
      • Tripetala, and Tetrapetala; such as bear FLOWERS OF THREE or FOUR LEAVES VI.
      • Monopetala; such as bear a flower of one intire leaf, whether
        • Campanulate; such whose flowers have some resemblance to the figure of a Bell VII.
        • Not campanulate; the limbs of whose flowers are divided into several segments, representing so many distinct leaves. VIII.
    • BACCIFEROUS; whose seeds are included in a juicy pulpe. IX.

*I. HERBS OF A CORNICULATE or Horned SEED-VESSEL, may be distinguished into such as are

  • More esteemed for the flower; having
    • Bigger seeds; ‖ either that with a compound broad leaf, bearing the lar∣gest flower of any low herb: or that with a winged leaf like Ash, ha∣ving black shining seeds, and a sent like Hops.
        1.
      • *PIONY.
      • FRAXINELLA, Bastard Dittany
    • Lesser seeds; ‖ either that of a divided slender leaf, the flower having a long heel: or that which hath a compound leaf, the flower bending downwards, consisting of tubulous parts.
        2.
      • *LARKS HEEL.
      • COLUMBINE.
  • Less esteemed for the flower; having
    • Hooded flowers; and roundish jagged leaves; ‖ either that which is counted Poison: or that which is counted an Antidote.
      • *WOLVES BANE.
      • WHOLSOM WOLVES BANE.
    • Not hooded flower; ‖ either that of a tuberous root, the flower coming cut of the middle of the leaf, blowing in Winter: or that with a Tri∣angular seed of a biting tast.
        4.
      • *WINTER WOLF-BANE.
      • STAES-ACRE.
    • Seed-vessel; like the long bill of a bird; ‖ either that which bears larger flowers, more sparsedly set: or that which bears lesser flowers in the fashion of an Umbel.
        5.
      • *RANES-BILL.
      • VENUS COMB, Shepheards needle.

Page  97II. PAPILIONACEOUS CLIMBING HERBS,* may be distributed into such as do climb; either by

  • Twisting; having long flat cods, their leaves being set by threes.
      1.
    • KIDNEY BEAN, French bean, Ginny bean.
  • Tendrils; or Claspers,* to befurther distinguished by their
    • Seed; whether
      • Round; and esculent; ‖ either that whose seed is black, the leaves and flowers like those of the common Bean: or that whose seed is not black, the leaves of a lighter green.
          2.
        • BEAN OF THE ANTIENTS.*
        • PEASE.
      • Flat; and esculent, having hairy winged leaves; ‖ the Greater: or the Less.
          3.
        • VETCH.
        • LENTIL.*
    • Cods; being knotted, otherwise resembling a Vetch.
        4.
      • BITTER VETCH.
    • Stalks; being Angular;* ‖ either that which bears one pair of smooth leaves upon a foot-stalk: or that whose leaf is undivided, only to∣wards the top, having two or three segments, bearing a white flower.
        5.
      • CHICKLING.*
      • WINGED WILD PEASE.
    • Leaves; by pairs encompassing the stalk, being more broad at bottom, and sharp pointed, bearing a yellow flower, having black shining seeds.
        6.
      • YELLOW WILD VETCH.*
    • Manner of bearing the esculent part under ground; ‖ either that which bears its seed both under ground, and above ground: or that of small tuberous esculent roots, bearing bright purple flowers, many together upon a foot-stalk.
        7.
      • UNDERGROUND CHICKLING.*
      • PEASE EARTH-NUTS.

Page  98*III. PAPILIONACEOUS HERBS NOT CLIMBING, may be distinguished into such as have; either

  • More leaves then three;
    • Esculent; whether the
      • Larger; of a flat seed; ‖ either that of a great hollow stalk, broad leaves of a dark green, the cod lined with a woolly substance, the blossoms being black and white: or that which hath a fin∣gered leaf, being from one foot-stalk divided into many segments, bearing a spike of flowers.
          1.
        • *BEAN.
        • LUPIN.
      • Lesser; of a round seed, having small winged leaves indented, the cods round and turgid.*
          2.
        • CHICH PEASE.
    • Not esculent; to be further distinguished by their
      • Flowers; growing in thick spikes or tufts. The
        • Greater; ‖ either that whose leaves grow like those of Vetch, smooth, and of a sweet tast, a short crooked cod furrowed on the out∣side, conteining a double row of seeds: or that whose leaves are hairy.*
            3.
          • WILD LICCORICE.
          • MILK VETCH.
        • Lesser; ‖ either that whose flowers grow in a tuft, the utmost segment of the leaf being broader then any of the other: or that whose flowers grow in a spike, having a leaf divided like Rue.*
            4.
          • LADIES FINGER.
          • FUMITORY.
      • Seed vessel; whether
        • Rough; having winged leaves; ‖ either that whose flowers grow in thicker spikes, of a shining red colour, with prickly seeds growing at the end of one another: or that whose flow∣ers grow in more slender spikes from the sides of the stalk, ha∣ving a long thick root.*
            5.
          • FRENCH HONNYSUCKLE.
          • COCKS-HEAD, Sanfoin.
        • Smooth; whether such as bear
        • Crooked cods; and yellow flowers, many together: or crooked seeds in the shape of a Horsshooe, the seed vessel being indent∣ed on one side.*
            6.
          • HATHCET VETCH.
          • HORSSHOOE.
        • Streight; being long and slender, of grassy leaves, and a bright red flower.*
            7.
          • CRIMSON GRASS VETCH.
      • Stalk; being hairy, stiff and erect, with leaves consisting of many pairs of Wings; ‖ the latter of which will contract it self upon the touch,* as if it had sense.
          8.
        • GOATS RUE.
        • SENSITIVE PLANT.
      • Page  99Leaves; which are long and winged, being small plants; ‖ either that whose cods grow together like the claws of a bird: or that with a spinous seed-vessel.
          9.
        • BIRDS FOOT.*
        • LAND CALTROPS.
  • Not more then three leaves, distinguishable by their
    • Flowers; growing in spikes.
      • Trefoil; ‖ either that which bears long spikes of yellow flowers, to which succeed round seed-vessels, conteining generally but one seed in each: or that of a shorter spike.
          10.
        • MELILOT.*
        • TREFOIL HONNYSUCKLE.
      • Not Trefoil; having a grassy leaf.
          11.
        • MILKWORT.
    • Seed-vessels;*
      • Long;
        • Crooked; ‖ either that whose leaves have same resemblance to those of Purslain, growing by threes, of more slender cods: or that which hath long smooth undivided leaves, the seed-vessel being like a Caterpiller.
            12.
          • SCORPION GRASS.*
          • CATERPILLER.
        • Streight; whether
          • More long and slender; ‖ either that which hath little wings or ears at the bottoms of the leaves: or that which hath long: flat cods.
              13.
            • LOTUS.
            • FOEN GREEK.*
          • Less long and thicker; having prickly stalks, bearing a large flower in proportion to the plant.
              14.
            • CAMOCK, Rest-harrow.
      • Round; and Spiral; ‖ either that which is smooth:* or that which is prickly.
          15.
        • SNAIL TREFOIL.*
        • HEDGHOG TREFOIL.

Page  100*IV. SILIQUOUS HERBS NOT PAPILIONACEOUS, whose flowers consist generally of four leaves, may be distinguished by their

  • Being esteemed for the flower, having
    • Shrubby staks; and being of a pleasant sent, of a round flat seed; ‖ either that of hoary leaves: or that whose leaves are smooth, of a deep green.
        1.
      • *STOCK GILLY-FLOWER.
      • WALL FLOWER.
    • Oblong seeds; ‖ either that which hath a more broad jagged leaf: or that which hath a sharp indented leaf, compounded of several toge∣ther upon one foot-stalk.
        2.
      • *DAMES VIOLET, Double Rocket.
      • TOOTHWORT.
    • Seeds wrapt up in down; ‖ either that whose flower grows out from the top of the cod, which makes it to be called filius ante patrem: or that which hath a broad nervous leaf with a milkie juice, bearing the flowers in a tuft, having a large cod filled with a silkie substance.
        3.
      • *CODDED WILLOW HERB, Codded loose strife.
      • UPRIGHT DOGS-BANE, Silk-grass.
  • Being used as Esculent; either their
    • Roots; whether such as are commonly eaten
      • Boyled; ‖ either that whose leaves are more rough, the root com∣monly roundish: or that whose leaves are more smooth, the root oblong, and of a more firm substance.
          4.
        • TURNIP.
        • *NAVEW.
      • Raw; of a biting tast, bearing purplish flowers, and long knotted cods.
          5.
        • RADISH.
    • *Leaves; having
      • Succulent leaves; of a blewish grey; ‖ either that of a jagged leaf, yellow flower: or that of an undivided-leaf, bearing a white flower.
          6.
        • *CABBIDGE, Colewort, Colly-flower.
        • CODDED THOROUGH WAX.
      • Iagged smooth leaves; ‖ either that which bears larger flowers grow∣ing more sparsedly: or that which bears less flowers growing more close together.
          7.
        • ROCKET.
        • *WINTER-CRESS.
      • The smell and tast of Garlick: or a hot biting tast, bearing large cods, which being ripe are of a red colour.
          8.
        • *SAUCE ALONE, Iack by the Hedge.
        • GINNY PEPPER.
    • Seeds; ‖ either that of short square cods: or that of long round cods.
        9.
      • MUSTARD.
      • *CHARLOCK.
  • Page  101Leaf; whether
    • Divided; or jagged.
      • Less finely; being of a whitish blew, and bearing commonly a yel∣low flower; ‖ either that which is a maritim plant, having a lar∣ger flower, and longer cods: or that which hath a yellow juice.
          10.
        • HORNED POPPY.*
        • GREAT CELENDINE.
      • More finely; having slender cods.
          11.
        • FLIXWEED.*
    • Vndivided; whose leaves are
      • Smooth towards the top of the stalk, and rough towards the bot∣tom, bearing white flowers; ‖ either the greater, having many slender long cods growing thick together on the top of the branches: or the less, bearing the cods more dispersedly.
          12.
        • TOWER MUSTARD.*
        • CODDED MOUSE-EAR.
      • Long; bearing yellow flowers, being tall plants; ‖ either that which hath narrow dark green leaves, not serrate: or that whose leaves are more broad, of a pale green and serrate.
          13.
        • TREACLE WORMSEED.*
        • YELLOW ARABIAN MUSTARD.
  • Seed wrapt up in down; having five leaves in the flower; ‖ either that which is counted a Poyson: or that which is counted an Antidote.
      14.
    • DOGS-BANE.
    • SWALLOW-WORT.*
  • Growing in watery places; having winged leaves; ‖ either that which is esculent of a biting tast, a short thick cod: or that which is in some esteem for the flower, bearing more long and slender cods, and whitish flowers.
      15.
    • WATER CRESS.*
    • CUCKOE FLOWER, Lady-smock.

Page  102*V. CAPSULATE HERBS bearing FLOWERS OF FIVE LEAVES, may be distinguished into such whose leaves are

  • Vndivided;
    • Esteemed for the flower; whether such whose flowers grow
      • Sparsedly; being either of
        • Sweet sent; and elegant structure, their flowers standing in small cups; ‖ either that of a larger leaf and flower: or that whose leaf and flower is smaller.
            1.
          • GILLYFLOWER.
          • *PINK.
        • No considerable sent;
          • Growing in a cup; ‖ either the larger, the leaves of whose flow∣ers are more round pointed: or the lesser, having a clammy juice, whereby little Flyes are caught.
              2.
            • CAMPION.
            • * CATCHFLY.
          • Not growing in a cup; a low plant, bearing shining purple flowers.
              3.
            • VENUS LOOKING-GLASS.
      • *In an Vmbel or Tuft;
        • Perennial whether that wch bears flowers of various colours on the same tuft: or that whose flowers are commonly of a bright scarlet.
            4.
          • LONDON TUFT, Sweet Iohn, Sweet William.
          • *BRISTOW NONSUCH.
        • Annual; whose leaves are of a bitter tast.
            5.
          • *LESSER CENTAURY.
    • Not esteemed for the flower; considerable either for their
      • Manner of growth; whether
        • Erect; bearing
          • Red flowers; growing commonly amongst Corn; ‖ either that which bears small flowers, of smooth leaves, round seed, an an∣gular cup: or that which bears larger flowers, of a deep red, hoary leaves, and angular seed.
              6.
            • *COW-BASIL.
            • COCKLE.
          • Yellow flowers; of a red juice when bruised, whether such whose leaves are
            • Lesser; ‖ either that of a round stalk: or that of an angular stalk.
                7.
              • St. JOHNS-WORT.
              • *St. PETERS-WORT.
            • Larger; having a round seed-vessel, like a berry.
                8.
              • *TUTSAN, Park-leaves.
        • Procumbent; bearing
          • White flowers; whose leaves are cut in about the middle; ‖ either that which bears a more large flower: or that which bears a little flower having hairy leaves.
              9.
            • *STICHWORT.
            • COMMON CHICKWEED.
          • Coloured flowers; the latter being spotted on the backside of the leaves.
              10.
            • BASTARD CHICKWEED.
            • *PIMPERNEL.
      • Milkie juice; bitter and caustick, of a triangular seed-vessel.
          11.
        • *SPURGE, Tithymal.
      • Large flowers; ‖ either that wch is used for the making of fine linnen, ha¦ving long narrow leaves, & a round seed vessel, conteining oblong shining seeds: or that with a stiff stalk, having leaves like those of Sallow, sometimes 3 or 4 at one setting on.
          12.
        • *FLAX, Linseed.
        • YELLOW LOOSE STRIFE.
  • Divided leaves; ‖ either that which hath a strong sent, a round seed-vessel, the leaves of a whitish blew colour: or that which bears a large flower of a pale blew, with a circle of leaves under it, having a large seed-vessel, horned at the top.
      13.
    • RUE, Herb of grace.
    • *FENNEL FLOWER.

Page  103VI. CAPSULATE HERBS, whose flowers consist of three or four leaves, may be distinguished into such as are;* either of

  • Three leaves; in the flower, being water plants; ‖ either that which hath long leaves like Aloes, with sharp serrate edges: or that whose leaf doth in the figure of it resemble a barbed Arrow.
      1.
    • FRESH WATER SOULDIER.*
    • ARROW-HEAD.
  • Four leaves; in the flower, to be further distinguished by the
    • Seed-vessel; whether
      • Compressed;
        • Larger; and more broad; ‖ either that whose leaf is like the leaf of a Nettle, the seed-vessel shining like Sattin: or that of hoary stalks and leaves, being the lesser.*
            2.
          • BULBONACH, Honesty, Sattin.
          • MADWORT OF DIOSCORIDES.
        • Lesser; the former of a biting tast.
            3.
          • THLASPI.*
          • SHEPHEARDS PURSE.
      • Round; of
        • Larger heads; and flowers being narcotic; ‖ either that of a bitter white juice of which Opium is made, with a star-like covering on the top of the seed-vessel: or that whose leaf is more finely jagged, having a rough seed-vessel.*
            4.
          • POPPY.
          • BASTARD POPPY.
        • Lesser heads; and flowers, being of a hot biting tast; ‖ either that wch bears a white flower & reddish seed: or that which bears long nar∣row leaves upon the stalk, and others that are broader, and jagged towards the bottom of the stalk.*
            5.
          • GARDEN CRESS.
          • SCIATICA CRESS.
    • Leaf; as to the
      • Biting tast; ‖ either that which is a large plant of a juicy serrate leaf, of a light blewish green: or that which is a low small plant, of jagged leaves, and rough seed-vessel, growing many together, each con∣teining one seed.*
          6.
        • PEPPER-WORT.
        • SWINES CRESS.
      • Shape; being like those of Ivy, the stalks being divided into three, and so subdivided, one side of the lower part of the leaf standing out more then the other.*
          7.
        • BARRENWORT.
    • Flower; in respect of the
      • Colour; being yellow, large plants; ‖ either that whose leaves are of a blewish green, long and smooth, used in dying: or that whose leaves are more narrow and indented.*
          8.
        • WOAD.
        • GOLD OF PLEASURE.
      • Manner of growth; in spikes.
        • Vpon the top of the stalks; bearing small blew flowers; ‖ either that of lesser leaves indented: or that of a naked stalk, growing by the sea side.*
            9.
          • VERVAIN.
          • SEA-LAVENDER.
        • From the sides of the stalks; whether the
          • Larger; having a flat seed-vessel.
              10.
            • BROOKLIME.*
          • Lesser; being small plants, having compressed seed-vessels like those of Shepheards-purse: the latter bearing the bigger flower of a bright blew.*
              11.
            • SPEEDWELL.
            • WILD GERMANDER.

Page  104*VII. CAMPANULATE HERBS, may be distinguished into such as are

  • Climbing;
    • Pomiferous; bearing
      • Bigger esculent fruit; iher such as have
        • Softer skins or c••ts; ‖ either that which is the largest, of a waterish tast, having a large seed with a welt about the edges: or that which is of a more rich pleasant tast, with a plain seed not mark∣ed in the limb of it.
            1.
          • *POMPEON, Quash.
          • MELON, Musk-melon.
        • Shelly coats; growing to such a hardness as renders them fit to make bottles, &c. ‖ either that which bears commonly a white flower: or that of a yellow flower.
            2.
          • *GOURD.
          • CITRUL.
      • Lesser;
        • Esculent; of a whitish pulp, and waterish tast.
            3.
          • *COWCUMBER.
        • Purgative; ‖ either that of a figure like a Pear, of a bitter juice: or that like a Cowcumber, but smaller and rough, the seeds spirting out upon breaking off the stalk.
            4.
          • *COLOQUINTIDA.
          • WILD COWCUMBER.
        • Neither esculent nor purgative; having a leaf like that of a Vine, but less, the fruit oblong but very small.
            5.
          • *MALE BALSOM.
    • Capsulate; having a short round seed-vessel, and angular seeds, climb∣ing by twining about other plants; ‖ either that which is not pur∣gative: or that which hath a milky juice in the root. A violent pur∣gative,
        6.
      • *BINDWEED.
      • SCAMMONY.
  • Erect; considerable for the flower, being either
    • Greater; ‖ either that whose flower is bigger at the bottom: or that which is less at the bottom.
      • Europaean;
          7.
        • *COVENTRY BELLS.
        • THROATWORT.
      • Exotic; ‖ either that which hath flowers of several colours, leaves like those of Nightshade, growing by pairs, the branches alterna∣tim: or that whose leaves are jagged, having a large thorny seed-vessel.
          8.
        • *MERVAIL OF PERU.
        • THORN APPLE.
    • Lesser, ‖ either that which hath
      • An Esculent root; a long leaf, a blew flower, the edge divided into five points: or that whose root is not esculent.
          9.
        • *RAMPION.
        • BELL-FLOWER.
      • A hollow flower; somewhat like the finger of a Glove: the second being of a purgative quality.
          10.
        • *FOXGLOVE.
        • OYLY PURGING PULSE
      • A Narcotic quality; ‖ either that which hath large smooth unctu∣ous leaves, but very small seed: or that which hath soft woolly leaves jagged.
          11
        • *TOBACCO.
        • HENBANE.

Page  105VIII. CAPSULATE HERBS NOT CAMPANULATE, having their leaves divided into several segments,* may be distinguished into such as have

  • Naked stalks;
    • Of a rough nervous leaf; ‖ either that which bears one flower upon a stalk which is bigger, being divided into five laciniae: or that which bears a less flower, many together at the top of the stalk.
        1.
      • PRIMROSE.
      • PAIGLE, Cowslip.*
    • Of a thicker smoother leaf; the flowers growing many together, stand∣ing in a shorter cup; ‖ either that which bears the bigger: or the smaller flower, the leaves being hoary underneath.
        2.
      • BEARS EAR.*
      • BIRDS EY.
    • Of a round indented leaf;
        3.
      • BEARS EAR SANICLE.*
  • Leavy stalks; whether
    • Taller plants; considerable for
      • Bearing their flowers in spikes; the limb of the flower being divided into five segments, with very little hose; ‖ either that whose leaves and stalks are hoary: or that which hath less leaves, being green.
          4.
        • MULLEIN.
        • MOTH MULLEIN.*
      • Having small duskie flowers; ‖ either that of a roundish leaf, and weak stalk, the flower being a kind of Tube, with a lip on one side: or having a stiff stalk, a leaf like a Nettle, a small purplish flower, and a round seed-vessel.
          5.
        • BIRTHWORT.*
        • FIGWORT.
    • Lesser plants; whether such as are
      • Deciduous; to be further distinguished by their different flowers.
        • Resembling a head with a gaping mouth; having long narrow leaves, the second having a heel.
            6.
          • SNAPDRAGON.
          • TOAD-FLAX.*
        • Resembling a helmet or hood;
          • Having creased indented leaves; ‖ either that with turgid husks: or that with smaller husks.
              7.
            • COCKSCOMB.*
            • EYBRIGHT.
          • Having broad jagged leaves; with a spike of gaping flowers, be∣ing a larger plant: or having long leaves jagged about the set∣ting on, with large seed.
              8.
            • BRANK URSIN, Bears-breech.
            • COW WHEAT.*
        • With heels; ‖ either that whose seed when ripe will spirt out of the cod, bearing yellow flowers: or that of a pale downy leaf, weak stalks, trailing on the ground.
            9.
          • CODDED ARSMART.
          • FEMALE FLUELLIN, Female Speedwell.*
      • Ever green; having weak stalks creeping on the ground.
          10.
        • PERIWINKLE.*

Page  106*IX. BACCIFEROUS HERBS, may be distinguished according to their

  • Qualities; into such as are
    • Esculent; either in respect of the
      • Fruit; being
        • Most pleasant; a Trefoil propagating by strings or wires.
            1.
          • *STRAWBERRY.
        • Less pleasant; ‖ either that of a leaf like Agrimony, bearing round fruit of a bright red: or that of a broad hairy rough leaf, bear∣ing a large fruit almost as big as a Cowcumber.
            2.
          • *APPLE OF LOVE.
          • MAD APPLE.
      • Root; bearing winged leaves, and a bell flower.
          3.
        • *POTATO OF VIRGINIA.
    • Malignant; whether such whose leaves are more
      • Simple and undivided; ‖ either that which hath a broad leaf, bear∣ing black berries: or that which hath a more long, broad, dark co∣loured leaf, a great root, bearing great berries on single stalks.
          4.
        • *NIGHTSHADE.
        • MANDRAKE.
      • Compound; or made up of many segments; ‖ either that which bears light green berries in a cluster: or that which bears but one leaf divided into four or five parts, and but one black berry.
          5.
        • *HERB CHRISTOPHER, Berry bearing Wolves-bane.
        • HERB TRUE LOVE, One Berry.
  • Manner of growth; of the
    • Plants themselves; being Climbers, whether such as are considerable for
      • Purgativeness; bearing red berries; ‖ either that of a great white root, having leaves like a Vine, but more rough: or that of a great black root, with leaves like those of Ivy.
          6.
        • *WHITE BRIONY.
        • BLACK BRIONY, Wild Vine, Ladies-seal
      • Being full of crooked prickles; having a long triangular leaf.
          7.
        • *PRICKLY BINDWEED.
    • Berries; whether in a
      • Bladder; ‖ either that which is a low plant, which bears a red berry in a large bladder: or that whose leaves are like Chickweed, ramping upon other plants.
          8.
        • *WINTER CHERRY.
        • BERRY BEARING CHICKWEED.
      • Vmbel; having winged leaves, like Elder, both for shape and sent.
          9.
        • *DANEWORT.

Page  107

Of Shrubs.

SHRUBS may be distributed into such as are

  • Bacciferous;*
    • Deciduous;
      • SPINOUS, or thorny. I.
      • NOT SPINOUS. II.
    • EVERGREEN. III.
  • SILIQUOUS; such as bear their seeds in PODS. IV.
  • Graniferous; bearing smaller seeds, whether such as are
    • DECIDUOUS. V.
    • EVERGREEN. VI.

1. BACCIFEROUS SPINOUS shrubs of DECIDUOUS leaves, may be distinguished into such as have either

  • Compound leaves; whether such as may be called
    • Fingered; viz. when several proceed from one point, bearing an escu∣lent berry consisting of many little pulpy grains aggregated toge∣ther in one head; ‖ either that whose branches are erect, bearing the more pleasant fruit: or that whose branches are procumbent and trail∣ing
        1.
      • RASBERRY, Raspis.*
      • BRAMBLE, Blackberry.
    • Winged; viz. growing by pairs against one another upon a middle rib; ‖ either that which bears the more beautiful and sweet flower: or that whose flower is less beautiful and sweet.
        2.
      • ROSE.*
      • BRIER.
  • Simple leaves;
    • Divided into several segments; ‖ either that which bears a more juicy esculent berry, being the lesser plant: or that which bears a drier red berry, being the taller plant.
        3.
      • GOOSBERRY.*
      • WHITE THORN, Haw-thorn.
    • Vndivided; whether
      • Roundish; whose fruit is
        • Esculent; ‖ either that which produces a fruit like a small Plum, black, round, of an acid austere tast, the blossoms coming out before the leaves: or that which bears its fruits in clusters, being long slender reddish, of an acid tast.
            4.
          • SLOE-TREE, Black-thorn.*
          • BARBERRY.
        • Not esculent; whether
          • Purgative; having leaves like those of a Plum-tree, bearing black berries used in dying.
              5.
            • PURGING THORN.*
          • Not purgative; ‖ either that which hath long, stiffe, slender, sharp thorns, bearing a fruit resembling a hat: or that whose berries contein a long streaked seed.
              6.
            • CHRISTS THORN.*
            • BOXTHORN.
      • Long; and somewhat hoary.
          7.
        • BUCKS THORN.*

Page  108II. BACCIFEROUS Shrubs of DECIDUOUS leaves, NOT SPI∣NOUS,* may be distributed into such whose berries are; either

  • Esculent; bearing their fruit
    • In clusters; ‖ either that of a rich juice, spungy wood, trailing branches: or that whose leaves are like those of Goosberry, but larger, and erect branches.
        1.
      • *VINE, Grape, Raisin.
      • CURRAN.
    • Singly; being a low plant, of dark green leaves, hollow flowers, small fruit.
        2.
      • *BILBERRY, Whortle-berry.
  • Not esculent; to be further distinguished with respect to the Leaf.
    • Vndivided;
      • Round; considerable for the
        • Manner of bearing their fruit; whether
          • In Vmbels; whose leaves are
            • Hoary; underneath; ‖ either that which bears black berries, containing one flat seed: or that which bears red berries.
                3.
              • *WAYFARING TREE.
              • WHITE BEAM TREE, Cumberland Hawthorn.
            • Green; having red twigs, and a black fruit, conteining one ker∣nel.
                4.
              • *DOGBERRY TREE.
          • In clusters; having but one grain in a black berry; ‖ either that whose leaves are larger: or lesser.
              5.
            • BIRDS CHERRY.
            • *WILD ROCK CHERRY OF AUSTRIA.
          • Sparsedly; having several grains in a berry; whether such whose leaves are
            • Hoary underneath, and less; ‖ either that of a thicker leaf, bear∣ing a red berry, covered with a kind of down: or that other bearing a black berry.
                6.
              • *DWARF MEDLER.
              • SWEET WHORT.
            • Green and larger; like those of Alder, but smoother, bearing a black berry, the inward bark being a violent purgative.
                7.
              • *BERRY BEARING ALDER.
        • Flowers; being tubulous and odorate; ‖ either that which is climb∣ing: or that which is erect.
            8.
          • *WOODBINE, Honysuckle.
          • UPRIGHT WOODBINE.
        • Tast of the fruit; being hot, biting, aromatic, growing in clusters, each cluster coming out on the side of the stalk, opposite to a leaf on the other side, being a Climber.
            9.
          • *PEPPER.
      • Long;
        • Purgative; bearing red berries; ‖ either that which sends out its blossoms in winter before the leaves, being of a sweet sent: or that whose younger branches and berries are quadrangular.
            10.
          • MEZEREON.
          • *SPINDLE TREE.
        • Not purgative; having slender flexile twigs; ‖ either that which bears black berries in clusters: or that which bears red berries more sparsedly.
            11.
          • *PRIVET.
          • SHRUB CASSIA.
    • Iagged; ‖ either that which bears a great round cluster of white flowers: or that which bears its flowers in an Vmbel. berries.
        12.
      • *GELDER ROSE.
      • WATER ELDER.
    • Compound; bearing a flower like Iessamine with round black shining stalks.
        13.
      • *YELLOW JESSAMINE.
    • Having no leaf; the flowers and berries coming out at the joynts of the
        14.
      • *SEA-GRAPE.

Page  109III. BACCIFEROUS SEMPERVIRENT SHRUBS,* may be distribu∣ted into such whose leaves are; either

  • Compound; whether
    • Winged; ‖ either that which is of a fragrant smell, bearing yellow seeds in black berries: or that which bears small berries like Mulberries.
        1.
      • TRUE BALSOM, Balm.*
      • THORNY BURNET.
    • Fingered; having several leaves growing from one foot-stalk, bearing the fruit in clusters.*
        2.
      • DWARF PALM.
  • Intire; whether of
    • Indented edges; bearing
      • Black berries; ‖ either that whose leaves grow against one another: or that whose leaves grow alternately.
          3.
        • PHYLLYRAEA, Mock-privet.*
        • EVERGREEN PRIVET.
      • Red berries; ‖ either that of oblong shining serrate leaves, bearing fruit like Strawberries, but bigger: or that which bears berries of a more pale yellowish red.*
          4.
        • STRAWBERRY TREE.
        • EVERGREEN THORN.
    • Smooth edges; to be further distinguished by the
      • Tast; hot and biting, being violent purgers; whether such whose leaves are
        • Broader; of a tough stalk, the leaves towards the bottom being more long then those of Bays, bearing greenish flowers, and black berries, of a very hot tast.*
            5.
          • SPURGE LAUREL.
        • Narrower; ‖ either that which bears long pale leaves and red ber∣ries: or that which bears dark green leaves, the berries growing by threes.*
            6.
          • SPURGE OLIVE.
          • WIDOW WAIL.
      • Flower; as to the manner of its growth, as likewise of the berries; either
        • In the midst of the leaf; whether having
          • Larger leaves; not spinous: the latter of which hath a small leaf growing out of the middle of another leaf, betwixt which two, the blossoms and berries do grow.
              7.
            • LAUREL OF ALEXANDRIA.*
            • HORSE-TONGUE.
          • Lesser leaves; spinous, bearing large red berries.
              8.
            • BUTCHERS BROOM.*
        • In an Vmbel; having a thick, broad, dark coloured leaf, bearing early flowers, and said to blossom twice in one year.
            9.
          • WILD BAY.
      • Leaf;* whether
        • Small, slender, and prickly at the ends, being odorate; ‖ either that whose leaves and wood, are of a more pleasant sent, producing blewish berries: or that whose sent is less pleasant, bearing black berries.*
            10.
          • JUNIPER.
          • SAVIN.
        • Roundish and broad; ‖ either that which is odorate: or that whose flowers grow in clusters, bearing pentagonal fruit about the big∣ness of a Pease.*
            11.
          • MYRTLE
          • MYRTLE SYMACH.
      • Manner of growing; upon other plants; ‖ either that which hath weak branches, angular shining leaves, black berries in clusters, growing commonly upon other trees or walls: or that which never grows on the ground, of a paler colour and transparent berries.*
          12.
        • IVY.
        • MISSELTO.

Page  110*IV. SILIQUOUS SHRUBS, may be distinguished into such as are

  • Deciduous; whether having
    • Intire leaves; the
      • Greater; being a tall plant, approaching nearer to the magnitude of a Tree, bearing beautiful spikes of blew flowers.
          1.
        • *LILACH, Pipe-tree.
      • Lesser; ‖ either that of a round leaf, being a low plant, the bud of whose flower, when pickled, is an esculent sauce, bearing large white flowers: or that which is taller, bearing yellow flowers.
          2.
        • *CAPAR.
        • THORNY BROOM.
    • Compound leaves;
      • Trefoils; bearing yellow flowers; the Greater, or the lesser.
          3.
        • BEAN TREFOIL.
        • *SHRUB TREFOIL.
      • Winged leaves;
        • Europaean; considerable for having
          • A purgative quality; ‖ either that which hath no od leaf at the end: or that which bears its seeds in hollow pods or bladders.
              4.
            • *SENA.
            • BASTARD SENA.
          • An esculent root; of a sweet juice.
              5.
            • *LICCORICE.
        • Exotic;
          • The Greater; being thorny, bearing yellow flowers; ‖ either that whose leaves are smaller, the flowers growing in a sphae∣rical cluster, being odorate: or that whose leaves are much larger.
              6.
            • *BINDING BEAN TREE.
            • LOCUST TREE.
          • The Lesser; considerable for the falling down of the branches, and closing of the leaves upon a touch, as if the plant had sense.
              7.
            • *HUMBLE PLANT
  • Sempervirent; having
    • Green twigs; bearing yellow flowers; ‖ either that which hath long slender, square, flexile twigs, and long thin cods: or that whose twigs are more short, and stiffe, and prickly, bearing shorter cods more full and thick.
        8.
      • BROOM.
      • *FURRS.
    • Hoary leaves; ‖ either that which hath long thorns, standing thick, bearing white flowers shaped like those of Broom, having winged leaves: or that which is a Cinquefoil.
        9.
      • GOATS THORN.
      • *DORYCNIUM.

Page  111V. GRANIFEROUS DECIDUOUS SHRUBS,* may be distinguish∣ed into such as are

  • Erect; to be considered according to their
    • Flowers; whether such as have
      • Smaller flowers; in spikes; bearing
        • Round fruit; like berries; ‖ either that which bears five leaves upon a foot-stalk: or whose seed-vessels are pentagonal, contein∣ing small yellow seed.
            1.
          • CHAST TREE.*
          • SPIKED WILLOW OF THEOPHRASTUS.
        • Seed wrapt up in Down; having very small leaves like those of Ci∣pres, and an odorate wood.
            2.
          • TAMARISK.*
      • Larger flowers; whether
        • Odorate; ‖ either that which hath weak branches, whose flowers are of a more pleasant smell: or that whose flowers are of a strong and less pleasant smell.
            3.
          • JESSAMINE.
          • WHITE PIPE TREE.*
        • Not odorate; having leaves like those of Marsh mallow, being soft and hoary.
            4.
          • SHRUB MALLOW.*
    • Odorateness of the leaves; ‖ either that which grows in fenny places, bearing long leaves, and small squamous Catkins: or that which is a lower plant, having roundish nervous leaves, upon long foot-stalks, bearing woolly tufts, and seeds like Lentils.
        5.
      • GALLS.*
      • RED SUMACH.
    • Milkiness of the juice; being a violent purger, having long leaves of a pale green colour.
        6.
      • TREE SPURGE.
  • Climbers;* either by
    • Twisting; ‖ either that which is a Trefoil: or that which hath winged leaves, bearing the flowers in a cluster, having feathery tufts.
        7.
      • CLEMATIS, Virgins-bower.
      • TRAVELLERS JOY.*
    • Laying hold on walls or trees by small tendrils; like clawes or fingers.
        8.
      • VIRGINIAN CLIMBERS, Virginian Ivy.*

Page  112VI. GRANIFEROUS EVERGREEN SHRUBS, may be distinguish∣ed into such as are

  • Europaean;* considerable for
    • Bearing large flowers; whether that which hath hoary leaves, the flow∣er consisting of five leaves: or that which bears long stiffe leaves of a dark green.
        1.
      • *HOLY ROSE.
      • OLEANDER, Rose-bay.
    • Having a purging quality; whether such as have
      • Hoary leaves; ‖ either that which hath small leaves, thick set upon the stalk, being hoary underneath: or that whose leaves are bigger, and hoary all over, bearing small flowers in tufts.
          2.
        • *SANA MUNDA.
        • GUTTWORT, Trouble-belly.
      • Smooth hard dry leaves; bearing a blew flower like that of Scabious.
          3.
        • *HERB TERRIBLE.
    • Being odorate; whether such as have
      • Hoary leaves; verticillate, having hooded flowers; ‖ either that which hath narrow long leaves hoary underneath: or that which hath broader leaves hoary all over, bearing yellow gaping flowers.
          4.
        • *ROSEMARY.
        • SAGE MULLEIN.
      • Green leaves; whether that which bears small flowers in an Vmbel: or that which bears a large flower like that of Oleander, yellow and spotted.
          5.
        • *HARTWORT.
        • SWEET MOUNTAIN ROSE.
    • The place of their growth; whether
      • Near the Sea; being of a pale colour; ‖ either that whose leaves are smooth, bearing mossy flowers, and a small compressed seed: or that of winged hoary shining leaves, bearing yellow flowers in clusters.
          6.
        • SEA PURSLAIN.
        • *SILVER BUSH.
      • In barren places; being a low plant, having small hollow flowers, and little leaves.
          7.
        • HEATH.
  • *Exotic; a low shrub, the branches spreading and growing thick toge∣ther, which after being dried and shrunk up, will upon being put into warm water dilate and expend themselves.
      8.
    • *ROSE OF JERICO.

Of Trees.

Trees may be distinguished according to their

  • *Fruit or Seed; being conteined either in a
    • Fleshy pulp; whether
      • POMIFEROUS. I.
      • PRUNIFEROUS. II.
      • BACCIFEROUS. III.
    • Hard shell;
      • NUCIFEROUS. IV.
      • GLANDIFEROUS, or CONIFEROUS. V.
    • SINGLE TEGUMENTS, or Coverings. VI.
  • WOODS OR BARKS. VII.
  • GUMMS OR ROSINS. VIII.

Page  113I. POMIFEROUS TREES,* may be distinguished into such as are

  • More properly called Trees; whether
    • Deciduous; having
      • Visible Blossoms;
        • Esculent when ripe;
          • More round; the tree spreading more in breadth, both as to the branches and roots of it, the fruits having an outward cavity at each end, in the place of the blossom and the stalk, and five in∣ward cavities lined with stiffe membranes, each of which doth commonly contein two kernels.*
              1.
            • APPLE.
          • Less round; that part of the fruit where the stalk grows, being more prominent; ‖ either that which rises more in height: or that which spreads more in breadth, being a lower and more crooked tree, whose fruit is covered with a Down, being when raw, of an unpleasant tast and sent.*
              2.
            • PEAR.
            • QUINCE.
        • Not esculent, till rotten;
          • The greater; ‖ either that smaller tree, having long leaves, dark green above and white beneath, the fruit having a wide aperture in the place of the blossom: or that thorny tree, whose leaf and fruit is like a Hawthorn, but the fruit bigger, and of a pleasant acidity.
              3.
            • MEDLAR.*
            • LAZAROLE.
          • The lesser; being tall trees; ‖ either that of winged serrate leaves, bearing a fruit like a small Pear: or that of jagged leaves, bearing a lesser fruit in clusters upon long foot-stalks.
              4.
            • TRUE SERVICE.*
            • COMMON SERVICE.
      • No visible blossoms; unless (as JOHN BAUHINUS observes) within the fruit, being a weak tree, of smooth bark, large leaves, divided commonly into five jags, whose fruit is of an oblong Pear-like fi∣gure, of a more soft consistence, full of little grains.
          5.
        • FIGG.*
    • Sempervirent; or evergreen; whose fruit is either
      • Round; of a
        • Hard, crustaceous, brittle rine; a thorny tree, bearing large beauti∣ful blossoms, the fruit full of grains in a red pulp, with a kind of Coronet on the top of the fruit, at the place of the blossom.
            6.
          • POMEGRANATE.*
        • Softer rine; the fruit as to its colour being of a deep yellow; ‖ either that which hath a quick juice of a grateful acidity: or that whose juice is of a more dull and flat tast.*
            7.
          • ORANGE.
          • ADAMS APPLE.
      • Oblong; and oval; being of a pale yellow; ‖ either the bigger, whose rine is more thick, and whose juice is less acid: or the less, whose rine is more thin, and whose juice is more acid.*
          8.
        • CITRON.
        • LEMMON.
  • Less properly called Trees; bearing fruits of some resemblance to Figgs; ‖ either that which grows to a great bigness, bearing a pleasant fruit, many in a cluster, being Annual: or that whose leaves grow out of one another, of which those in Northern Countries are commonly so small as to be reckoned amongst Herbs.*
      9.
    • PLANTAIN TREE.
    • INDIAN FIGG.

Page  114*II. PRUNIFEROUS TREES, may be distinguished into such as are

  • Not Purgative;
    • Deciduous; whose fruits are
      • Greater; whose stones are
        • Rough; having many deep crooked furrows; ‖ either that whose fruit is covered with a Down: or that whose skin is not downy.
            1.
          • *PEACH. Malacotoon.
          • NECTARINE.
        • Smooth; ‖ either that which is sooner ripe, of a more dry, solid, yellow pulp: or that of a more succulent pulp.
            2.
          • *APRICOCK.
          • PLUMM.
      • Lesser; putting out blossoms before leaves; ‖ either that which bears a more round fruit upon a long foot-stalk: or that which bears a more oblong fruit upon a shorter foot-stalk.
          3.
        • *CHERRY.
        • CORNELION.
    • Sempervirent: having stones with very small kernels: ‖ either that which hath long narrow leaves, hoary underneath, the fruit not escu∣lent till pickled: or that which hath very long leaves, like those of Reed, the fruit growing in clusters, of a pleasant tast.
        4.
      • *OLIVE.
      • DATE.
  • Purgative; being sold in Apothecaries shops.
    • Vsed sometimes for food; ‖ either that whose fruit is bigger: or that which bears a small black turbinate fruit, standing in a little cup, of a black, sweet, viscid pulp, adhering to the stone, which conteins three seeds.
        5.
      • *MIROBALANE.
      • SEBESTEN.
    • Not used for food; ‖ either that whose fruit hath some resemblance to an Olive: or that which bears a red fruit, the leaf short, round, ser∣rate, of a deep green.
        6.
      • *WHITE JUJUBS
      • COMMON JUJUBS.

Page  115III. BACCIFEROUS TREES,* may be distinguished into such as are either.

  • Europaean;
    • Deciduous; whose fruit is
      • Esculent; having broad, roundish, serrate, rough leaves, bearing a fruit like that of a Rasberry, but bigger.
          1.
        • MULBERRY.*
      • Not esculent; having
        • Winged leaves; the wood more
          • Soft and spungy; ‖ either that, the younger branches of which are full of Pith, bearing the berries in an Vmbel, being of an ill sent: or that which bears its berries in a close tuft, the wood being used for giving a black tincture to Leather.
              2.
            • ELDER.
            • SUMACH.*
          • Hard; ‖ either that which bears its berries in an Vmbel, being of a red colour and an acid tast: or that which bears a small, round, oblong fruit, in long clusters, having many hollow excrescences like Bladders.*
              3.
            • QUICKEN TREE.
            • TURPENTINE TREE.
        • Single leaves; bearing a small black fruit upon a long foot-stalk, like that of a Cherry, the leaves resembling those of Nettle.
            4.
          • NETTLE TREE.*
    • Evergreen; considerable for their
      • Berries; whether such as bear
        • Black berries; ‖ either that whose leaves are more short, odorate, of a deep green, each berry conteining two seeds: or that whose leaves are more pale, long, shining and serrate.
            5.
          • BAY.*
          • LAUREL.
        • Red berries; ‖ either that which hath small narrow leaves of a dark green: or that which hath large shining prickly leaves.
            6.
          • YEW.*
          • HOLLY.
      • Whitish berries; having small round leaves of an ill sent, a hard close wood of a yellowish colour.
          7.
        • BOX.*
      • Gumms; ‖ either that which hath winged leaves, without an od leaf at the end: or that which hath long narrow leaves, like those of Iris, producing a red Gum called Sanguis draconis.
          8.
        • MASTIC TREE.*
        • DRAGON TREE.
  • Exotic;
    • Deciduous; ‖ either that whose fruit is Aromatical, being the bottom of the flower, which when ripe, grows turgid in the middle where the seeds are conteined: or that of winged leaves, serrate, of a deep green, bearing white berries in clusters.
        9.
      • LOVE TREE.*
      • BEDE TREE.
    • Evergreen; ‖ either that of an Aromatic wood used in Physick, having leaves like those of a Fig-tree, but less: or that of winged leaves, long, narrow, sharp pointed, bearing berries like those of Asparagus, in clu∣sters.
        10.
      • SASSAFRAS.
      • INDIAN MOLLE.*

Page  116*IV. NUCIFEROUS TREES, may be distinguished into such as are

  • Europaean; conteining in one common husk
    • One Nut; having a covering that is either
      • Thick and pulpy; having oyly kernels; ‖ either that which is the larger tree of winged leaves, odorate, having a rugged kernel, divi∣ded into several lobes: or that which is a lesser tree, having long narrow serrate leaves, and a smooth kernel.
          1.
        • *WALNUT.
        • ALMOND.
      • Thin husks; either such as are
        • Wholly encompassed; and covered by their husks; whether that of winged leaves, having a white thin shell, upon which there is ano∣ther rugged covering: or that whose leaf is like that of a Quince, green above and white underneath, the fruit covered with a downy husk, the kernel of a bad tast.
            2.
          • *PISTACIE, Fistic-nut.
          • STORAX.
        • *Open at one end; being smaller Trees, of broad indented leaves, bearing Catkins; ‖ either that of a larger kernel and thinner shell, whose husk is longer: or that of a lesser kernel and thicker shell, whose husk is shorter.
            3.
          • *FILBERT.
          • SMALL NUT.
    • Several Nuts; whose outward husk is
      • Echinate and prickly; ‖ either that which hath long, smooth, deeply indented leaves, the husk conteining three or four Nuts: or that which bears a short, roundish, shining leaf, having a smooth bark, and Nuts of a triangular figure.
          4.
        • *CHESNUT.
        • BEECH.
      • Smooth; and thin, in the form of a Bladder; being a small tree of winged leaves.
          5.
        • *BLADDER NUT.
  • Exotic; conteining in one common husk
    • One Nut; ‖ either that which is a large tree, bearing the largest Nut of all that are known, covered with a thick rine upon the shell: or that which hath a hard Aromatic kernel, covered immediately with a yel∣lowish Aromatic husk, called Mace, upon which there is a thin shell, and upon that a pulpy coat.
        6.
      • COCO.
      • *NUTMEG.
    • Several Nuts; having a covering
      • More thin; whose kernels are used for the making of drinks, being but small trees; ‖ either that which grows in shady moist places, having many kernels together in a husk: or that which is less properly called a Nut, bearing a double kernel in a husk, each of them being flat on one side, and gibbous on the other.
          7.
        • CHOCOLATE.
        • *COFFI.
      • Covered with a woolly substance: or that which besides the outward tegument hath likewise an inward pulp, wherein the fruit lies, of the shape of a Heart, and the bigness of a Bean, used in Physick.
          8.
        • *COTTON TREE.
        • ANACARDIUM.

Page  117V. GLANDIFEROUS, and CONIFEROUS TREES,* may be di∣stinguished into such as are

  • Glandiferous.
    • Deciduous; ‖ either that which is a large tree, of a hard lasting wood, a rugged bark, the leaves waved at the edges: or that whose leaves are more deeply divided, bearing a larger fruit, standing in great thick rugged cups, used for tanning.
        1.
      • OAK.
      • BITTER OAK.*
    • Evergreen; ‖ either that whose leaves resemble those of Holly, being of a dark green above, and white underneath: or that which is very like to this, having a very, thick, light, porous, deciduous bark.
        2.
      • HOLM OAK.
      • CORK TREE.*
  • Coniferous;
    • Deciduous; bearing small Cones; ‖ either that which grows in wate∣ry places, having leaves of a dark green, shaped like those of the Nut-tree: or that whose leaves are very slender, growing in tufts, more thin at distances, of a paler colour.
        3.
      • ALDER.
      • LARICH TREE.*
    • Evergreen; whose Cones are
      • Bigger; ‖ either that which is a large tall tree, bearing great roundish Cones of smooth scales, standing upwards, the leaves being small, narrow, and thick set together: or that which bears long slender leaves, two growing out together from one socket, the Cones consisting of hard wooddy scales.
          4.
        • CEDAR.
        • PINE.*
      • Lesser; having
        • Long leaves; ‖ either that whose leaves encompass and cover the branches; bearing long Cones hanging downwards: or that whose leaves grow from each side of the stalk, being more flat, like those of Yew, green on the upper side, and whitish underneath, furcated at the end, bearing Cones shorter and thicker, growing erect.
            5.
          • MALE FIRR TREE, Pitch-tree.
          • FEMALE FIRR TREE.*
        • Short leaves; ‖ either that which grows in a conical figure, bear∣ing small roundish Cones: or that which hath compressed branches of a strong resinous sent, bearing small Cones encompassed with six scales.
            6.
          • CYPRESS.*
          • TREE OF LIFE.

Page  118*VI. TREES bearing their Seeds in SINGLE TEGUMENTS or Co∣verings, may be distinguished into such whose seeds are conteined in

  • Pods; called Siliquous trees; whether such whose Pods are
    • Larger; being
      • Esculent; having winged leaves, and very broad Pods.
          1.
        • *CAROB, St Iohn's bread.
      • Purgative; ‖ either that which bears a round, black, and very long Pod, whose pulp is used as a benign purgative: or that which bears a thick Pod, having winged leaves, and a purgative pulp.
          2.
        • *CASSIA.
        • TAMARIND.
    • Lesser; having a round leaf, bearing elegant purple blossoms, and a thin Pod.
        3.
      • *JUDAS TREE.
  • Membranaceous coverings; whether
    • Foliaceous husks; ‖ either that whose leaves are rough and indented, having a rugged bark:: or that whose leaf is somewhat longer and smoother, having a more even bark.
        4.
      • *ELM.
      • HORNBEAM.
    • Alate seed-vessels; or Keys; whether such as do generall bear
      • Single Keys; having winged leaves, a smooth bark, and a tough wood.
          5.
        • *ASH.
      • Double Keys; ‖ either that which hath smaller leaves, divided into five segments, being a brittle wood: or that which hath broader leaves, more deeply divided, being a soft wood.
          6.
        • *MAPLE.
        • SYCAMORE.
  • Catkins; called Iuliferous trees; whether such as are of
    • Lesser leaves; ‖ either that which hath slender reddish twigs, smooth and white branches: or that which bears a roundish crenate leaf, up∣on very slender foot-stalks, which makes them apt to shake upon every little breath of wind.
        7.
      • BIRCH.
      • *ASPIN.
    • Larger leaves; ‖ either that whose leaves are of a dark green, like those of Ivy, having a whitish bark, and growing in watery places: or that whose leaves are laciniated, being of a dark green above, and hoary white underneath.
        8.
      • BLACK POPLAR.
      • *WHITE POPLAR.
    • Longer leaves; of a soft wood, growing most naturally in moist places; ‖ either that whose leaves are more dense and compact, being the larger tree: or that which is a lesse tree, having a broader leaf, and bearing larger Cat-kins.
        9.
      • *WILLOW.
      • SALLOW.
  • Round Buttons; ‖ either that which hath broad leaves ending in a point, being smoother above then underneath, bearing a sweet blossom, and a round fruit about the bigness of a Pease, conteining one seed: or that which hath a divided leaf, whose fruit is echinate or prickly, contein∣ing several seeds
      10.
    • LIME TREE.
    • *PLANE TREE.

Page  119VII. TREES considered according to their WOODS or BARKS,* may be distinguished into such as are principally known and taken no∣tice of for their

  • Woods; according to their uses in
    • Physick; whether such as are esteemed
      • Cordial; being a hard, heavy, unctuous, Aromatic wood, the grain like that of Oak.
          1.
        • ALOE TREE.
      • Diaphoretic; of a hot biting tast;* ‖ either that which is used against the Pox: or that which is commended as an Antidote against the biting of Serpents.
          2.
        • GUAIACUM, Pockwood.*
        • SNAKEWOOD.
      • Cooling and Astringent; whether that of a deep red, being hard, heavy, and of a finer grain, having a dull tast and no sent: or that which is yellowish, of a strait course grain, and fragrant smell like Musk.
          3.
        • RED SAUNDERS.*
        • YELLOW SAUNDERS.
      • Vseful against the Stone and diseases of the Kidneys; ‖ either that which tinges Water so, as to make it in several lights to appear of two co∣lours, blewish and yellow, not considerable for tast or smell: or that which is yellowish in the middle, and white on the outside, having a hottish tast, and a sent like that of a white Rose.
          4.
        • LIGNUM NEPHRITICUM.*
        • ROSEWOOD.
    • Mechanics; whether for
      • Dying a red colour; the former being a hard heavy wood of a strait grain, with streaks of black.
          5.
        • BRASIL WOOD.*
        • LOG WOOD.
      • Fabrile uses; whether the making of
        • Cabinets; being capable of a shining politure; ‖ either that of a black colour, a close grain, being very heavy: or that which is variegated with red and white.
            6.
          • EBONY.
          • PRINCES WOOD.*
        • Tubes; for the conveiance of Water, being streight slender trees, growing to a very great height, having a tuft of branches only at the top, the greatest part of them being pith, inclosed in a shell of very hard wood, somewhat resembling a Rush,
            7.
          • CABBIDGE TREE, Palmetto Royal.
  • Barks; or Rines; either that which is
    • Esculent; being Aromatic, and of a sweet tast.
        8.
      • CINNAMON.
    • Medicinal;* ‖ either that which is so soveraign a remedy for the cure of Agues, being of a dark colour, no considerable tast: or that which is of an Ash colour, and a hot biting tast, good against the Scurvy.
        9.
      • CORTEX FEBRIFUGUS PERUVIANUS, Iesuits powder.*
      • CORTEX WINTERANUS.

Page  120*VIII. TREES considered according to their GUMMS or ROSINS, may be distinguished; either according to their

  • Gums; whether
    • Odorate; being of a bitter tast, proceeding from an exotic thorny Tree.
        1.
      • *MYRRHE.
    • Not odorate; ‖ either that which proceeds from an Egyptian thorny tree: or that which is of a yellowish colour and bitter tast, lea∣ving behind it a kind of sweet rellish, somewhat like Liccorice
        2.
      • *GUMM ARABICK.
      • SARCOCOLLA
  • Rosins; whose consistence is more
    • Solid; and hard
      • Odorate; having a
        • More pleasant sent; used for
          • Suffumigations; being transparent; having
            • Lesser grains; ‖ either that which proceeds from an Arabian tree: or that which is of near resemblance to this, proceed∣ing from an Aethiopian Olive, of a whitish-colour mixed with yellow particles.
                3.
              • FRANKINCENSE, Olibanum.
              • *GUM ELEMI.
            • Bigger grains; proceeding from an American tree, the latter of which is more clear and transparent.
                4.
              • *GUMMI ANIMAE.
              • COPAL.
          • Perfumes; ‖ either that which is of a more hard consistence, and more tenacious: or that which is more easily dissolved.
              5.
            • CARANNA.
            • *BENJAMIN.
        • Less pleasant sent; either that which is
          • More volatile; white and transparent from several trees.
              6.
            • *CAMPHIRE.
          • Less volatile; ‖ either that which is unctuous and bitterish, easily growing soft, proceeding from an exotic thorny tree: or that which proceeds from a tall tree like Poplar.
              7.
            • *BDELLIUM.
            • TACA MAHACA.
      • Not odorate; of a red tincture, used in painting and varnishing.
          8
        • *LAKE.
    • Liquid; being of a sweet sent; ‖ either that which is of a more strong smell: or that which is of a reddish colour, used for stopping defluxi∣ons.
        9.
      • LIQUIDAMBRA.
      • *BALSAMUM PERUVIANUM.

Page  121

CHAP. V. I. Concerning Animals, the general distribution of them. II. Of exan∣guious Animals. III. Of Fish. IV. Of Birds. V. Of Beasts. VI. A Digression concerning Noah's Ark.

SEnsitive creatures may be distinguished into such as are counted more

  • Imperfect; which have something analogous to blood,* but are destitute of that red juice commonly so called, being therefore stiled EX∣ANGUIOUS, having either no leggs, or more legs then four,
  • Perfect; whether
    • FISHES, which have no legs, but fins answerable to them, being co∣vered with a naked skin, or with scales, whose proper motion is swimming.
    • BIRDS, which have two leggs and two wings, whose bodies are co∣vered with feathers, being oviparous, whose proper motion is fly∣ing.
    • BEASTS, which are for the most part, four-footed, hairy, and vivipa∣rous, excepting only some few which are without feet or hair, and are oviparous.

It may be observed to be amongst these (as it is amongst the other ranks of Beings,) that the more perfect kinds are the least numerous. Upon which account, Insects being the most minute and imperfect, and some of them (perhaps) of a spontaneous generation, are of the great∣est variety, tho by reason of their littleness, the several Species of them, have not hitherto been sufficiently enumerated or described, by those Authors who have particularly applyed themselves to this study.

There are sundry of these, as likewise of other Animals, which have no Latin names, as being unknown to the Romans, & there are sundry which have no English names, as being strangers to us. And amongst those that have English names, some are here described by their usual Appellations in Latin, because I knew not at present how to render them properly in Eng∣lish: And some there are peculiar to some coasts and rivers, and not commonly known elsewhere, which are hard to be enumerated.

As for fictitious Animals, as Syren, or Mermaid, Phoenix, Griffin, Harpy, Ruck, Centaur, Satyr, &c. there is no provision made for them in these tables, because they may be infinite; and besides, being but bare names, and no more, they may be expressed as Individuals are.

Page  122

Of Exanguious Animals.

THose kinds of more imperfect Animals, which are destitute of that red juice,* commonly called blood, are stiled Exanguious; to which may be annexed that general name given to the least kinds of these, viz. Insect, from that incisure or resemblance of cutting what is common to most of them in some part of their bodies.

These EXANGUIOUS ANIMALS may be distinguished into

  • Lesser; usually called Insects; whether such whose generation is
    • Analogous to that of other Animals; which breed young like them∣selves, growing from a lesser to a greater magnitude, not being transmutable into any other Insect; whether such as have.
      • NO FEET OR BUT SIX feet, being WITHOUT WINGS. I.
      • SIX FEET and WINGS, or MORE feet THEN SIX. II.
    • Anomalous; whether such as
      • ARE DESIGNED TO A FURTHER TRASMUTATION. III.
      • Have in their production undergone severall mutations; being first Eggs, then Maggots or Caterpillars, then Aureliae, and then flying Insects, which after their first production do not increase in mag∣nitude; whether such as have
        • NAKED WINGS. IV.
        • SHEATHED WINGS. V.
  • Greater; whether
    • Hard; whose bones are on their outside; being either
      • CRUSTACEOUS; namely such as are wholly covered with a tough flexile substance, having generally eight legs, besides a pair of claws, and two or more annulated horns or feelers. VI.
      • TESTACEOUS; of a more hard and brittle substance
        • TURBINATED; consisting of a cone-like cavity, rouled up in a spiral, which beginning at the Aperture or mouth of them, doth generally proceed from the left hand to the right. VII
        • NOT TURBINATED. VIII.
    • SOFT. IX.

Page  123I. INSECTS of an Analogous generation, having no feet,* or but six feet, being without wings, may be distributed into those that are

  • Apoda; without feet.
    • More oblong and round;
      • Larger;
        • More slender; of a reddish colour, with very little distinction of parts; ‖ either that which breeds in the earth: or that which breeds in the bodies of children.
            1.
          • EARTH WORM.*
          • BELLY WORM.
        • More thick; ‖ either that which breeds in watery places, being used for the drawing of blood: or that which is covered with a slimy moisture, having four little horns like prominencies, or feelers.
            2.
          • LEECH.*
          • SNAIL.
      • Lesser; breeding in Animals; ‖ either the more minute, being small white Worms, breeding in the lower guts of Men: or the bigger, stick∣ing their heads in the inward membranes of Horses stomachs or guts.
          3.
        • ASCARIDES.
        • BOTTS.
    • More short and flat; ‖ either that whose shape doth somewhat resemble a Flounder, found both in waters, and in the branches of the Porus bilearis, and the liver of several of the Ruminant kind: or that of a Quadrate body, with a little trunk standing out betwixt two Anten∣nae, and six stringy substances behind, living in the Sea.
        4.
      • FLUKE.
      • ASILUS.
  • Hexapoda; having six feet.
    • Terrestrial;
      • Greater;
        • More slender; ‖ either that whose body is somewhat compressed, sending out a light from her tail: or that which is of a whitish co∣lour, more oblong, breeding in Meal.
            5.
          • GLOW-WORM.*
          • MEAL-WORM, Gentle.
        • Less slender; ‖ either of a
          • Darker colour; being like a Beetle without wings, but seeming to have some little rudiments of wings, noted for being apt upon a touch to send out a yellowish oyly substance from his joynts.
              6.
            • PROSCARAB.*
          • Lighter colour; whether that which resembles a Locust without wings: or that which is of a Chesnut colour, flat, broad, soft, avoiding light places.
              7.
            • FIELD CRICKET.*
            • COCK ROCHES.
      • Lesser; troublesome to other Animals; ‖ whether that of a paler co∣lour: or that of a dark red, being salient.
          8
        • LOUSE.*
        • FLEA.
    • Aquatic; having a compressed body, with an oblique decussation upon the back, and a long tail.
        9.
      • WATER SCORPION.*

Page  124*II. INSECTS of an Analogous generation, having either wings or more legs then six, may be distributed into such as are

  • Winged; whether
    • Terrestrial; whose bodies are
      • More oblong;
        • Living in open fields; and feeding on plants; ‖ either that kind, by the swarms of which whole Countries have been sometimes destroy∣ed, having long hinder legs for leaping, making a noise by rubbing their legs against their wings: or that of a long slender breast, often holding up the two fore-legs, which are longer then the other.
            1.
          • *LOCUST, Grashopper.
          • MANTIS.
        • Living in holes of the ground, and houses; ‖ either that which affects to reside near Hearths and Ovens, making a noise like a Locust, by the affriction of the wings, having the wings lying more close to the body: or that whose fore-legs are broad and strong, divided into fin∣gers like those of a Mole, whereby it is inabled in a very short space to dig a hole in the ground.
            2.
          • *CRICKET.
          • FEN-CRICKET, Evechurr, Churr-worm.
      • More compressed and broad; ‖ whether that which hath broad angular shoulders, being marked with an oblique decussation on the back, ha∣ving the proboscis reversed under the belly: or that which is of a Chesnut colour, having large stiff wings, avoiding the light.
          3.
        • *CIMEX SILVESTRIS.
        • WINGED COCKROCH.
    • Aquatic; having a decussation or kind of Lozenge-mark on the back; ‖ either that which runs upon the top of the water, having long legs like those of a Spider: or that which hath two long swimming legs behind, whereby he swims in the water.
        4.
      • *WATER SPIDER.
      • CICADA AQUATICA.
  • Not winged;
    • Terrestrial; having
      • Eight legs; being hurtful to
        • Animals; either the
          • Larger; whether that which by drawing out from the belly a slimy substance, and working it with the feet, doth frame a small Web to catch Flies: or that which hath an oval body, two forcipate claws, a knotty tail, with a crooked sting at the end of it.
              5.
            • *SPIDER.
            • SCORPION.
          • Middle kind; ‖ either that of a round body, the legs fixed to the neck, sticking to Animals by thrusting the head into their skin: or that which is of a dark red colour, a tender skin, causing a very offen∣sive stink, when crushed.
              6.
            • TICK, Sheep-tick.
            • *PUNICE, Wall-louse.
          • Least kind; ‖ either that which breeds in corrupted Cheese, fruit, &c. or that which doth work it self into the skin of children.
              7.
            • *MITE.
            • WHEAL WORM.
        • Clothes; being of a silver colour, mealy, oblong, of swift motion.
            8.
          • *MOTH.
      • Fourteen legs; covered with a scaly armature, having a flat belly, and a gibbous back, being apt to roul it self up when touched.
          9.
        • *SOW, Cheselip, Hog-louse, Wood-louse.
      • Page  125More then fourteen feet; ‖ whether that whose body is of a more com∣pressed: or a more round figure.*
          10.
        • SCOLOPENDER.
        • JULUS.
    • Aquatick; ‖ whether that which sticks to Fish, not much differing from an Asellus, but only in respect of the tail, which is somewhat broad: or that whose back is more gibbous, being apt to skip.*
        11.
      • SEA LOUSE,
      • SEA FLEA, Sugg, River Shrimp.

III. INSECTS of an ANOMALOUS generation, designed for a fur∣ther transmutation,* may be distinguished into such as are

  • Apoda; those that are without feet, considered according to the
    • General name;
        1.
      • MAGGOT.*
    • Particular kinds; whether such as are.
      • Sharp at both ends; ‖ either the bigger, producing the favificous kind: or the lesser, breeding in the exorescies of Oaks, and the tufts of Bri∣ars, and sometimes creeping out of the sides of Caterpillars, produ∣cing a smaller sort of shining Fly, many of which are Seticaudes.
          2.
        • BEE MAGGOT, Grub.
        • SHINING FLY MAGGOT.
      • Broad and flat at their tails; ‖ either the greater, having two black spots on the tail, the fore-part being more slender, with two little black hooks upon the head, by fixing of which, this Insect doth draw his body forward, from whence Flesh-flies proceed: or the lesser, with a short erect tail, producing Flies of the Wasp kind.
          3.
        • GENTILE.
        • WASP-LIKE FLY MAGGOT.
  • Pedata; having legs, whether
    • Hexapoda; such as have six legs.
      • Aquatic; living in the water; ‖ whether that which is naked, producing Dragon-flies: or that which is in a case with little straws or sticks ad∣hering to it, producing May flies.
          4.
        • LIBELLA WORM.
        • CADEW, Straw-worm.*
      • Terrestrial; breeding several sorts of Scarabs; ‖ whether that which is of a strait figure: or that whose tail is inverted under the belly.
          5.
        • STRAIT BEETLE PRODUCING HEXAPOD.
        • WHIRL WORM.*
    • More then six legs; considerable according to the
      • General name; comprehending all such, as besides three pair of slen∣der crooked legs, on the three first annuli next the head, have two or more short thick legs behind, and two appendages at the tail. To which may be adjoyned the most principal of those.
          6.
        • CATERPILLAR.
        • SILK WORM.*
      • Particular kinds; whether having
        • Eight feet; that which in its progressive motion doth first gather its body up into a loop, resting it upon his hinder feet and the ap∣pendages of the tail, and then thrusting himself forward, or else skipping forward.
            7.
          • GEOMETRA.
          • SKIPPING WORM.
        • Many feet; amongst which the most common and numerous kind have fourteen feet; ‖ whether those that are smooth: or those that are hirsute.
            8.
          • SMOOTH CATERPILLAR.
          • PALMER WORM, Bear worm.

Page  126*IV. NAKED WINGED INSECTS, which in their production do under∣go several notations, may be distributed into such, whose wings are either

  • Membranaceous; consisting of a thin transparent film, being bred of Maggots or Worms that are
    • Apoda; without feet
      • Bigger;
        • Favificous; or making of Combs, in which multitudes of them do co-habit and breed, having four wings; whether such as are
          • Beneficial; by their gathering of Hony and Wax from Plants; ‖ ei∣ther that which is of a more oblong figure, the males of which (called Drones) are without stings, being commonly preserved in Gardens: or that which is more short, thick and hairy, living more wildly in lesser swarms.
              1.
            • *BEE, Drone, Hive, Comb.
            • HUMBLE-BEE.
          • Hurtful; by their destroying of fruits, Bees, &c. being of an oblong figure, and a yellow colour; ‖ either the less, of a lighter yellow: or the greater, of a deeper yellow.
              2.
            • *WASP.
            • HORNET.
        • Not favificous; having
          • Four wings; whether such as in their shapes resemble Bees or Wasps.
              3.
            • BEE-LIKE FLY.
            • WASP-LIKE FLY.
          • Two wings; ‖ whether that of a short thick body, of various bignes∣ses and colours, proceeding from an oblong round Aurelia, feeding on flesh: or that of a yellowish colour, and longer legs, feeding on dung.
              4.
            • *FLESH FLY.
            • DUNG FLY.
      • Lesser; living gregarioussy; ‖ either that of an oblong body, with a deep incisure, having four wings, of which there are many that at some∣times are without wings: or that of a more slender body, a tuft on the head, living near watery places, having but two wings.
          5.
        • *ANT, Emmet, Pismire.
        • GNAT.
    • Pedata; having six feet; whether those of
      • Broad wings; ‖ either that which hath a great head, a long strait pro∣boscis lying under the belly, making a loud noise, by the help of two stiffe membranes that are upon his breast: or that which hath a near resemblance to a Butterfly, in respect of the largeness of the wings, but only they are not farinaceous or erect.
          6.
        • *CICADA.
        • PAPILIONACEOUS FLY.
      • Narrow wings; being bred out of the water; ‖ either of a naked hex∣apod Worm: or of one that lives in a case, to which little sticks and straws do adhere.
          7.
        • *DRAGON FLY, Bolts-head.
        • MAY FLY.
      • Long legs; having but two wings.
          8.
        • CRANE FLY. Shepheards fly.
  • Farinaceous wings; being covered with a mealy substance easily coming off upon a touch, which in the Microscope appears to consist of small downy feathers, as the most ingenuous Mr. Hook hath first discovered; whether such whose wings in the usual posture are
    • Erected; standing upright upon their backs being of great variety for colours and magnitudes, distinguishable into these two common kinds, such as appear by day, or by night.
        9.
      • BUTTERFLY.
      • *MOTH.
    • Compressed; lying more flat on the body, the wings being more short and strong, and the tail more broad.
        10.
      • *HAWK BUTTERFLY.

Page  127V. SHEATHED WINGED INSECTS,* commonly called Beetles or Scarabs, may be distributed into such, whose coverings are more

  • Thick, strong and horny; whether those that are accounted
    • Horned; having either
      • One horn; the greater, the biggest of this tribe, the horn turning down∣wards: or the lesser, being one of the smallest of this tribe, having Antennae on each side of his snout or horn, which together represent the Greek letter ψ, breeding amongst and devouring Corn.
          1.
        • RHINOCEROTE.*
        • WEEVILL.
      • Two horns;
        • Stiffe, without joynts; whether branched like those of a Stagg: or not branched like those of a Bull.*
            2.
          • STAG BEETLE.
          • BULL FLY BEETLE.
        • Limber, and with joints; improperly called horns, being Antennae or feelers; ‖ either that whose Antennae are very long and re∣versed over his back: or that which hath knobbed feelers not so long.
            3.
          • GOAT-CHAFER.*
          • KNOBBED HORN'D BEETLE.
    • Not horned;
      • Terrestrial; having
        • Longer coverings for their wings;
          • The greater;
            • Of a dark blackish colour; whether that which is most common: or that other of near resemblance to this, having serrate legs, using to roul Dung into little balls, by working backwards with his hinder feet.*
                4.
              • COMMON BEETLE.
              • DUNG BEETLE.
            • Of a lighter colour; ‖ either that of a russet colour, living in Trees, having a long sharp tail, extended beyond the wings: or that of a shining green, feeding on Roses.*
                5.
              • DORR, Grey Beetle.
              • GREEN CHAFER.
          • The lesser; ‖ either that of a long slender body, frequent about houses, making a noise like the minute of a Watch, by striking the bottom of his breast against his belly: or that of a more short round figure, living in the fields, being either wholly red, or sometimes spotted with black
              6.
            • DEATH WATCH.*
            • LADY-COW.
        • Shorter coverings; not reaching half the length of their bodies, which are long and slender, having forked tails, which they turn up in their defence; ‖ the greater which is black: or the less which is of a reddish colour
            7.
          • STAPHILINUS.*
          • EARWIGG.
      • Aquatic; ‖ either the greater, living under water, having the hinder pair of legs longer for swimming, being said to fly out of the water sometimes in the night: or the less of a gibbous round shining back, playing on the top of the water.*
          8.
        • GREAT WATER SCARAB.
        • LES WATER SCARAB
  • Thin, weak and flexile; of more oblong bodies; ‖ either that which is of a green, gilded, shining colour, used for Causticks: or that which shines in the night.*
      9.
    • CANTHARIS.
    • GLOW WORM FLY.

Page  128VI. The greater sort of EXANGUIOUS ANIMALS being CRU∣STACEOUS,* may be distributed into such whose figure is more

  • Oblong;
    • The greater; having
      • Naked shells; of a dark brown colour; ‖ either that which hath four pair of legs, and two great claws: or that which hath no claws, but five pair of legs, the feelers somewhat compressed, being thorny on the back.
          1.
        • *LOBSTER.
        • LONG OISTER.
      • Downy shell; having a broad head, with two short, broad, laminate prominencies from it, five pair of legs, and no claws.
          2.
        • *SEA BEAR.
    • The lesser; living in
      • Fresh water; resembling a Lobster, but much less, of a hard shell.
          3.
        • *CRAYFISH, Crevice.
      • Salt water; having a thinner shell, being of a pale flesh colour; ‖ either that of a sharper tail, the two fore-legs being hooked and not forcipate: or that which hath a broader longer tail, with two purple spots upon it, being the greater.
          4.
        • *SHRIMP, Prawn.
        • SQUILLA MANTIS.
      • Shells of other Sea Fishes; having besides two claws, and two pair of legs hanging out of the shell, two other pair of soft hairy legs with∣in the shell.
          5.
        • *HERMIT FISH, Souldier Fish.
  • Roundish; comprehending the Crab-kind, whose bodies are somewhat compressed, having generally shorter tails folded to their bellies.
    • The Greater; having
      • Thick, strong, short claws; the latter of which hath serrate promi∣nencies on the side of the claws, somewhat resembling the Comb of a Cock.
          6
        • *COMMON CRABB.
        • SEA-COCK
      • Slender claws; ‖ either that of a longer body, having two horns be∣tween his eyes, being rough on the back and red when alive: or that whose upper shell doth extend beyond his body, having a long stiffe tail.
          7.
        • *CANCER MAJUS.
        • MOLUCCA CRAB.
    • The Lesser; resembling
      • A Common Crab; but being much less.
          8.
        • *LITTLE CRABB.
      • A Spider; whether that which is somewhat more oblong in the body, having a long snout: or that whose body is round.
          9.
        • *SEA SPIDER.
        • CRUSTACEOUS SPIDER.

Page  129VII. TESTACEOUS TURBINATED exanguious ANIMALS,* may be distributed into such as are

  • More properly so called; whether such whose spiral convolutions
    • Do appear on the outside; being either
      • Not produced; but equal on both sides; ‖ either the Greater, having several Diaphragms perforated, the Animal within somewhat re∣sembling a Polypus: or the Less, being of a dark red colour, and found in fresh water.
          1.
        • NAUTILUS.
        • WATER-SNAIL.
      • Produced; whether
        • More short in the spiral production, considerable for having a
          • Purple juice; heretofore used in Dying, the shells being either knobbed or thorny; ‖ either that whose shell is very large and thick, being the strongest and heaviest of this kind, having a long aperture: or that which hath a roundish aperture, with a neb or beak at one side of it.
              2.
            • MUREX.
            • PURPURA.
          • Long aperture; ‖ either that whose turbinated part is almost plain, and the part not turbinated, much produced, somewhat like a Cy∣linder: or that which is of a great bigness, having seven strong furrowed prominencies from one side of the aperture.
              3.
            • CYLINDROIDES.
            • APORRHAIS.
          • Roundish aperture; ‖ either that which is more prominent, having more revolutions: or that which is more compressed, having few∣er revolutions, many of them having a knob by the aperture.
              4.
            • SEA SNAIL.*
            • NERITES.
        • More oblong▪ always ending in a sharp point, having either a more
          • Prominent base; ‖ either the Greater: or the Lesser.
              5.
            • PUCCINUM.
            • TURBO.
          • Flat base; broad and round, being nearer to the figure of a Cone; the greater: or the lesser, whose base is less flat.
              6.
            • TROCHUS
            • PERIWINKLE, Welke.
    • Do not appear on the outside; but are within the shell, having long aper∣tures; ‖ either that whose aperture is more narrow, being furrowed on either side: or that whose aperture is somewhat wider, not furrowed on the sides of it.
        7
      • VENUS SHELL.*
      • PERSIAN SHELL.
  • Less properly so called; being of near affinity to the Vnivalvs, the inside having a pearl-like shining colour, with several holes on one side, being at one end on the outside somewhat turbinated.
      8.
    • SEA EAR.*

Page  130*VIII. EXANGUIOUS TESTACEOUS ANIMALS NOT TURBI∣NATED, may be distributed into such as are

  • Vnivalvs; having but one shell; whether being
    • Vnmoved; sticking fast to Rocks or other things; ‖ whether that whose convexity doth somewhat resemble a short obtuse angled cone, having no hole at the top: or that which is of an oblong figure, somewhat Cy∣lindrical, fixed at the bottom to the place where first it was bred, with an aperture at the top.
        1.
      • LIMPET.
      • *CENTER FISH.
    • Moveable; ‖ either that of a Spherical figure somewhat compressed, full of prickles, having one large round aperture at the bottom, and ano∣ther small aperture opposite to it: or that which is of a more oblong figure, a tender shell, having two apertures on the same side.
        2.
      • *BUTTON-FISH.
      • MERMAIDS HEAD.
  • Bivalvs; having two shells; whether more
    • Roundish; such whose outsides are
      • Smooth; ‖ whether that of a larger thicker shell, of a pearl-like shining, whose inward part towards the joynt, doth end in a narrow sinus or cavity: or that which is whitish on the outside.
          3.
        • *MOTHER OF PEARL.
        • GALADES.
      • Rough; ‖ either that whose joynt is more narrow, having no promi∣nences in the inside of it: or that whose joynt is more broad, with two prominencies and two correspondent cavities in each shell.
          4.
        • OYSTER.
        • *SPONDYL.
      • Furrowed; ‖ either the bigger; having one or two ear-like prominen∣cies on the outside towards the joynt: or the less, having no such pro∣minencies.
          5.
        • *SCOLLOP.
        • COCKLE.
    • Oblong; considerable for being
      • Less long; and nearest to the round kind, being smooth, and having thin shells; ‖ either the greater, of a flattish and compressed figure: or the lesser, being somewhat of a triangular figure, having the edges of the shell indented.
          6.
        • CHAMA.
        • *TELLINA.
      • More long; whether such as are
        • Of a dark blackish colour on the outside; ‖ either the greater, which from a joynt at one end more acute and slender, doth grow out to a great length, becoming broad at the other end, having a silk-like substance within the shell: or the less, of which one kind hath the joynt at the end, and is commonly eaten, the other hath the joynt on the side.
            7.
          • *PINNA.
          • MUSCLE.
        • Not closed exactly in all parts of their shells; ‖ either that which lyes in holes in a kind of marle at the bottom of the Sea, having an a∣perture near the joynt, and a little hook in the inside: or that which is open at both ends, being the longest of all the rest, in proportion to its bigness.
            8.
          • PHOLAS.
          • *SHEATH-FISH, Razor-fish
        • Growing by a neck to other things; whose shell consists of five parts, commonly (though falsly) said to produce a Bird, being of a trian∣gular figure.
            9.
          • *BARNICLE.

Page  131IX. SOFT EXANGUIOUS ANIMALS, may be distributed into such as are

  • More Perfect; having mouthes like the beaks of Birds,* with eight strin∣gy substances about them serving instead of legs, their bodies contein∣ing a black liquor like Ink; whether those whose bodies are more
    • Obround; having
      • No Antennae; or feelers, and being without any bone; ‖ either the greatest, growing to a vast magnitude: or the less, whose legs are longer in proportion, being of a sweet sent.
          1.
        • POUR CONTREL, Preke, Polypus.*
        • SWEET POLYPUS.
      • Antennae; ‖ either the greater, with a great, thick, soft, not pellucid bone in the body: or the lesser, which is without such a bone, having small roundish flapps on either side of the body.
          2.
        • CUTTLE FISH.
        • LESSER CUTTLE.*
    • Oblong; ‖ either that of longer Antennae with triangular flaps, having a long pellucid bone resembling a Sword: or that of shorter Antennae, having the triangular flaps nearer the tail, being of a reddish colour.
        3.
      • SLEVE.
      • REDDISH SLEVE.*
  • Less perfect; counted Zoophytes, as being betwixt Plants and Animals; whether such as have
    • More distinction of parts; ‖ either that which hath some resemblance to a Hare: or that which hath some resemblance to a naked black Snail, without horns.
        4.
      • SEA HARE.
      • HOLOTHURIUS.*
    • Less distinction of parts;
      • Pellucid; being a kind Of Gelly, roundish at the top, marked with reddish lines in the form of a Starr, or Rose, having several kinds of rays like legs, proceeding from the middle of it.
          5.
        • BLUBBER.*
      • Not pellucid; usually sticking to other things; ‖ either that which is of various figures, being covered with a hard callous skin, contein∣ing an esculent pulpy substance: or that which is of a fleshy con∣sistence, having no hard skin, being of various shapes and bignes∣ses, some of them stinging the hand upon the touch.
          6.
        • TETHYA.*
        • SEA NETTLE.

Page  132

Of Fish.

*FISH may be distributed into such as are

  • Viviparous; and skinned; whose figure is either
    • OBLONG and roundish. I.
    • FLAT or thick. II.
  • Oviparous; whether such as do generally belong to
    • Salt water; to be further distinguished by their
      • Finns on the back; whether such, the rays of whose finns are
        • Wholly soft and flexile. III.
        • Partly soft, and partly spinous; having
          • TWO FINNS on the back. IV.
          • But ONE FINN. V.
      • Figure; whether
        • OBLONG. VI.
        • FLAT. VII.
      • CRUSTACEOUS COVERING. VIII.
    • Fresh water; being scaly. IX.

*I. VIVIPAROUS OBLONG FISH, may be distributed into such as are

  • Cetaceous; breeding their young within them, having lungs and no gills, and but one pair of finns; ‖ either the greatest of all living Creatures, of which there are several species, one without teeth or a tube to cast water, another with teeth and such a tube, and another with a large long horn: or that other Fish of a less magnitude, which is gregarious, often appearing above water.
      1.
    • *WHALE.
    • PORPOIS, Dolphin.
  • Cartilagineous; said to hatch their young ones within their bellies, whose mouths are placed under their noses; whether such as are more
    • Proper to the Sea; having generally a double Penis, wide mouths, and five apertures on each side instead of Gills; to be further distin∣guished by their having
      • Long snouts or prominencies; ‖ either in the fashion of a Saw: or in the figure of a Sword, being without those apertures on the side, common to the rest.
          2.
        • SAW-FISH.
        • *SWORD-FISH.
      • Rows of very sharp teeth; ‖ the Greater: or the Lesser.
          3.
        • *SHARKE.
        • GLAUCUS.
      • Lips rough like a File, but without teeth; ‖ the Greater: or the Lesser.
          4.
        • *HOUND-FISH.
        • SPOTTED HOUND-FISH.
      • Thorns on their backs; ‖ either joyning to the former part of the Finns: or obliquely crossing the rays of the finn.
          5.
        • *THORNBACK DOG.
        • HOG-FISH.
      • Page  133The aperture of their mouths, nearer to their noses then any of the other sorts of Dog-fish; and being spotted; ‖ either with large black spots: or with smaller spots.
          6.
        • GREATER DOG-FISH.*
        • LESSER DOG-FISH.
      • A head like the head of a Crutch, with the eyes at the ends of the transverse, growing to a vast bigness: or having a very long slen∣der tail.
          7.
        • ZYGAENA.
        • FOX.*
    • Common to salt and fresh water; having gills, but no teeth, their mouths being placed under their noses; ‖ either that whose body is penta∣gonous, having five rows of bonny lamins, not properly scales, four strings hanging before the mouth: or that which is more round.
        8.
      • STURGEON.*
      • HUSO.

II. VIVIPAROUS CARTILAGINEOUS FISH,* whose bodies are not long and round, may be distributed into such as are

  • Flat and broad; distinguishable by some peculiarity in their parts, as to
    • Length; of the
      • Tail; being either
        • Spinous; having a sharp serrated thorn on the tail counted vene∣mous; ‖ either that whose snout is less or more prominent.
            1.
          • PASTINACA.*
          • AQUILA.
        • Not spinous; ‖ either that whose back is smooth: or thorny.
            2.
          • FLARE.*
          • THORNBACK.
      • Snout; being sharp; ‖ either that whose body is shorter in propor∣tion to the breadth: or that whose body is longer.
          3.
        • RAIA OXYZYNCHOS, Maid.
        • SQUATINO-RAIA.
    • Breadth of the head; having a thick short tail in the fashion of a Bat∣tledore; ‖ either that which hath five purple spots on the back: or that which hath one round aperture for each gill, a vast mouth, with stringy substances on his head and back.
        4.
      • CRAMP-FISH
      • TOAD-FISH, Sea-divel.*
    • Situation of the mouth; which opens at the end of the snout, and not underneath, as the rest of this tribe, having a more oblong body, and a very rough skin, with finny substances, standing out from each side like wings.
        5.
      • SCATE, Angel-fish.*
  • Thick and short; ‖ either that which hath no tail, but resembles the head of a Fish cut off, with one tooth in each jaw, and one hole for each gill: or that which is of a reddish colour and spinous.
      6.
    • MOLE.*
    • LUMP.

Page  134*III. OVIPAROUS FISH, whose back FINNS are wholly soft and flexile, may be distinguished into such as have

  • Three such soft finns on their backs; namely the Cod-kind, which use to be preserved for humane food by salting; either the
    • Shorter and thicker; whether
      • Larger; ‖ either that which hath a kind of beard: or that of a black coloured back.
          1.
        • *COD FISH, Keeling.
        • COLE-FISH.
      • Lesser; ‖ either that which hath a black spot on either side: or that which is of a softer body, having very small scales, being the least of this kind.
          2.
        • *HADDOCK.
        • WHITING.
    • Longer and more slender; ‖ either that whose flesh when salted, looks yellow, and is more brittle: or that other of near resemblance to this, whose hinder finn seems to be two, by reason of its rising up higher in the further part, tho it be properly but one.
        3.
      • *LING.
      • HAAK, Poor Iohn.
  • Two soft flexile finns; either the
    • Bigger; whether the
      • Tunny kind; having very small scales, scarce discernable, with seve∣ral pinnulae both above and below, besides their finns, being of a shining blew on the back, and a silver colour on the belly and sides; the
        • Larger; ‖ either that which hath no streaks on the sides: or that which hath oblique transverse streaks from head to tail.
            4.
          • TUNNY.
          • *PELAMIS.
        • Lesser; having oblique transverse streaks more undulated.
            5.
          • MACKEREL.
      • *Flying fish; having large spotted finns like wings, with two long strong thorns behind the head: to which may be adjoined for its affinity in flying, that other Fish, which hath but one soft finn on the back, with large scales near his tail.
          6.
        • *KITE-FISH.
        • SWALLOW-FISH.
    • Least kind; distinguishable by their having
      • The lower pair of finns connected; ‖ latter having a shorter head, and more tumid jaws.
          7.
        • *SEA GUDGEON.
        • PAGANELLUS.
      • The rays of the former finn on the back, rising up much higher then the membrane which connects them; ‖ either that whose former pair of finns are connected: or that which hath a hole instead of gills, whose eyes stand more close together.
          8.
        • JOTO.
        • DRACUNCULUS.
      • Little black spots in the figure of Lozenges.
          9.
        • APHUA GOBITES.
  • Page  135One soft flexile finn; distinguishable by their
    • Being of the Herring kind; namely scaly, without teeth, of a bright silver colour on the belly, and a dark shining colour on the back, pre∣sently dying when taken out of the water, having generally a row of sharp prickles under the belly; whether the
      • Larger;
        • More common; being gregarious, swimming together in great multitudes; ‖ the greater: or the lesser.
            10.
          • HERRING, Sprat.*
          • PILCHARD.
        • Less common; being somewhat bigger and flatter then a Herring, with several black spots on the sides, coming up into Rivers.
            11.
          • SHAD.*
      • Lesser; ‖ either that which is more proper to salt water, being long and roundish, having the upper mandible much more produced then the other: or that which lives in Lakes, being of a broader figure then the former.
          12.
        • ANCHOVY.
        • CHALCIS Sarda.*
    • Being of the Horn-fish kind; having a longer slender body and a long snout; ‖ either that which is more known and common in Europe, ha∣ving one finn from the anus to the tail, and another opposite on the back, the vertebra or back-bone being of a green colour: or that which is here less common, belonging to the West-Indies, having no finn upon his tail.
        13.
      • NEEDLE FISH.
      • TOBACCO-PIPE-FISH.*
    • Having between the eyes two finn-like substances; and but two or three rays in the lower pair of finns, with a row of small teeth, and a fang at each end; ‖ either that which hath upon his back-finn a beautiful spot variegated with rundles; or that whose finn is of an unequal al∣titude.
        14.
      • BLENNUS.
      • SCORPIOIDES.
    • Wanting the lower pair of finns; ‖ of a deep figure, somewhat resembling that of a Turbut: or being of a red colour, with large scales, a great flat head, steep from the eyes to the snout.
        15.
      • STROMATEUS, Callicthys.
      • NOVACULA.
    • Having some sharp teeth; and several other round broad teeth in the palate, the tops of which are commonly sold for Toad-stones.
        16.
      • LUPUS MARINUS SCHONFELDII.
    • Breadth or depth downwards; ‖ either that which hath two long rays extending beyond the tail, one from the back, the other from the belly: or that which hath but one long ray, like a Bodkin, proceed∣ing from the fin on the back. Both exotic Fishes, described by Margravius.
        17.
      • PARU.
      • GUAPERUA.

Page  136*IV. OVIPAROUS FISH having two finns on the back, whereof the former is spinous and stiffe, and the other soft and flexile, may be di∣stinguished into the

  • Bigger kind; whose figure is
    • Shorter; distinguishable by their
      • Having small scales; being square towards the tail, which is forked: or else being of a more deep figure, with the rays of the fore-finn very low, the former of them pointing towards the head.
          1.
        • AMIA, Leccia Salviani.
        • GAUCUS.
      • Having the finns almost joyned; ‖ either that with a little short beard under the chin▪ being undulated obliquely from the back to the belly with blewish and yellow streaks: or that other of a near re∣semblance to this, only without a beard, and of a more black co∣lour.
          2.
        • CORACINUS.
        • UMBRA
    • Longer; having a large mouth, with sharp teeth; ‖ either that which is spotted when young, being very voracious: or that other of some resemblance to the former, having large scales, an obtuse angled mouth, with streaks of black and white from head to tail.
        3.
      • LUPUS.
      • *ENGLISH MULLET.
  • Lesser kind; whether such as are considerable for
    • Having two or three long prominences like fingers before their lower finns; great bonny heads, large broad finns, called the Gournet-kind, to be further distinguished by their
      • Colour; Red, or Grey.
          4
        • *RED GOURNET, Rochet.
        • GREY GOURNET.
      • Forked snouts; by reason of two flat prominencies resembling horns; ‖ either that of shorter: or that of longer horns, the latter of which is covered with large bonny scales, with eight rows of thorns, the body octangular, having but two fingers.
          5.
        • *〈◊〉-FISH, Piper.
        • LYRA ALTERA RONDELETII.
    • Being of a reddish colour; with two long prominencies from the lower jaw, esteemed delicate food; ‖ either the bigger, whose scales are larger and stick faster to the skin: or the lesser, whose scales are less, and apt to come off upon a touch.
        6.
      • TRUE MULLET.
      • *LESSER MULLET.
    • The length of their bodies; whether
      • Having the lower mandible longer then the other, the finns on the back being at a greater distance: or having the second finn on the back very small, with a wide mouth like that of a Serpent.
          7.
        • SPHYRAENA.
        • SAURUS.
      • Page  137Being of a flattish figure; with oblique transverse yellowish streaks, from the back to the belly, having the eyes very near the mouth: or being more roundish, somewhat of the colour and figure of Mackerel, only a row of prickles on each side make it to appear quadrangular.
          8.
        • WEAVER, Dragon-fish.*
        • TRACHURUS.
    • Wanting the lower pair of finns; or being of a reddish colour, without teeth, having the scales edged with short hairy filaments, which makes it rough to the touch.
        9.
      • CAPRISCUS.
      • APER.
    • Having a long slender snout; with a strong movable serrated thorn, belonging to the former finn on the back, inclining towards the tail with bonny substances instead of the lower finns, the finns on the back being nearer to the tail then in other Fish: or having a strong serrated horn standing upright on the head.
        10.
      • TRUMPET-FISH.*
      • MONOCEROS CLUSII.
    • Having the mouth and eyes reversed, looking upwards: or having a great head, very wide gills, and but three rayes in the lower pair of finns, the body being spotted.
        11.
      • URANOSCOPUS.
      • SCORPAENA.
    • Being of a deep figure, without scales, having on each side a broad black spot, and long bristles rising up above the rays of the finns.
        12.
      • DOREE, St. Peters fish.*

Page  138*V. OVIPAROUS FISH having one finn on the back, the rays of which are partly stiffe and spinous, and partly soft and flexile, may be di∣stinguished into such whose figure is more

  • Broad; or deep; whether
    • Europaean;
      • Bigger; distinguishable by their
        • COLOURS; whether
          • Gold colour between the eyes, having round sharp teeth, and for the most part a purple spot near the gills: or that which is of a like figure to the former, but only without this gold colour, being black about the tail.
              1.
            • *GILT-HEAD, Sea-bream.
            • SPARUS.
          • Streaked with yellow from head to tail; ‖ either that whose streaks are more obscure, being of a shorter body: or that whose streaks are more conspicuous, being of a longer body.
              2.
            • CANTHARUS.
            • SALPA.
          • Streaked with a dark colour, transverse the back; ‖ either that whose streaks are more obscure, being of a shorter broader fi∣gure, and having broad flat teeth: or that whose streaks are more conspicuous, being of a longer body.
              3.
            • SARGUS.
            • MORMYLUS.
          • Reddish; on the back and sides; ‖ either the greater, having a dark spot on each side near the head: or the lesser, being with∣out such a spot.
              4.
            • PAGRUS.
            • RUBELLIO.
        • Being somewhat more produced in their bodies then the others of this deep kind; ‖ either that which is black about the tail, having great eyes: or that of a reddish colour, with four re∣markable teeth in either jaw.
            5.
          • MELANURUS.
          • DENTEX.
        • Having the finn on the back so low in the middle, that it seems two, with great heads full of prickles, counted venemous; ‖ ei∣ther the greater, of a reddish colour: or the lesser.
            6.
          • *GREATER SCORPION-FISH.
          • LESSER SCORPION-FISH.
      • Least of these deep fishes, of a dark colour, with large scales, and long streaks from head to tail.
          7.
        • CHROMIS.
    • Indian; described by Margravius; ‖ either that of a forked tail, ha∣ving two prickles on the cover of each gill: or that which hath broad spots on either side.
        8.
      • JAGURACA.
      • ACARA.
  • Page  139Long; distinguishable by
    • Variety and beauty of colours; ‖ either the Greater, of which there are several kinds, the most beautiful of which, is called Pavo, the more dark, Merula: or the Lesser.
        9.
      • SEA-THRUSH.*
      • JULIS.
    • Dark broad streaks; crossing the back; considerable for ha∣ving
      • Heads variegated with red and blew; ‖ either the Greater: or the Lesser, having a black spot in the middle of the finn on his back.
          10.
        • SEA PERCH.*
        • SACHETTUS.
      • The lower jaw longer then the upper; ‖ either that which is with∣out prickles: or that which hath two prickles on the cover of the gills.
          11.
        • PHYCIS.
        • CHAUNA.
      • A broad black spot on either side; or very great eyes in proportion to the body.
          12.
        • MAENAS.
        • BOOPS.

Page  140VI. OVIPAROUS FISH OF AN OBLONG FIGURE, being generally without scales,* having slimy skins, apt to bend and twist with their bodies more then other Fish, may be distributed into such as are

  • Europaean; being either
    • Proper to Sea-water;
      • Longer;
        • Round; whether
          • More thick; ‖ either that which hath but one pair of swimming finns, and two little horns: or that which hath no swimming finns, with four little horns, and a sharp snout, the skin varie∣gated with yellow.
              1.
            • *CONGER.
            • MURAENA.
          • More slender; ‖ either that which grows to a very great length, having a wider and longer mouth then an Eel, the finn not reaching the tail, which is round and not flat: or that which hath one continued finn as Eeles, with four stringy promi∣nencies from the lower mandible, less round and long then the former.
              2.
            • *SEA SERPENT.
            • OPHIDION PLINII.
        • Flat; like a Ribbon or Fillet; ‖ either the bigger of a reddish co∣lour, having two pair of finns: or the lesser, whose flesh is tran∣sparent, and the finn on the belly thrice as deep as that on the back, having but one pair of fins.
            3.
          • TAENIA MAJOR.
          • TAENIA MINOR.
      • Shorter; ‖ either that with two finns on the back, with a kind of beard, and instead of the lower pair of finns, having two long strin∣gy substances cleft at the ends: or that which is of a smaller mag∣nitude, having one pair of swimming finns, with a forked tail, to which the back finn is extended.
          4.
        • TINCA MARINA.
        • SAND-EELS.
    • Common to salt and fresh water; having a round aperture for the mouth, with which they suck their nourishment, and seven holes on each side instead of gills, being Cartilagineous, without swimming finns; ‖ either the Greater: or the Lesser.
        5.
      • *LAMPREY.
      • LAMPERN.
    • Proper to fresh water; considerable for having.
      • Two pair of finns; ‖ either that which is the biggest of this tribe, having two very long strings from the upper jaw, and four shorter from the lower jaw, onely one small finn upon the back, and a long one under the belly: or that which is shorter and thicker then an Eel, with a short beard from his lower mandible, having two finns on the back, the hinder finn on the back and that un∣der the belly, not being contiguous to the tail, variegated in the co∣lour.
          6.
        • *SHEAT FISH, River whale.
        • EEL POUT.
      • Page  141One pair of finns;
          7.
        • EEL.*
      • Indian; described by Imperatus; ‖ either that with two long horns reversed over the back: or that which hath a flatness on his head and part of his back, in which there are divers transverse rimulae or chinks.
          8.
        • SPADA MARINA.
        • REMORA IMPERATI.

VII. PLAIN or flat FISH, being oviparous and bonny,* both whose eyes are on the same side of the flat, and the mouth transverse, swimming broadwise, are either

  • Oblong; and squamous;
    • Greater; having the mouth on the right side of the eyes; ‖ either that which is not spotted: or that which is spotted.
        1.
      • COMMON SOLE.*
      • SPOTTED SOLE.
    • Lesser; having the mouth on the left side of the eyes, having bigger scales.
        2.
      • POLE.*
  • Quadrate;
    • Greater; ‖ either that of a grey marble colour, spinous, having the eyes on the right side: or that which hath the eyes on the left side, being the biggest of this Tribe.
        3.
      • TURBUT.*
      • HALIBUT.
    • Middle kind; being of a dark grey, and full of small asperities.
        4.
      • BRETT.
    • Lesser kind; ‖ either that of a sandy reddish colour, without scales or asperities, having the eyes on the left side: or that which is reddish, squamous, and with black spots.
        5.
      • PLAIS.*
      • FLOUNDER, Fluke.

Page  142VIII. FISHES OF A HARD CRUSTACEOUS SKIN, may be di∣stributed into such as are for the figure of them,* either

  • Sphaerical; having two broad teeth like those of men; whether
    • Without thorns; ‖ either that which hath a more prominent mouth, and a bonny breast: or that which is encompassed with very short hairs, close set.
        1.
      • ORBIS SCUTATUS, Globe-fish.
      • ORBIS HIRSUTUS.
    • With thorns; or prickles; ‖ either streight: or hooked.
        2.
      • ORBIS MURICATUS.
      • ORBIS ECHINATUS.
  • Angular; whether such as are more
    • Perfect; either
      • Triangular; being variegated with angular figures on the body; ‖ ei∣ther that which is without horns: or with horns.
          3.
        • *TRIANGULAR FISH.
        • TRIANGULAR FISH HORNED.
      • Pentagonal; or of a five angled figure, encompassed with pentagonal bonny scales.
          4.
        • HOLOSTEUS.
    • Imperfect; for which reason they are by some reckoned amongst In∣sects, having tubes, with a kind of valve, instead of mouths; ‖ either that which is more oblong, of an Hexangular figure to the end of the finn on the back, and after quadrangular: or that whose body is of an Heptan∣gular figure in the former part, and quadrangular in the hinder part, be∣ing spinous, the head having some resemblance to that of a Horse.
        5.
      • ACUS ARISTOTELIS.
      • HIPPOCAMPUS.
  • RADIATE; in the form of the Rays of a Starr.
      6.
    • *STARR-FISH.

*IX. SQUAMOUS RIVER FISH, may be distributed into such as are either

  • Bigger; whether
    • Voracious; whose scales are set together either
      • More loose; being generally bigger, such as have on their backs
        • One finn; placed near the tail, with wide mouths, and sharp long teeth, every other of which is moveable.
            1.
          • PIKE, Iack, Pickerel.
        • *Two finns; the hindermost of which is small, fleshy and without rays, having generally teeth, which may be stiled the Trout-kind, com∣prehending such as are
          • Common to fresh and salt water; ‖ either the biggest, of a reddish flesh: or the least, of a white flesh, and violaceous smell.
              2.
            • *SALMON.
            • SMELT.
          • Proper to fresh water; whether
            • Spotted; the Greater: or the Lesser, living in Lakes.
                3.
              • TROUT.
              • *CHARR.
            • Not spotted; considerable for being
              • More round; ‖ either that which is streaked from head to tail, having the finn on the back bigger and broader then in Trouts: or that having a long snout.
                  4.
                • *GRAYLING.
                • UMBER.
              • Page  143More broad; and compressed, of a small mouth, without teeth; the Greater, somewhat like a Herring: or the Lesser.
                  5.
                • FARRA.
                • LAVARETTUS.
      • More close; and compact; being generally less scales in proportion then the others, having a wide mouth, without teeth, but asperities analogous to teeth, comprehending the Perch-kind, of which in sundry Countries there are several varieties, distinguishable by their bigness or little∣ness, thickness or slenderness. But the two principal kinds to which the others may be reduced, are ‖ either such as have two finns on the back, the first spinous, and the other soft, with transverse black streaks on the side, being commonly the bigger: or but one finn, which is partly spinous, and partly soft, being of a yellowish colour, and commonly lesser.*
          6.
        • PERCH.
        • RUFFE.
    • Not voracious; comprehending the Carp-kind, wch have one finn on the back, no teeth in their mouth, but only in the orifice of their stomacks, o∣ver which teeth there is a kind of stone or bone, for the most part of a triangular figure, by affriction against which, they grind their food; whether the
      • Bigger; comprehending such as delight more in
        • Standing waters; ‖ either that whose scales are larger, and more loose, the first ray of the finn being strong and serrate, having four stringy prominencies from the upper lip: or that whose scales are less and more compact, being very slimy, of a greenish colour, the lower pair of finns in the male being more thick and fleshy.
            7.
          • CARPE.*
          • TENCH.
        • Running waters; whether such as are more
          • Thick and round; ‖ either that which hath four stringy prominen∣cies resembling a beard: or that which hath a great head.
              8.
            • BARBLE.*
            • CHUB, Chevin.
          • Broad and deep; ‖ either the most broad: or that which is less broad, having commonly red eyes and finns.
              9.
            • BREAM.*
            • ROCHE.
      • Lesser; floating usually towards the top of the water; ‖ either that which is more thick, of some resemblance to a little Chub: or that which is more compressed and thin,*
          10.
        • DARE, Dace.
        • BLEAK, Blea.
  • Least kind of River Fishes; whether such as live more towards the
    • Lower parts of the water; near the ground; either such as have on the back
      • One finn; with a kind of beard on the mouth; ‖ the greater: or the lesser.
          11.
        • GUDGEON.*
        • LOACH, Groundling.
      • Two finns; with a large broad head.
          12.
        • BULL-HEAD, Millers-Thumb, Gull.*
    • Vpper parts of the water; or near banks; ‖ either that which hath but one finn on the back, being smooth: or that which hath two finns, be∣ing prickly, having three strong prickles on either side, and a kind of Armature consisting of four or five Laminae
        13.
      • MINNOW.*
      • BANSTICLE, Stickleback.

Page  144

Of Birds.

BIRDS may be distinguished by their usual place of living, their food, bigness,* shape, use and other qualities, into

  • Terrestrial; living chiefly on dry land; whether
    • CARNIVOROUS; feeding chiefly on Flesh. I.
    • PHYTIVOROUS; feeding on Vegetables; whether
      • Of short round wings; less fit for flight. II.
      • Of long wings; and swifter flight; having their Bills; either more
        • LONG AND SLENDER; comprehending the Pidgeon and Thrush-kind. III.
        • SHORT AND THICK; comprehending the Bunting and Spar∣row-kind. IV.
    • Insectivorous; feeding chiefly on Insects; (tho several of them do likewise sometimes feed on Seeds) having slender streight bills to thrust into holes, for the pecking out of Insects; whether the
      • GREATER KIND. V.
      • LEAST KIND. VI.
  • Aquatic; living either
    • About and NEAR WATERY PLACES. VII.
    • In waters; whether
      • FISSIPEDES; having the toes of their feet divided. VIII.
      • PALMIPEDES; having the toes of their feet united by a mem∣brane. IX.

*I. CARNIVOROUS BIRDS, may be distinguished into such as are either

  • Rapacious; living upon the prey of other Animals, having hooked beaks and talons, amongst which the females are generally more large strong and fierce.
    • Diurnal; preying in the day time.
      • The bigger and stronger kind; noted either for quick Sight, or Sent; the latter of which is by Gesner distinguished from the former, that the beak of it, doth not grow crooked immediately from the root, but only at the end or tip of it.
          1.
        • EAGLE.
        • *VULTUR.
      • The middle kind; being either made use of and trained up by Men for the catching of other Birds, of which there are great varieties, distinguishable by their manner of flight, bigness, shape, the Birds they prey upon, &c. or such others as are of near affinity to these, but not commonly used to this purpose.
          2.
        • *HAWK.
        • KITE, Buzzard, Glede,
      • Page  145The least kind; the former having prominent nostrils, being well known by his voice: the other with a processus on the outside of the upper mandible.
          3.
        • CUCKOO.*
        • BUTCHER BIRD.
    • Nocturnal; preying in the night, having broad faces, and great eyes; ‖ of which, some have tufts of feathers standing out like long ears, or horns: others being without such tufts.
        4.
      • OWL HORNED.*
      • OWL NOT HORNED.
  • Semirapacious; feeding commonly either on Carrion, or other things, and more seldome on living Animals.
    • The Crow-kind; having a bill somewhat large and strait; ‖ amongst which, those that are most common with us, are of a deep black co∣lour, in their bodies
      • The bigger kind; Greater: or Less.
          5.
        • RAVEN.*
        • CROW.
      • The lesser kind; having a mixture of dark brown with black: or be∣ing wholly black on the body, with red bill and legs.
          6.
        • DAW.
        • CHOUGH.*
    • The Parret-kind; of hooked bills, having two toes before, and two behind, considerable for the variety of beautiful colours, and the imitation of speech; ‖ the Greater: or the Less.
        7.
      • PARRET.*
      • PARAQUETO.
    • The Py-kind; of a chattering voice, having many notes; ‖ either pyed with black and white, with a long train: or having some of the smal∣ler feathers on each wing, variegated with blew and black.
        8.
      • MAGPY, Py.
      • JAY.*
    • The Woodpecker-kind; climbing upon trees and walls, in order to which they are furnished with strong feathers in their train, to sup∣port them in climbing and pecking; ‖ of which there are various species, reducible to these two kinds; such as have a very long tongue, with two claws behind and two before: or such as have shorter tongues, and but one toe behind.
        9.
      • WOODPECKER OF LONG TONGUES.
      • WOODPECKER OF SHORTER TONGUES.*

Page  146That kind of Eagle, which is

  • Of a dark yellow colour, having legs feathered down to the foot called. Chrysaetos.
  • Black all over, excepting a white spot between the shoulders on the back. called. Melanaetus.
  • With a ring of white on his tail. called. Pygargus.
  • *Feeding on Fish. called. Ossifragus.

That kind of Vulture noted for

  • *Having his head and part of neck bare of feathers called Bald Vulture.
  • *Being of a Chesnut colour, and feathered down to the toes. called Chesnut colou∣red Vulture.
  • *Being of a yellowish colour, very great, having some of the feathers of the wing, three foot long. called Golden Vulture.

Hawks are usually distinguished into such are

  • Short winged; having their wings considerably shorter then their trains, of which there are usually reckoned three kinds.
    • *The biggest of this kind called Fem. Goshawk, Male Tarcell.
    • The lesser of this kind; either ha∣ving
      • Transverse streaks of yellow.
      • Oblong streaks.
      called F. Sparrowhawk, M. Musket. Kestril.
  • Long winged; having their wings equal to, if not longer then their trains, of which there are usually reckoned these six kinds, noted for
    • *A whitish colour, but spotted on the back with black spots. called F. Gerfalcon, M. Ierkin.
    • *Having a fastigiated or rising head, being of an ash colour. called Mountain Falcon.
    • *A thick head and flat, a short neck, and striking with the breast. called F. Falcon, M. Tarcel.
    • *Having a blewish bill and legs. called F. Lanner, M. Lanneret.
    • *Having a white spot behind his eyes on each side. called Hobby.
    • *Being the least of all Hawks. called F. Merlin, M. Iack-Merlin.

Kites may be distinguished into such as are noted for

  • *Having a very forked Train. called Common Kite.
  • *Being or seeming bald on the head, having a round train, feeding on young Rabbets. called Common Buzzard.
    • *Feeding on Fish. called Bald Buzzard.
  • *Being of a white or ash colour, with a white streak on the Train. called Ring-tail.

Lanius or Butcher bird, is of three several kinds, noted either for being

  • Of a reddish colour on the back, the most common somewhat bigger then a Spar∣row. called Lanius vulgaris.
  • Particoloured, of the same bigness with the former. called
  • Ash-coloured, about the bigness of a Black-bird. called Lanius cinereus major.

Owls horned are of three kinds, namely such as are noted for being

  • Of the bigness of an Eagle, feathered down to the toes. called Bubo.
  • Of the bigness of a tame Dove. called Otus, Asio.
  • Of the bigness of a Missle bird, with a single feather on each side for a horn. called Scops.

Page  147Owls not horned, are of five kinds, namely such as are noted for

  • Having a border of feathers about the face, the legs feathered and toes hairy, about the bigness of a Pidgeon. called Our common white
  • Having a ring of white feathers about each eye, a white bill, hairy legs and feet.* called Owl, living in Barns.*
  • Being of a darker colour, living in Ivy-bushes. called Our common field Owl.*
  • Being like a Cuckoo, having a short small bill, but a wide mouth. called Goat-sucker.
  • Being the least of all, not bigger then a Black-bird. called Noctua.

Crows are usually distinguished into three kinds, namely that which is

  • Carnivorous. called Crow.
  • Frugivorous, of a black colour; gregarious, building their nests together. called Rook.*
  • Frugivorous, party coloured; black and cinereous. called Roiston Crow.*

To the Py-kind, those other birds may be reduced which are noted for having

  • The wings and head of a bright azure. called Roller Argentoratensis.
  • A dark colour spotted with white. called Caryocatastes.
  • A tuft of feathers on his head. called Garrulus Bohemicus.
  • A bill bigger then his whole body. called Toucan.
  • A large bill, with a kind of horn reversed upon the bill. called Rhinoceros.
  • Two long strings like the small naked stemm of a feather reaching from the back beyond the train, and strong legs and claws. called Bird of Paradise.*

These three last exotic Birds are not perhaps so proper to this tribe, but I know not at present how to reduce them better.

To the first sort of the Woodpecker-kind, those Birds may be reduced which are noted for

  • Being Greater; of a
    • Greenish colour, and a black spot on the head of the male. called Woodspite.*
    • Black colour, excepting a red spot upon the head of the Cock. called Hickwall.*
  • Being of a lesser magnitude, about the bigness of a Black-bird, variegated with black and white, with a red spot on the head of the Cock. called Witwall, Hiho.*
  • Holding the head on one side, somewhat bigger then a Sparrow, of a brownish colour. called Wry-neck.*

To the second sort of the Woodpecker-kind, those other Birds may be re∣duced, which are noted for

  • An Ash colour, being about the bigness of a Sparrow. called Nuthatch.*
  • A long slender bill, being about the bigness of a Sparrow. called Wall-creeper.*
  • A long slender bill, being a little bigger then a Wren. called Ox-eye-creeper▪*
  • Being about the same colour and bigness as a Lark, and noted for climbing upon Reeds. called Reed-Sparrow.*
  • A greenish colour, and less. called Lesser Reed-Sparrow.*

Page  148*II. PHYTIVOROUS BIRDS OF SHORT WINGS, less fit for flight; may be distinguished into such as are

  • Flying; such as can bear up their bodies (tho with some difficulty) by the motion of their wings, for some considerable time and space, ha∣ving generally shorter bills, being pulveratricious, of whitish flesh, most proper for food, having gizzards (i. e.) strong musculous stomacks, lay∣ing many Eggs, called the Poultry-kind.
    • Domestic;
        1.
      • The most common; having the train compressed upwards. COCK,*Hen, Capon, Chicken, Pullet, Poultry.
      • Less common; having an elegant train, which is sometimes turned up and spread, and spurs on the legs; ‖ either that whose colours are more elegant and beautiful, having a tuft on the head: or that which is less beautiful.
          2.
        • *PEACOCK.
        • TURKY.
    • Wild; either the
      • Bigger kind;
        • Living chiefly in woods; the former being distinguishable by ha∣ving a long train wherein the feathers do gradually increase to∣wards the middle: the other, by being feathered on the legs.
            3.
          • PHEASANT.
          • *ATTAGEN
        • Living in open fields; having no heel or back-claw; ‖ either the greater, being about the bigness of a Turky: or the less, being about the bigness of a Pheasant.
            4.
          • *BUSTARD.
          • ANAS CAMPESTRIS BELLONII.
        • Being serrate on each side of the claws, and hairy to the toes; ‖ either the bigger, feeding usually on fine leaves: or the less, feeding on Heath, of a black colour, the feathers of the train reversed sidewayes.
            5.
          • *COCK OF THE WOOD.
          • HEATH COCK, Grous, Pout.
      • Middle kind; of a short train, to be further distinguished by their
        • Reddish Breasts; with the figure of a Horshooe: or having a red bill and legs.
            6.
          • *PARTRIDGE.
          • RED PARTRIDGE.
        • Hairy legs; ‖ either that which hath a black spot under the bill: or that which is wholly white excepting some black on the train, be∣ing hairy to the very nails or claws, living on the Alps.
            7.
          • *HAZLE HEN.
          • LAGOPUS.
      • Least poultry-kind; ‖ either that which hath a short train, a small back toe: or that which is of a deep body compressed upwards, ha∣ving longer legs, with a bill more like a Water-hen.
          8.
        • QUAILE.
        • *RAILE.
  • Not flying; being the biggest of all Birds; the one having only two, and the other three claws.
      9.
    • *ESTRICH.
    • CASSAWARE, Emew.

Page  149III. PHYTIVOROUS BIRDS OF LONG WINGS,* and swifter flight, having their bills more long and slender, may be distinguished into the

  • Pidgeon-kind; laying but two Eggs. The
    • Bigger; whether the most common and domestic, of great variety of colours, living in houses: or that which lives in woods, of an ash co∣lour, having a ring of white about the neck
        1
      • PIDGEON, Dove.*
      • RING-DOVE, Queest.
    • Lesser; ‖ either that which hath a reddish breast: or that which is ge∣nerally marked on each side of the neck with azure and black, except some that are wholly white, being the least of this kind.
        2.
      • STOCK-DOVE.
      • TURTLE.*
  • Thrush-kind; of a lesser magnitude then Pidgeons, and longer trains in pro∣portion to their wings, laying more Eggs then two, being generally bacci∣vorous.
    • Speckled on the breast;
      • Canorous; considerable for having the bill
        • More round; being of a dunnish green on the back, feeding on Missle berries; ‖ the Greater: or the Lesser.
            3.
          • MISSLE-BIRD, Shreight.
          • THRUSH, Throstle, Mavis, Song-Thrush.*
        • More flat; spotted either with whitish, or reddish spots: the latter of which hath likewise a reddish tail
            4.
          • STARE, Starling.
          • MERULA SAXATILIS, Ruticilla major.*
      • Not Canorous; being Birds of passage, coming only in Winter; the Greater: or the Lesser.
          5.
        • FELDEFARE.*
        • REDWING, Swinepipe.
    • Not speckled on the breast;
      • Less beautiful for their colours;
        • Canorous; ‖ either that which is more black, with yellow bills and legs: or less black, having some dark shining blew on the back, being somewhat waved on the breast.
            6.
          • BLACKBIRD.
          • PASSER SOLITARIUS.*
        • Not canorous; ‖ either that which hath on the breast an Area of white: or that which is of an ash colour.
            7.
          • MERULA TORQUATA.
          • MERULA MONTANA.
      • More beautiful for their colours;
        • The Greater; ‖ either that which hath a reddish bill, the wings and train black, the rest of the body bright yellow: or that which hath a long black bill, a long crest of feathers upon the head, tipped with black, with transverse streaks of black and white upon the wings.
            8.
          • GALBULA.
          • HOOP.
        • The Lesser;* having the three foremost toes joyned together to the first joynt, without any membrane, the outmost and middle toe, to the second joynt; ‖ either the bigger, having a Bill somewhat crooked:*the lesser, having a strait strong bill.
            9.
          • BEE-EATER.
          • KING-FISHER, Alcyon.

Page  150*IV. PHYTIVOROUS BIRDS OF SHORT, THICK, strong BILLS, being generally Granivorous, may be distinguished into such as do belong either to the

  • Bunting-kind; having a hard knob in the pallate of the mouth.
    • The bigger; being Canorous.
        1.
      • *BUNTING.
    • The Lesser; not esteemed for singing; ‖ either that of a yellowish bo∣dy: or that which is yellow about the throat.
        2.
      • *YELLOW-HAMMER.
      • HORTULANE.
  • Sparrow-kind; without such a knob in the mouth.
    • Not canorous;
      • The more common and lesser kind; living either about houses: or in mountains, having a reddish head.
          3.
        • *SPARROW.
        • MOUNTAIN SPARROW.
      • The less common and greater kind; with a bigger stronger bill then the other, to break the stones of fruits for their kernels; ‖ either that without a crest: or that with one.
          4.
        • COCOTHRAUSTES.
        • COCOTHRAUSTES CRISTATUS INDICUS.
    • Canorous;
      • Bigger; ‖ either that with a great head and a red breast: or that with a cross bill, the upper and lower part crossing each other towards the middle, said to sing in Winter
          5.
        • *BULL-FINCH, Alpe, Nope.
        • SHELL-APPLE, Cross-bill.
      • Lesser; considerable for their different colours; being either
        • Greenish; the Bigger: or Lesser.
            6.
          • *GREENFINCH.
          • CANARY BIRD.
        • Brownish;
          • The Bigger; ‖ either that whose breast is of a dilutered: or that which is variegated with black on the head.
              7.
            • *CHAFFINCH.
            • BRAMBLE, Brambling.
          • The Lesser; not red about the bill: or red about the bill.
              8.
            • *LINNET.
            • RED LINNET.

Page  151V. INSECTIVOROUS the GREATER,* may be distinguished in∣to such as are of

  • Swifter flight; comprehending the Swallow-kind, of long wings, fork∣ed trains, short legs, being much upon the wing, Birds of passage, coming in Summer.
    • The greater; building in Chymneys, variegated with black and white, having a red spot on the breast: or building in Churches, of a black∣ish colour, very short feet, the biggest of this kind.
        1.
      • SWALLOW.*
      • SWIFT, Martlet, Church-Martin.
    • The lesser; building about houses, of a white rump, and feathered down to the toes: or building in banks, with a broad spot on the breast.
        2.
      • MARTIN.*
      • SAND-MARTIN, Shore-bird.
  • Slower flight;
    • Canorous; considerable for
      • Singing in the night; being of a dark reddish colour.
          3.
        • NIGHTINGALE.*
      • Having a long heel; the greater: or the less, living in watery places.
          4.
        • LARK.*
        • TIT-LARK.
      • Having a red breast; or a red train.
          5.
        • ROBIN REDBREAST, Ruddock.*
        • REDSTART.
    • Not Canorous; considerable for
      • The delicacy and fatness of their flesh; ‖ living either amongst Figs, of which there are several varieties, the most common and best known, being from his black head called Atricapilla: or living in holes of the ground, and having a white rump.
          3.
        • BECCAFIGO.*
        • WHEAT-EAR.
      • Having a long train, and frequently moving it; ‖ either the more common one, which is black and white: or that which is less com∣mon, of a yellow colour.
          7.
        • WAGTAIL.*
        • YELLOW WAGTAIL.
      • Living; ‖ either upon stony places or open Heaths: or that which creeps in hedges, having the back like that of a common Sparrow, the breast of a Lead colour, with a black bill.
          4.
        • STONE SMICH.*
        • HEDGE SPARROW.

Page  152*VI. The LEAST kind of INSECTIVOROUS BIRDS, may be di∣stributed into such as are

  • Canorous; whether of a
    • Greenish colour in the body; to be further distinguished by the colour of the
      • Head; ‖ either that of a black: or that of a yellow head.
          1
        • LIGURINUS.
        • SERINUS.
      • Neck; being of an ash colour.
          2.
        • CITRINELLA.
    • Brownish colour; and spotted, the train more erect.
        3.
      • *WREN.
  • Not Canorous; being either
    • Greenish; considerable for
      • Having a tuft of yellow, or red feathers upon the head: or being in other respects of the same shape with this, but only wanting such a tuft.
          4.
        • REGULUS CRISTATUS.
        • REGULUS NON CRISTATUS.
      • Making a humming noise; of which there are several varieties not yet sufficiently described.
          5.
        • HUMMING BIRD.
    • *Variegated with black and white;
      • The bigger; with a broad black spot down the breast;
          6.
        • *GREAT TITMOUSE.
      • The lesser; considerable for having
        • A blewish head: or a black head.
            7.
          • *TITMOUSE.
          • COLEMOUSE.
        • A long train: or a Tuft on the head.
            8.
          • *LONG TAILED TIT.
          • CRESTED TIT.

Page  153VII. AQUATIC BIRDS living about and NEAR WET PLACES,* having longer legs, and long slender bills for their more convenient going and fetching up their food in such places, may be distinguished into

  • The Plover-kind; whose bills are about one inch and a quarter long.
    • The bigger; having
      • A tuft on the head; being in the body and wings of a dark and white colour.
          1.
        • LAPWING, Puet.
      • No tuft; ‖ either that of a greenish colour, wanting a back claw:* or that of a grey colour with a very small back claw.
          2.
        • GREEN PLOVER.*
        • GREY PLOVER.
    • The lesser; being without any back claw: ‖ either that of a greyish colour, caught by imitation: or that which hath a black fillet about the eyes, and a forked train.
        3.
      • DOTTEREL.
      • SEA LARK.*
  • The Redshank-kind; whose bills are about two inches long.
    • The bigger; considerable for
      • Having a red bill and legs: or for having a kind of ruffe about the neck of the males, of great variety of colours, being pugnacious.
          4.
        • REDSHANK.*
        • RUFFE.
      • Being mixed of black and white; ‖ whether the greater, having transverse streaks of black and white on the train: or the lesser, ha∣ving only the exterior feathers of the train white.
          5.
        • TRINGA MAJOR.
        • TRINGA MINOR.
    • The lesser; having white bellies; ‖ either that whose back is grey: or that of a dark brown colour.
        6.
      • KNOT.
      • STINT.
  • The Woodcock-kind; whose bills are about three inches long; whether having
    • Strait bills;
      • Frequenting fresh waters; of a fulvous colour spotted; ‖ the greater: or the less; the male of which latter is much less, and of a shorter bill then the female.
          7.
        • WOODCOCK.
        • SNIPE.*
      • Frequenting salt waters; ‖ either that of a black and white colour, with red bill and legs, wanting a Postica: or that of a grey colour, having a Postica.
          8.
        • SEA PY▪
        • GODWIT.*
    • Crooked bills; ‖ either that of a grey colour: or that whose feathers are of an elegant scarlet, excepting the wings, which are black.
        9.
      • CURLEW.
      • GUARA BRASILEANA.*

Page  154*VIII. AQUATIC BIRDS, living much in the water, being FISSI∣PEDES, ‖ may be distinguished into such as are,

  • Not swimming; but wading; comprehending the Crane-kind, having long necks and legs, long and strong bills; whether
    • Sharp pointed bills; either such whose necks are
      • Longer; considerable for
        • Building in Fenny places; being hairy on the head, having the wind-pipe reversed in the form of the Letter S, and being Herbivo∣rous: or building on Houses and Chymneys, of a black and white colour, with red legs and bill, making a noise by the collision of the beak▪ being Piscivorous.
            1.
          • *CRANE.
          • *STORK.
        • Having a thicker bill; somewhat crooked and shorter then the o∣thers of this tribe, with scarlet coloured wings; or having a tuft of bristles on the head.
            2.
          • PHAENICOPTER.
          • GRUS BALEARICA.
        • Being of an ash colour, having a tuft of feathers standing out behind the head, building on trees; being Piscivorous, with one blind gut; ‖ either the greater: or the lesser.
            3.
          • HEARN.
          • *ARDEA CINEREA MINOR.
        • Being of a white colour; in other respects like the former; the greater: or the lesser.
            4.
          • *GREATER WHITE HEARN.
          • LESSER WHITE HEARN.
      • Shorter neck; ‖ either that which is fulvous and spotted, being Pisci∣vorous, having one blind gut: or that which is white with a red bill.
          5.
        • *BITTOUR.
        • BRASILEAN BITTOUR.
    • Broad and round pointed bill; like a Spoon, Piscivorous, of a white colour.
        6.
      • *SHOVELAR, Spoon-bill.
  • Swimming; either
    • The Diving-kind; being much under water, and finn-footed, viz. with a membrane standing off on each side of the toes, having downy feathers, and wanting a train; ‖ either the greater, having a longer bill: or the lesser, having a shorter bill.
        7.
      • *GREAT DIDAPPER, Dabehick.
      • LITTLE DIDAPPER.
    • The More-hen-kind; whose bodies are somewhat compressed side∣wayes; whether
      • Finn-footed; having a membrane of Scollopt edges on each side of the toes, a bald head, being of a black colour.
          8.
        • *COOT.
      • Not finn-footed; ‖ either the greater, which hath a little red baldness: or the lesser, having a long red bill.
          9.
        • MOOR-HEN, Water-hen.
        • *GALLINULA SERICA,

Page  155IX. AQUATIC PALMIPEDE Birds,* whose toes are joyned together with a membrane, may be distinguished into such whose bills are either

  • Flat and blunt; being Herbivorous.
    • The greater; ‖ either the biggest of a white colour, having black legs: or the lesser, the males of which are commonly white.
        1.
      • SWAN, Cygnet.
      • GOOSE, Gander, Gosling.*
    • The middle kind; ‖ either the bigger, of a beautiful colour, the head of a dark green, the body white, with large spots of orange colour: or the lesser, having reddish legs.
        2.
      • SHELDRAKE.
      • DRAKE, Duck
    • The least kind; ‖ either the bigger,* having the bill and legs of a lead colour: or the lesser, being from the eyes to the hinder part of the head of a greenish colour.
        3.
      • WIDGIN.
      • TEALE.*
  • Sharp; being generally Piscivorous.
    • The Solan-goose kind; having the four toes joyned together; ‖ whether
      • White; ‖ either that which hath a long bill, hooked at the end, laying but one Egg: or having a great bag under the bill.
          4.
        • SOLAN-GOOSE.
        • PELLICAN.*
      • Black; the greater, used for catching of Fish: or the lesser.
          5.
        • CORMORANT.*
        • SHAGG.
    • The Puffin-kind; frequenting desart Islands, wanting a postica, going upright, laying but one Egg; whether such as build their nests
      • Within the ground; in holes; ‖ either that which is more common in Europe, having the top of the head, the back, wings and train of a black colour, the rest white, the bill somewhat compressed upwards, short, of a triangular figure, and red at the point: to which may be adjoyned that American Bird, of a like shape to this, but bigger.
          6.
        • PUFFIN.
        • PENGUIN.*
      • On the ground; chiefly rocky places, making their nests together; ‖ either that with a compressed black bill, hooked at the end, having a white line on either side: or that of a longer bill, less sharp, not hooked.
          7.
        • RAZOR-BILL.
        • GUILLAM.*
    • The Diving-kind; being much under water, having round serrate bills, hooked at the end; ‖ either that which is variegated with black and white: or that which is of a cinereous colour on the back, with a red head, and a tuft upon it.
        8.
      • DIVER.*
      • DUNN DIVER.
    • The Gull kind, being much upon the wing as Swallows, commonly of an ash colour; ‖ either the bigger: or the lesser, having red bill and legs, with a forked train.
        9.
      • GULL, Sea-mew.*
      • SEA SWALLOW, Sray.

Page  156Besides the common sort of Swans, there is a wild kind, called Hooper, having the wind-pipe going down to the bottom of the breast-bone, and then reversed upwards in the figure of the Letter S.

Besides the common Goose, there are several sorts of wild ones, whereof one is black from the breast to the middle of the belly, called Brant Goose, Bernicla, or Brenta.

To the Widgeon-kind may be reduced that other fowl, about the same bigness, the two middle feathers of whose train do extend to a great length, called Sea-Pheasant, Anas cauda acuta.

To the Teal-kind should be reduced that other fowl, of the like shape and bigness, but being white where the other is green, called Gargane.

To the Gull-kind, doth belong that other Bird, of a long slender bill bending upwards, called Avogetta recurvi-rostra.

Of Beasts.

BEASTS, may be distinguished by their several shapes, properties, uses, food,* their tameness or wildness, &c. into such as are either

  • Viviparous; producing living young.
    • WHOLE FOOTED, the soles of whose feet are undivided, being used chiefly for Carriage. I.
    • CLOVEN FOOTED. II.
    • Clawed, or multifidous; the end of whose feet is branched out into toes; whether
      • NOT RAPACIOUS. III.
      • RAPACIOUS; living upon the prey of other Animals; having generally six short pointed incisores, or cutting teeth, and two long fangs to hold their prey; whether the
        • CAT-KIND; having a roundish head. IV.
        • DOG-KIND; whose heads are more oblong. V.
  • OVIPAROUS; breeding Eggs. VI.

I. WHOLE FOOTED BEASTS,* may be distinguished into such as are either of

  • Solid hard hoofs; considerable for
    • Swiftness and comeliness; being used for riding.
        1.
      • HORSE, Mare, Gelding, Nag, Palfrey, Steed, Courser, Gennet, Stallion,*Colt, Fole, Filly, Neigh, Groom, Ostler.
    • Slowness and strength in bearing burdens; having long ears; ‖ either the more simple kind: or that mungrel generation begotten on a Mare.
        2.
      • *ASSE, Bray.
      • MULE.
  • Softer feet; having some resemblance to the
    • *Cloven footed-kind; by reason of the upper part of the hoof being divided, being ruminant, having a long slender neck, with one or two bunches on the back.
        3.
      • *CAMEL, Dromedary.
    • Multifidous kind; having little prominencies at the end of the feet, representing toes, being of the greatest magnitude amongst all other beasts, used for the carriage and draught of great weights, and more particularly esteemed for the tusks.
        4.
      • *ELEPHANT, Ivory.

Page  157II. CLOVEN FOOTED BEASTS,* may be distributed into such as are

  • Horned and Ruminant; having two horns.
    • Hollow; not branched nor deciduons, being common both to the males and females, useful to men both living and dead; whether the
      • Bigger; being useful both by their labour and flesh;
          1.
        • KINE, Bull, Cow, Ox, Calf, Heifer, Bullock, Steer, Beef, Veal,*Runt, bellow, low, Heard, Cowheard.
      • Lesser; being useful either in respect of the Fleece and Flesh: or Hair and Flesh.
          2.
        • SHEEP, Ram, Ewe, Lamb, Weather, Mutton, Bleat, Fold, Flock,*Shepheard.
        • GOAT, Kid.
    • Solid; branched, deciduous, being proper only to the males; whe∣ther the
      • Bigger kind; ‖ either that of the highest stature, having horns with∣out brow-antlers, of a short stemm, and then spreading out into breadth, branched at the edges: or that of a lower stature, ha∣ving round, long, branched horns.
          3.
        • ELKE.
        • STAGG, Hart, Hind, Red Deer, Venison.*
      • Middle kind; whose horns become broad towards the ends; ‖ ei∣ther that of lesser horns, not used for labour: or that which hath the largest horns in proportion to that body, of any other Deer, with a double branched brow-antler, being in the Northern Countries used for the drawing of Sleds.
          4.
        • BUCK, Doe, Fawn, Pricket, Sorel, Sore, Fallow Deer, Venison.*
        • REIN-DEER, Tarandu.
      • Least kind; having a short, round, branched horn.
          5.
        • ROE-BUCK, Roe.*
  • Horned but not ruminant; having but one horn, placed on the nose, be∣ing a beast of great bigness, covered with a kind of Armature, and counted untamable.
      6.
    • RHINOCEROT.*
  • Ruminant but not horned; being useful to men only, when living, for carriage of burdens, having the longest neck of any other Animal (if there be really any such Beast.)
      7.
    • CAMELOPARD, Giraffa.*
  • Neither horned nor ruminant; useful only when dead, for its flesh.
      8.
    • HOG, Swine, Bore, Sow, Pig, Porket, Barrow, Shoot, Pork,*Ba∣con, Brawn. Grunt.

Amongst those that belong to the Bovinum genus, there are several sorts described by Authors distinguished by their having either

  • A Beard; stiled Vrus.
  • A Bunch on the back; stiled Bisons.
  • Horns reflected about the ears. stiled Bonasus.
  • Broad, flat, rugged horns; stiled Buffalus.

Besides the more common kinds of Sheep, there are others mentioned by Authors, and described to have

  • Streight wreathed horns. called Ovis Stepsiceros.
  • Great thick tails. called Broad tailed Sheep.

Page  158Amongst those that belong to the Goat-kind, besides the more vulgar sort, there are others whose horns are either

  • *Angular and knobbed. called Stone Buck.
  • *Small and round; being hooked at the end. called Shamois.
  • Streight and wreathed. called Antilope.

*III. CLAWED Beasts NOT RAPACIOUS, may be distinguished into such as are either

  • Man-like; having faces and ears somewhat resembling those of Men, with only four broad incisores, or cutting teeth, and two short eye-teeth, not longer then the other, their fore-feet being generally like hands, with thumbs, going upon their heels; whether the
    • Bigger kind; ‖ either that which hath a short tail: or that which hath no tail.
        1.
      • BABOON, Drill.
      • *APE, Iackanapes.
    • Lesser kind; having a long tail, and being very nimble: to which may be adjoined, for its affinity to this kind in respect of the face, that beast which is the slowest of all others, having but three toes on each foot, feeding on leaves, having a blind gut joyned to the upper orifice of his stomack, being probably ruminant.
        2.
      • MONKEY, Marmosit.
      • *SLOTH, Haut, Ay.
  • Hare-kind; having two long teeth in the lower jaw before, and two o∣thers opposite to those (tho not quite so long) in the upper jaw, most of which are counted ruminant, because when they have by the help of their incisores filled their mouths with meat, they after chew it over again with their Molares or grinders,* but they are not properly rumi∣nant, because they have but one stomack, out of which they do not fetch up their food being once swallowed.

These may be distinguished into the

  • Bigger kind; whether such as are covered with
    • Hair; living either
      • Above ground; being of all others the most fearful.
          3.
        • HARE, Leveret.
      • *Vnder ground; ‖ either that with long ears and a short tail: or that with short ears and a long tail, being said to sleep all the Winter.
          4.
        • CONNY, Rabbet.
        • *MARMOTTO.
    • Quills; ‖ either the bigger: or the lesser kind.
        5.
      • PORCUPINE.
      • *HEDGHOG.
  • Middle kind; ‖ either that which lives in Trees, with a spreading bushy tail: or that which lives on the ground, with a short tail, and course hair, having only three toes on a foot.
      6.
    • SQUIRREL.
    • *GINNY PIG.
  • Least kind; living commonly, either
    • In houses; being mischievous to Corn; ‖ the greater: or lesser kind
        7.
      • *RAT.
      • MOUSE.
    • Abroad, under ground; having small eyes, and broad feet like hands, be∣ing not so properly belonging to this tribe, but of near affinity to it.
        8.
      • *MOLE.

Page  159Besides the common Rat there are others having

  • Flat tails, their hinder feet being palmipedes. called Water-rat, Musk-rat.
  • Short tails, and spotted skins. called Leming.*

Besides the more common sort of Mice there are others

  • Of long snouts, counted venemous. called Field-mouse, Sheew-mouse.*
  • Of a sandy colour, a spreading tail, sleeping much. called Dormouse.*
  • Having wings, upon which there are four claws instead of feet, the only flying beast. called Batt, Flittermouse.*

IV. RAPACIOUS Beasts of the CAT-KIND,* may be distributed into such, whose bodies are in proportion to their legs, either

  • Less long; having generally two Claviculae or canel-bones, by which they are inabled to strike or cuff with their fore-feet, and to climb, being able to sheath their claws; whether the
    • Bigger; considerable for
      • Boldness and courage; being the chief of all wild beasts: or for slow∣ness and slugginess, going upon the heels.
          1.
        • LION-ess, Whelp, roar.*
        • BEARE, Cub.
      • Spottedness; ‖ either with Rundles: or with Streaks.
          2.
        • TYGER.*
        • PARD, Panther, Leopard.
      • Quick sightedness;
          3.
        • OUNCE, Lynx.*
    • Lesser; ‖ either that Domestic Animal, the Enemy to Mice: or that wild fierce creature, of some resemblance to this, producing Civet.
        4.
      • CAT, Kitling, Kitten, Mew.
      • CIVET-CAT.*
  • More long; namely such as by the length of their bodies, and shortness of their legs, are fitted to creep and wind themselves into holes, for the catching of their prey. The Verminous-kind; whether such as are
    • Terrestrial; of a
      • Courser furr; being noxious to Rabbets; ‖ either that which is fre∣quently trained up by Men for the catching of Connies: or that which is of a stinking savour.
          5.
        • FERRET.
        • POLECAT, Fitchew.*
      • Finer furr; whether the
        • Bigger; being commonly white under the throat.
            6.
          • MARTIN, Sable, Gennet.*
        • Lesser; ‖ either that which is wholly white, excepting a black spot on the tail: or that whose belly is white, the tip of the tail black, the back of a light dun.
            7.
          • STOAT, Ermine.
          • WEESLE.*
    • Amphibious; ‖ either that of a finer furr, having a broad, thick, scaly tail: or that of a courser furr.
        8.
      • CASTOR, Beaver.
      • OTTER.*

Page  160As for that mongrel generation, which many Authors describe, as being begotten betwixt a Pard and a Lioness, being therefore called Leopard, as likewise that other Beast, commonly described by the name of Gulo or Ierf, and that other named Hyaena. There is reason to doubt, whether there be any such species of Animals, distinct from those here enumerated. Tho the belief of these (as of several other fictitious things) hath been propagated by Orators, upon account of their fitness to be made use of in the way of similitude.

*V. RAPACIOUS Beasts of the DOG-Kind, may be distinguished into such as are either

  • Europaean;
    • Terrestrial; whether
      • Bigger; ‖ either that which is noted for tameness and docility: or for wildness and enmity to Sheep
          1.
        • *DOG, Bitch, Puppy, Whelp▪ Bark, bay, yelp.
        • WOLF, Howle.
      • Lesser; living usually in holes within the ground; ‖ either that which is noted for subtilty, having a bushy tail: or that which is noted for tenacity in biting, being esteemed commonly (tho falsly) to have the legs on the left side shorter then the other.
          2.
        • *FOX.
        • BADGER, Grey, Brock.
    • Amphibious; whether the Bigger, Being less hairy, having great tusks: or the lesser, being more hairy.
        3.
      • MORSE, Sea-horse.
      • *SEAL, Sea-calf.
  • Exotic; being noted for
    • Gregariousness; going in great troops, and being said to assist the Lion in hunting.
        4.
      • *JACKALL.
    • Long snout, and feeding on Ants, and sometimes on roots; ‖ either that of a hairy: or that of a crustaceous covering.
        5.
      • *ANT-BEARE.
      • ARMADILLO.
    • A bag under the belly; wherein the young ones are received, being apt to hang by the tail, having a mixed resemblance both to an Ape and a Fox.
        6.
      • *CARAGUYA.

Amongst the several species of Animals, there is not any of greater variety in respect of accidental differences, then that of Dogs, which be∣ing the most familiar and domestick Beast, hath therefore several names assigned to it according to these differences, which are derived either from the Countries in which they are originally bred, and from which they are brought to other places, as England, Ireland, Iceland, Ginny, &c. or their bigness or littleness, or from their shape, colour, hairiness, &c. But they are chiefly distinguishable from those uses which men imploy them about, either in respect of

    Page  161
  • Delight; LAP-DOGS.
  • Companying; when they serve only to follow us up and down. CURRS.
  • Custody of places or things; MASTIFS.
  • Hunting; either by
    • Sight; GASE-HOUNDS.
    • Smell; whether for
      • Birds; SPANIELS
        • Terrestrial; LAND SPANIELS.
        • Aquatic; WATER SPANIELS.
      • Beasts; of a
        • Greater kind; HOUNDS.
        • Lesser kind; BEAGLES.
    • Swiftness; and running after
      • Greater Beasts; GREYHOUNDS.
      • Lesser Beasts; LURCHERS.
    • Play; TUMBLERS.

VI. OVIPAROUS BEASTS;* may be distinguished by their diffe∣rent ways of progressive motion; whether

  • Gradient; having four feet, the figure of their bodies being either more
    • Broad; whose outward covering is
      • Crustaceous; ‖ belonging either to the Land: or to the Water.
          1.
        • TORTOISE, Land-tortoise.*
        • TURTLE, Sea-tortoise.
      • Skinny; ‖ either that which is not poisonous: or that which is counted poisonous.
          2.
        • FROG, Tadpole, croke.*
        • TOAD, Tadpole.
    • Oblong; whose bodies and tails are more produced; whether the
      • Greatest kind; being skinned and scaly; ‖ either the larger: or the lesser, the latter of which is described to have a dew-lap under the throat.
          3.
        • CROCODILE, Allegator, Cayman, Leviathan.*
        • SENEMBI, Iguana.
      • Middle kind; ‖ either that which is most common in other Countries, and of greatest varieties: or that which hath two toes behind in each foot, with prominencies upon the head like ears, being said (tho falsly) to feed only upon air.
          4.
        • LIZARD.*
        • CHAMELION.
      • Least kind; ‖ either that of a brownish colour with yellow spots: or that of a more dark colour, having a broad tail for swimming.
          5.
        • LAND SALAMANDER, Land Eft, Newt.*
        • WATER SALAMANDER, Eft, Newt.
  • Creeping; being without feet, and of round oblong bodies; whether the
    • Bigger kind;
        6.
      • SERPENT, Hiss.*
    • Middle kind; ‖ either that which is not poisonous: or that which is counted poisonous, having two long, hollow, moveable teeth, hatch∣ing the Eggs within its body.
        7.
      • SNAKE, Hiss.*
      • VIPER, Adder, Aspe.
    • Least kind; commonly esteemed blind and poisonous.
        8.
      • SLOW WORM.*

Page  162That kind of Animal which is commonly called a Dragon, and descri∣bed to be a kind of Serpent with wings and feet (if there ever were any such thing) might possibly be some monstrous production, but there is reason to believe that there is no such standing species in nature.

Besides the common kind of Frogs, there is another distinct sort, called the Green frog, feeding on leaves, having blunt broad toes.

Besides the more usual sorts of Lizards, there are others described, as having some distinct peculiarity in respect of

  • Bigger magnitude, and greenness of colour. called The green Lizard.
  • Blunt broad toes. called The Facetane Li∣zard.
  • Thicker body, having a tail annulated with scales. called Cordylus.
  • Slender body and small feet, resembling a Slow worm. called Chalcidica, Lizard.
  • Small head, and lesser scales. called Scinke.

*HAving now dispatched the enumeration and description of the se∣veral species of Animals, I shall here take leave for a short digressi∣on, wherein I would recommend this, as a thing worthy to be observed, namely, that great difference which there is betwixt those opinions and apprehensions which are occasioned by a more general and confused view of things, and those which proceed from a more distinct considera∣tion of them as they are reduced into order.

He that looks upon the Starrs, as they are confusedly scattered up and down in the Firmament, will think them to be (as they are sometimes stiled) innumerable, of so vast a multitude, as not to be determined to any set number: but when all these Starrs are distinctly reduced into particular constellations, and described by their several places, magni∣tudes and names, it appears, that of those that are visible to the naked eye, there are but few more then a thousand in the whole Firmament, and but a little more then half so many to be seen at once in any Hemi∣sphere, taking in the minuter kinds of them, even to six degrees of mag∣nitude. It is so likewise in other things: He that should put the Questi∣on, how many sorts of beasts, or birds, &c. there are in the world, would be answered, even by such as are otherwise knowing and learned men, that there are so many hundreds of them, as could not be enumerated; whereas upon a distinct inquiry into all such as are yet known, and have been described by credible Authors, it will appear that they are much fewer then is commonly imagined, not a hundred sorts of Beasts, nor two hundred of Birds.

From this prejudice it is, that some hereticks of old, and some Atheisti∣cal scoffers in these later times, having taken the advantage of raising ob∣jections, (such as they think unanswerable) against the truth and au∣thority of Scripture, particularly as to the description which is given by Moses, concerning Noah's Ark, Gen. 6.15. where the dimensions of it are set down to be three hundred cubits in length, fifty in breadth, and thirty in height, which being compared with the things it was to contein, it seemed to them upon a general view, (and they confidently affirmed accordingly) that it was utterly impossible for this Ark to hold so vast a multitude of Animals, with a whole years provision of food for each of them.

Page  163This objection seemed so considerable, both to some of the ancient Fathers, and of our later Divines, who were otherwise learned and ju∣dicious men, but less versed in Philosophy and Mathematicks, that they have been put to miserable shifts for the solving of it. Origen, and Saint Austin, and several other considerable Authors, do for the avoiding of this difficulty affirm, that Moses being skilled in all the learning of the Aegyptians, doth by the measure of cubits, here applyed to the Ark, un∣derstand the Aegyptian Geometrical cubit, each of which (say they) did contein six of the vulgar cubits, namely, nine foot. But this doth upon several accounts seem very unreasonable, because it doth not appear, that there was any such measure amongst the Aegyptians or Iews, styled the Geometrical cubit: And if there were, yet there is no particular reason, why this sense should be applyed to the word cubit here, rather then in other places. It is said of Goliah,* that his height was six cubits and a span, which being understood of the Geometrical cubit, will make him fifty four foot high, and consequently his head must be about nine foot in the height or diameter of it, which must needs be too heavy for Da∣vid to carry.

Others not satisfied with this solution, think they have found a better answer, by asserting that the stature of mankind being considerably larger in the first ages of the world, therefore the measure of the cubit must be larger likewise, and perhaps double to now what it is, which will much inlarge the capacity of the Ark. But neither will this afford any reasonable satisfaction. For if they will suppose men to be of a much bigger stature then, 'tis but reasonable that the like should be supposed of other animals also; in which case this answer amounts to nothing.

Others will have the sacred cubit to be here intended, which is said to be a hands breadth longer then the civil cubit, Ezeck. 43.13. But there is not any reason or necessity for this. And 'tis generally believed, that the sacred cubit was used only in the measure of sacred Structures, as the Tabernacle and Temple.

This seeming difficulty is much better solved by Ioh. Buteo in the Tract de Arca Noe, wherein supposing the cubit to be the same with what we now call a foot and a half, he proves Mathematically that there was a sufficient capacity in the Ark, for the coneining all those things it was designed for. But because there are some things liable to exception in the Philosophical part of that discourse, particularly in his enumeration of the species of Animals, several of which are fabulous, some not distinct species, others that are true species being left out; therefore I conceive it may not be improper in this place to offer another account of those things.

It is plain in the description which Moses gives of the Ark, that it was divided into three stories, each of them of ten cubits or fifteen foot high, besides one cubit allowed for the declivity of the roof in the upper sto∣ry. And 'tis agreed upon as most probable, that the lower story was assigned to contein all the species of beasts, the middle story for their food, and the upper story, in one part of it, for the birds and their food, and the other part for Noah, his family and utensils.

Now it may clearly be made out, that each of these stories was of a sufficient capacity for the conteining all those things to which they are assigned.

Page  164For the more distinct clearing up of this, I shall first lay down several tables of the divers species of beasts that were to be received into the Ark, according to the different kinds of food, wherewith they are usual∣ly nourished, conteining both the number appointed for each of them, namely, the clean by sevens, and the unclean by pairs, together with a conjecture (for the greater facility of the calculation) what proportion each of them may bear, either to a Beef, or a Sheep, or a Wolf; and then what kind of room may be allotted to the making of sufficient Stalls for their reception.

Beasts feeding on Hay. Beasts feeding on Fruits, Roots and In∣sects. Carnivorous Beasts
Number. Name. Proportion to Beeves. Breadth of Stalls Number. Name Proportion to Sheep. Breadth of the Stalls. Number. Name Proportion to Wolves. Breadth of their Stalls.
      feet       feet       feet
2 Horse 3 20 2 Hog 4 20 2 Lion 4 10
2 Asse 2 12 2 Baboon 2 2 Beare 4 10
2 Camel 4 20 2 Ape 2 2 Tigre 3 8
2 Elephant 8 36 2 Monky 7 2 Pard 3 8
7 Bull 7 40 2 Sloth 2 Ounce 2 6
7 Urus 7 40 2 Porcupine 2 Cat 2 6
7 Bisons 7 40 2 Hedghog 2 Civet-cat
7 Bonasus 7 40 2 Squirril 2 Ferret 3 6
7 Buffalo 7 40 2 Ginny pig 2 Polecat
7 Sheep 1 30 2 Ant-bear 2 2 Martin
7 Stepciseros 1 2 Armadilla 2 2 Stoat
7 Broad-tail 1 2 Tortoise 2 2 Weesle
7 Goat 1 30         2 Castor
7 Stone-buck 1     21 20 2 Otter
7 Shamois 1         2 Dog 2 6
7 Antilope 1         2 Wolf 2 6
7 Elke 7 30         2 Fox 2 6
7 Hart 4 30         2 Badger
7 Buck 3 20         2 Jackall
7 Rein-deer 3 20         2 Caraguya
7 Roe 2 36                
2 Rhinocerot 8                
2 Camelopard 6 30                
2 Hare 2 Sheep.                
2 Rabbet                
2 Marmotto                  
    92 514             27 72

In this enumeration I do not mention the Mule, because 'tis a mungrel production, and not to be rekoned as a distinct species. And tho it be most probable, that the several varieties of Beeves, namely that which is stiled Vrus, Bisons, Bonasus and Buffalo▪ and those other varieties reckon∣ed Page  165 under Sheep and Goats, be not distinct species from Bull, Sheep, and and Goat; There being much less difference betwixt these, then there is betwixt several Dogs: And it being known by experience, what vari∣ous changes are frequently occasioned in the same species by several countries, diets, and other accidents: Yet I have ex abundanti to pre∣vent all cavilling, allowed them to be distinct species, and each of them to be clean Beasts, and consequently such as were to be received in by sevens. As for the Morse, Seale, Turtle, or Sea-Tortoise, Crocodile, Senembi, These are usually described to be such kind of Animals as can abide in the water, and therefore I have not taken them into the Ark, tho if that were necessary, there would be room enough for them, as will shortly appear. The Serpentine-kind, Snake, Viper, Slow-worm, Lizard, Frog, Toad, might have sufficient space for their reception, and for their nou∣rishment, in the Drein or Sink of the Ark, which was probably three or four foot under the floor for the standings of the Beasts. As for those lesser Beasts, Rat Mouse, Mole, as likewise for the several species of Insects, there can be no reason to question, but that these may find sufficient room in several parts of the Ark, without having any particular Stalls appoint∣ed for them.

Tho it seem most probable, that before the Flood, both Men, Beasts and Birds did feed only upon Vegetables, as may appear from that place, Gen. 1.29, 30. And God said, Behold I have given you every herb bearing seed which is upon the face of all the earth, and every tree in which is the fruit of a tree yelding seed, to you it shall be for meat. And to every beast of the earth, and to every fowl of the air, and to every thing that creepeth upon the earth, wherein there is life, I have given every green herb for meat, com∣pared with chap. 9.3. Where after the Flood, when the productions of the Earth were become of less efficacy and vigor, and consequently less fit for nourishment, God saith to Noah, Every moving thing that liveth, shall be meat for you, even as the green herb have I given you all things. Yet because this proof is not so very cogent to convince a captious Adversa∣ry, but that he may still be apt to question, whether the Rapacious kinds of Beasts and Birds, who in the natural frame of their parts are peculiar∣ly fitted for the catching and devouring of their prey, did ever feed up∣on herbs and fruits; Therefore to prevent such Cavils, I shall be content to suppose that those Animals which are now Praedatory were so from the begining: upon which, it will be necessary to enquire, what kind of food might be proper and sufficient for them, during their abode in the Ark. Now 'tis commonly known, that the ruminant kind are most usually the prey for the rapacious kind of beasts.

It appeares by the foregoing tables, that the beasts of the rapacious car∣nivorous kinds, to be brought into the Ark by pairs, were but forty in all, or twenty pairs, which upon a fair calculation are supposed equivalent, as to the bulk of their bodies and their food, unto twenty seven Wolves; but for greater certainty, let them be supposed equall to thirty Wolves: and let it be further supposed, that six Wolves will every day devour a whole Sheep, which all Men will readily grant to be more then sufficient for their necessary sustenance: According to this computation, five Sheep must be allotted to be devoured for food each day of the year, which amounts in the whole to 1825.

Upon these suppositions there must be convenient room in the lower Page  166 story of the Ark to contein the forementioned sorts of beasts which were to be preserved for the propagating of their kinds, besides 1825. Sheep, which were to be taken in as food for the rapacious Beasts.

And tho there might seem no just ground of exception, if these beasts should be stow'd close together, as is now usual in Ships, when they are to be transported for any long voyage; yet I shall not take any such advan∣tage, but afford them such fair Stalls or Cabins as may be abundantly suf∣ficient for them in any kind of posture, either standing, or lying, or turn∣ing themselves, as likewise to receive all the dung that should proceed from them for a whole year.

And that the Ark was of a sufficient capacity for these purposes, will appear from the following Diagram. In which there is a partition at each end of the Ark, marked AA, of fifteen foot wide, and the breadth of the Ark being seventy five foot; these partitions must contein in them five Areas of fifteen foot square, and an Area of five foot square, being sufficient to contein four Sheep, therefore one of fifteen foot square must be capable of thirty six Sheep; Allowing one of these Areas at each end for stairs, there will eight of them remain, (viz. four at each end) to be reckoned upon for the conteining of Sheep; which eight will be capable of receiving 288 Sheep.

Besides these partitions, at the end there are five several passages marked BB, of seven foot wide for the more convenient access to the se∣veral Stalls; the four Areas on the side marked CC, designed for Stalls, are each of them eighteen foot wide, and about two hundred foot long. And the two middle Areas marked DD, are each of them twenty five foot wide, and about two hundred foot long.

Supposing the two middle Areas to be designed for Sheep; an Area of twenty five foot square must be capable of a hundred, and there being sixteen of these, they must be capable of 1600 Sheep, which being added to the former number of 288 will make 1888. somewhat more then 1825 the number assigned for those that were to be taken in for food.

The four side Areas marked CC, being each of them eighteen foot wide, and two hundred foot long, will be more then sufficient to contein the several beasts which were to be preserved for the propagating of their kind; for which in the foregoing Tables their is allotted to the length of their Stalls only six hundred and six foot, besides the largeness of the Stalls allotted to each of them. So that there will be near upon two hundred foot overplus, for the reception of any other beasts, not yet enumerated or discovered.

As for that fashion of the Keel of Ships now in use, whereby they are fitted for passage through the Waters, and to endure the motion of the Waves: This would not have been convenient for the business here de∣signed; The Ark being intended only for a kind of Float to swim above water, the flatness of its bottom, did render it much more capacious for the reception of those many living Creatures, which were to be contein∣ed in it. And tho towards the end of the Flood when it began to abate, God is said to Make a wind to pass over the Earth, whereby the waters were asswaged, Gen. 8.1. Yet 'tis not likely that in the time of the deluge, when the whole Earth was overflowed, that there should be any such rough and boisterous winds as might endanger a Vesel of this Figure; such winds usually proceeding from dry Land.

Page  [unnumbered]

[illustration]

Page  [unnumbered]Page  167From hence it may be evident, that there was sufficient room in the lower story for the convenient reception of all the sorts of beasts that are yet known, and probably for those other kinds that are yet un∣known to these parts of the World,

The next thing to be cleared up, is the capacity of the second story for conteining a years provision of food. In order to which 'tis to be ob∣served, that the several beasts feeding on hay, were before upon a fair cal∣culation supposed equal to ninety two Beeves: but to prevent all kind of Cavils which may be made at the proportioning of them, let them be as a hundred, besides the 1825. Sheep taken in for food. But now because these are to be devoured by five per diem, therefore the years provision to be made for them, is to be reckoned but as for half that number, viz. 912. These being divided by seven to bring them unto a proportion with the Beeves, will amount to 180, which added to the former hundred make 280, suppose three hundred. So then according to this supposition, there must be sufficient provision of hay in the second story to sustein three hundred Beeves for a whole year.

Now 'tis observed (saith Buteo) by Columella, who was very well ver∣sed in the experiments of Husbandry, that thirty or forty pound of hay is ordinarily sufficient for an Ox for one day, reckoning twelve ounces in the pound. But we will suppose forty of our pounds. And 'tis asserted by Buteo upon his own tryal and experience, that a solid cubit of dryed hay, compressed, as it uses to be, when it hath lain any considerable time in Mows or Reeks, doth weigh about forty pound; so that for three hundred Beeves for a whole year there must be 109500. such cubits of hay, (i. e.) 365. multiplied by 300. Now the second story being ten cubits high, three hundred long, and fifty broad, must contein 150000. solid cubits, which is more by 40500. then what is necessary for so much compressed hay; and will allow space enough both for any kind of beams and pillars necessary for the fabric, as likewise for other reposito∣ries, for such fruits, roots, grain or seed, as may be proper for the nourish∣ment of any of the other Animals. And likewise for such convenient passages and apertures in the floor as might be necessary for the putting down of the hay to the Stalls in the lower story. From which it is mani∣fest that the second story was sufficiently capacious of all those things de∣signed for it·

And then as for the third story; there can be no colour of doubt, but that one half of it will be abundantly sufficient for all the species of birds, tho they should be twice as many as are enumerated in the foregoing tables, together with food sufficient for their sustenance, because they are generally but of small bulk, and may easily be kept in several partiti∣ons or Cages over one another. Nor is there any reason to question, but that the other half would afford space enough both for Noah's family and utensils.

Upon the whole matter, it doth of the two, appear more difficult to as∣sign a sufficient number and bulk of necessary things, to answer the capa∣city of the Ark, rather then to find sufficient room for those several species of Animals already known. But because it may be reasonably presumed, that there are several other species of beasts and birds, especially in the undiscovered parts of the world, besides those here enumerated, therefore 'tis but reasonable to suppose the Ark to be of a bigger capacity, then Page  168 what may be sufficient for the things already known, and upon this ac∣count it may be asserted, that if such persons who are most expert in Phi∣losophy or Mathematicks, were now to assign the proportions of a Vessel that might be sutable to the ends here proposed, they could not (all things considered) find out any more accommodate to these purposes, then those here mentioned.

From what hath been said it may appear, that the measure and capa∣city of the Ark, which some Atheistical irreligious men make use of, as an argument against the Scripture, ought rather to be esteemed a most rational confirmation of the truth and divine authority of it. Especially if it be well considered, that in those first and ruder ages of the World, when men were less versed in Arts and Philosophy, and therefore pro∣bably more obnoxious to vulgar prejudices then now they are, yet the capacity and proportions of the Ark are so well adjusted to the things it was to contein; whereas if it had been a meer humane invention, 'tis most probable, that it would have been contrived according to those wild apprehensions, which (as I said before) do naturally arise from a more confused and general view of things, as much too big, as now such men are apt to think it too little, for those ends and purposes to which it was designed.

CHAP. VI. The Parts of Animate Bodies; whether I. More Peculiar, or II. Mor General.

*UNder this Head of PECULIAR PARTS of Animate Bodies are comprehended all the Parts that belong to the whole kind of Plants:* But as to Animals, it contains onely such as are peculiar to some of them, not common to all. And these are comprehended with the others under the same Head, because I could not otherwise place them conveniently to my purpose. They are distinguishable by their rela∣tion to

  • Plants; as being
    • LASTING PARTS. I.
    • ANNUAL PARTS. II.
    • KINDS OF FRUIT. III.
  • Animals; belonging chiefly unto
    • SWIMMING Animals. IV.
    • FLYING Animals. V.
    • GOING Animals. VI.

Page  169I. By LASTING PARTS of Plants are meant such as do usually con∣tinue during the life of the Plant, and are not renewed every year.* And because the chief of these is styled WOOD, therefore may that be here adjoyned by way of affinity. These are distinguishable by their Fabric and Consistence, together with their Position and Shape; being either more

  • Hard and Solid; considered according to the
    • Position; as to the
      • Earth, wherein Plants do grow; being either
        • Within it; to which may be adjoyned those parts in the body of the Plant which have some analogy to Roots.
            1.
          • ROOT, Radical, radicate, eradicate.
          • KNOT, Knurle, Knag.
        • Without it; the upright part above ground; ‖ either the greater, upon, and from which the branches do grow: or the lesser, growing up from the same root.
            2.
          • STOCK, Stem, Trunk, Body, Stalk, Stub, Stump.
          • SUCKER, Shoot.
      • Plant it self, shooting from the Stem of it; ‖ whether greater and spread: or less, and pointed, being common likewise to Fishes, &c.
          3.
        • BRANCH, Sprig, Sion, young Shoot, Graft, Bough, Arm of a Tree, Slip, Lop.
        • THORN, Prickle, spinous.
    • Shape and Figure; ‖ more cylindrical and stiff: or more taper and flexile.
        4.
      • STICK, Staff, Stake, Cudgel, Scepter, Mace, Croser, Virg, Leading-staff, Truncheon, Battoon, Rest, Scatch, Crutch, Helve, Perch, Tally.
      • WAND, Twig, Rod, Switch, Pole.
  • Soft.
    • Not dissolvable; ‖ outward: or inward.
        5.
      • RINDE, Bark, Pill.
      • PITH.
    • Dissolvable, by Water, or by Fire; being ‖ either of an aqueous: or an unctuous nature.
        6.
      • GUM.
      • RESIN.
  • Liquid; of a ‖ more watery: or more unctuous consistence.
      7.
    • JUICE, Sap, succulent.
    • BALSAM.

Page  170*II. By ANNUAL Parts are meant such as are renewed every year; which are either

  • More principal; those parts whereby Plants do propagate their kinds.
    • Antecedent to the Seed; either that most tender part of a Plant, con∣siderable for its beauty and colour, adhering to the first rudiments of the Seed: or that which is answerable to this in Willows and Nut-trees, &c.
        1.
      • FLOWER, Blossom, Bloom, blown, Nosegay, Posey.
      • CATKIN, Palm.
    • The Seed it self; in respect of the
      • Parts belonging to it, and encompassing it; ‖ either the most
        • Soft and succulent; betwixt the outward Skin and the inward Seed vessel: or the most hard crustaceous part containing the Seed.
            2.
          • PULP.
          • STONE, Shell.
        • Thin part, for Covering: or Oblong, for Defence.
            3.
          • HUSK, Hull, Shell, Skin, Chaff, Boled.
          • BEARD.
      • Aggregate of Fruit or Seed; of a Figure ‖ more gross and confused: or more narrow, oblong, and taper.
          4.
        • CLUSTER, Bunch, Pannicle.
        • EAR, Spike, Spire, Bent.
  • Less principal; to be further distinguished by the Figure, in respect of
    • Thickness or Thinness; either such as are more thick, namely the first little swellings in the growth of a Plant, or of the parts of it: or such as are more thin, namely those laminated parts, belonging either to Plants themselves, or to their flowers.
        5.
      • SPROUT, Bud, shoot, burgeon, pullutate, repullutate, germinate, put forth, spring forth.
      • LEAF, Foliags, Blade.
    • Length; whether such as are
      • Proper to the Flower; the greater, standing up singly in the middle of the flower: or the lesser, being small threddy filaments with∣in the flower, whereof there are usually many together.
          6.
        • STILE.
        • STAMEN, tuft.
      • Common to other parts of the plant; ‖ either those small stemms, up∣on which flowers and leaves do grow: or those kinds of threddy shoots, by which climbing Plants do take hold of and twist about the things that stand next to them
          7.
        • STALK, Footstalk, shank.
        • TENDREL, Clasper.
    • Hollowness; conteining within it, either ‖ the leaves of the flower: or the fruit.
        8.
      • CUP, Perianthium.
      • PERICARPIUM.

Page  171III. By FRUITS are meant those more Succulent parts of Plants, which are either the Receptacles of Seed, or else the Seeds themselves;* to which may be adjoyned▪ by way of affinity, the general name denoting the EXCRESCENCES of Plants, as Galls are of Oken leaves, &c.

Fruits may be distinguished into such as are

  • Receptacles of Seed.
    • Eaten commonly by men; whose eatable part is covered with a
      • Soft Skin.
        • Without Stones; being generally a larger fruit.
            1.
          • APPLE, Pomiferous.
        • With Stones; ‖ either the greater kind, conteining one single stone encompassed with an esculent pulp: or the less, growing either in Clusters, or dispersedly on Trees, Shrubs and Herbs, conteining generally several small seeds or stones in the pulp or husk of it.
            2.
          • PLUM, Pruin, Pruniferous.
          • BERRY, Bacciferous.
      • Hard Shell; namely that kind of fruit, whose only esculent part is inclosed in a hard covering.
          3.
        • NUT, Nuciferous.
    • Not eaten commonly by men, but by beasts.
      • Consisting of one only Seed, in a Seed-vessel; ‖ roundish: or flat-fi∣gured.
          4.
        • MAST, Acorn, Pannage.
        • KEY.
      • Conteining several Seeds; being ‖ more solid: or hollow.
          5.
        • CONE, Apple.
        • COD, Husk, Pod, Shell, shale, siliquous.
  • Seed; ‖ being the most minute kind of Fruit, whereby Plants propa∣gate their Kinds; or the Inmost parts of Seeds.
      6.
    • GRAIN, Corn, Kern.
    • KERNEL.

The Peculiar parts of Animals here enumerated are said to be such as belong chiefly, not only, to the several kinds of Swimming, Flying, Going Animals; because there are some under each Head that belong also to other Animals. So Spawn and Crust belong to Insects, and some Beasts, as well as to Fish. So Trunk or Proboscis, and Egg do belong to some Going Animals, as well as to Flying. So doth Embroyo to a Bat and all Viviparous Fish, as well as to Going Animals. But these Parts are more commonly and generally found amongst those Kinds under which they are listed.

Page  172*IV. Those Parts peculiar chiefly to SWIMMING ANIMALS, to which Custom hath ascribed distinct names, do serve either for their

  • Outward Covering; with respect to different Magnitudes.
    • Lesser; being a Thin lamin.
        1.
      • SCALE.
    • Greater; ‖ opening usually upon a Ioint, as in Oisters, &c. or an entire Armature, without such opening, as in Lobsters, &c.
        2.
      • SHELL, Testaceous.
      • CRUST-aceous, Shell.
  • Respiration; those Opening parts on the sides of the Head, which are thought to supply the place of Lungs.
      3.
    • GILL.
  • Progressive motion; serving either to
    • Direct this motion; by feeling such objects as lye in the way, being long prominencies, standing off from the head, common to several Insects.
        4.
      • FEELERS, Horns, Antennae.
    • Assist in this motion; whether of
      • Swimming; as in most kinds of skinned and scaly fish.
        • Internal; a thin membrane filled with air, by the help of which Fishes poise themselves in the water.
            5.
          • SWIMMING BLADDER.
        • External; ‖ either those thin broad substances, standing off from the body of the Fish: or those long slender parts belonging to these
            6.
          • FINN.
          • RAY, Radius, Pinnula.
      • Going; as in crustaceous exanguious Animals.
          7.
        • CLAW..
  • Procreation; belonging either to the ‖ Males: or Females.
      8.
    • MILT, Soft row.
    • SPAWN, Hard row.

Page  173V. Te Parts peculiar TO FLYING ANIMALS are either*

  • Not fleshy; such as serve for
    • Outward covering, which is done by small oblong bodies, with hair-like branches growing from both sides of them, the bottom of which is a kind of a hollow Cylinder like a reed.
        1.
      • FEATHER, Plume, callow, fledge, pluck.
      • QUILL.
    • Progressive motion; which in such kind of Creatures is twofold.
      • Flying; which is done by those parts fastned on the shoulders, by the motion of which they strike the Air: These are generally an aggre∣gate of Feathers; but in Bats and Flies of a Skinny consistence. To which may be adjoyned that aggregate of hindermost Fea∣thers, whereby they steer themselves in their Flight.
          2.
        • WING.
        • TRAIN, Tail.
      • Going; by a Foot with several Toes ‖ divided: or united by some film for their better help in Swimming.
          3.
        • TALON, Pounce, Claw, Clutch.
        • FLAT FOOT, Palmipede.
    • Feeding and Fighting; ‖ the mouth of a Bird: or a kind of hollow tube through which some things suck their nourishment.
        4.
      • BEAK, Bill.
      • TRUNK, Proboscis, Snout.
    • Fighting onely; of a sharp figure; ‖ either on the side of the Leg: or in the Tail, counted poisonous.
        5.
      • SPUR.
      • STING, Prickle.
    • Procreation; ‖ a roundish body covered with a Shell: or a yellowish case. containing a Maggot, which is transmuted into a Moth or Butterfly.
        6.
      • EGG, Nit, Flyblow.
      • CHRYSALITE, Aurelia.
  • Fleshy; belonging to the
    • Fore-part; and placed either ‖ on the top of the head: or under the Iaw.
        7.
      • COMB, Crest.
      • GILL, Wattle.
    • Hinder-part; ‖ either that Protuberance about the end of the Back-bone: or that Cavity or Glandule in it containing an unctuous substance for the suppling of the Feathers.
        8.
      • RUMP.
      • OIL-BOX.

Page  174*VI. The Parts peculiar belonging TO GOING ANIMAL are such as serve for

  • Outward covering; considerable according to the
    • More general name; denoting a small oblong flexile body, growing Plant-like out of the skin: or Aggregates of these, growing thick to∣gether and curled.
        1.
      • HAIR.
      • WOOL.
    • Particular kinds; ‖ either a more big and stiff kind of hair: or the more small and softer kinds of hairy substances, sometimes ascribed to Feathers.
        2.
      • BRISTLE·
      • DOWN, Lint.
    • Aggregates; more proper to Hair: or to Wool.
        3.
      • FURR, Ermin, Minivor, &c. Timber.
      • FLEECE, Flu.
    • Hairy parts; ‖ on the Chin or Face: or on the Neck.
        4.
      • BEARD, Mustach, Whisker.
      • MANE, Crest.
  • Progressive motion; whether ‖ in whole or cloven-footed Animals: or in multifidous or clawed Animals.
      5.
    • HOOF.
    • NAIL, Claw.
  • Fighting; the foremost part serving for offence against greater Animals: or the hindermost part serving for defence against Insects.
      6.
    • HORN, Head, goring.
    • TAIL, Scut, Dock, Crupper, Single of Deer.
  • Procreation; the young in the Womb before its birth: or the bag wherein it is contained.
      7.
    • EMBRYO, Child in the Womb.
    • SECUNDINE, After-birth.

Of GENERAL PARTS.

*BY GENERAL PARTS of Animals are meant such as are more com∣mon to the whole kind, or at least the more perfect kinds, as Beasts and Men; there being several parts enumerated under this head, as Milk, Marrow, Bone, Gristle, Tooth, Dug, Rib, Navel, all under the fifth Dif∣ference, and some under the sixth, which are not common to all sorts of In∣sects, Fishes, and Birds. These are distinguishable into

  • Homogeneous.
    • CONTAINED. I.
    • CONTAINING. II.
  • Heterogeneus.
    • External.
      • HEAD. III.
      • TRUNK. IV.
      • LIMM. V.
    • INTERNAL. VI.

Page  175I. CONTAINED HOMOGENEOUS PARTS are such kind of fluid Bodies as are distinguishable by their various Consistences and Uses,* and not by any difference of Shape or Figure; because, being liquid, they have no Shape of their own, but must be contained termino alieno. They are either more

  • Thin and Aerial.
      1.
    • SPIRIT-uous.
  • Liquid and Fluid; being either
    • More limpid; and of an aqueous transparency, ‖ for diluting and at∣tenuating the Humors: or a prepared Juice for nourishing the se∣veral parts.
        2.
      • SERUM, Whey.
      • SUCCUS NUTRITIUS.
    • More opacous and thick.
      • Not generally diffused; being useful either for
        • Nutrition; ‖ a whitish humor in the Mesentery extracted from the food before Sanguification: or receiving a farther digestion in the breasts for the nourishment of the Foetus.
            3.
          • CHYLE.
          • MILK, Cream, Beestings, milch, Dairy.
        • Generation; ‖ common to both Sexes: to which may be adjoyned that excrementitious moisture proper to some Females.
            4.
          • SPERM, Seed, seminal.
          • MENSTRUA, Courses.
      • Diffused through the whole, and mixed together in one Mass; con∣sidered either according to the
        • General name; denoting that red juice in the bodies of the more perfect Animals
            5.
          • BLOUD, Crimson.
        • Particular kinds; of which this whole mass is said to consist, com∣monly stiled the four Humors, and according to the old Theo∣ry, esteemed to be either
          • Hot; and ‖ moist: or dry.
              6.
            • BLOUD, Sanguin.
            • CHOLER, Gall.
          • Cold; and ‖ moist: or dry.
              7.
            • PHLEGM, pituitous.
            • MELANCHOLY, Choler adust.
  • More consistent; ‖ in the Head, the organ of the inward Senses: or in the Cavity of the Bones, for the moistning of them.
      8.
    • BRAIN.
    • MARROW, medullary.

Page  176II. CONTAINING HOMOGENEOUS PARTS are distinguishable by their Qualities of Hardness and Softness,* or by their Figures and Uses; being either of a

  • More hard Consistence;
    • For strengthning of the Fabric; ‖ either the most hard and dry: or less hard; both devoid of Sense
        1.
      • BONE, Skull.
      • GRISTLE, Cartilage.
    • For uniting of the Bones and Muscles; ‖ either oblong: or the extremity of the Muscle affixed to the part which is to be moved.
        2.
      • LIGAMENT.
      • TENDON.
  • More soft Consistence; being either
    • Thin and broad; for covering of ‖ the outward parts: or the inward parts.
        3.
      • SKIN, Cuticle, Fell, Hide, Pelt, Slough, flay, excoriate, gall.
      • MEMBRANE, Film, Pannicle, Tunicle, Skin, Pericardium, Pe∣ricranium, Peritonaeum.
    • Oblong and narrow;
      • Hollow; for conveyance of the Bloud ‖ to the Heart: or from the Heart.
          4
        • VEIN, Venal.
        • ARTERY-all.
      • Solid; for conveyance of the Spirits, serving for Sense: or those small hair-like-bodies of which the Muscles consist.
          5.
        • NERVE, Sinew.
        • FIBRE, Grain, Filament.
    • Crass; of no determinate Figure; useful for
      • Motion; according to the name, ‖ more general: or particular.
          6.
        • FLESH, Parenchyma, carnal, Carnosity, incarnate.
        • MUSCLE, Brawn.
      • Preserving from Heat and Cold: or the Percolation of some humors.
          7.
        • FAT, Suet, Tallow.
        • GLANDULE, Kernel, Emunctory, Almond, Bur, Sweet-bread, Nut.

Page  177III. Amongst External containing Heterogeneous parts, that which is the chief, being the Seat and Residence of the Soul, is the HEAD:* To which may be opposed the other part styled BODY, Carcass.

The parts of the Head are either

  • More general; ‖ either the fore-part less hairy: or the hinder-part more hairy.
      1.
    • FACE, Visage, Aspect, Countenance, Favour, Look, Minc, Physi∣ognomy, Feature, Vizzard, Mask.
    • PATE, Scalp, Noddle, Sconce, Scull, Brain-pan.
  • More particular parts of the Head and Face are either
    • More properly Organical; for
      • Sense; whether such parts as are
        • External; used for
          • Seeing, or Hearing.
              2.
            • EY, Ocular, optic, see, view, look, kenn, behold, gaze, pore.
            • EAR, Lug, hear, hearken, uricular.
          • Tasting, or Smelling: ‖ either that Scissure of the Face through which we breath and receive our nourishment: or that hol∣low prominence, through which we breath and smell.
              3.
            • MOUTH▪ Chaps, muzzle, oral, devour.
            • NOSE, Snowt, Nostril, smell.
        • Internal; used for
      • Tasting, Speaking, or Eating;
        • Convex; ‖ either that of a soft Fleshy substance, whereof there is but one: or that of a most hard and dry consistence, whereof there are many.
            4.
          • TONGUE, lick.
          • TOOTH, Fang, Tusk, bite, gnaw, nibble, Holders, Grinders.
        • Concave; either the upper inward part of the Mouth: or the open passage through the Neck into the middle region of the Body.
            5.
          • PALATE, Roof.
          • THROAT, guttural, jugular.
    • Less properly Organical; but contributing to the making up the Fabric of the Face; distinguishable by their various Positions into
      • Vpper and fore-right; ‖ Extremity of the Face: or Protuberance over the Eye.
          6.
        • FOREHEAD, Brow, Front.
        • EY-BROW.
      • Lateral; ‖ towards the middle: or towards the upper parts.
          7.
        • CHEEK, Iole.
        • TEMPLES.
      • Lower;
        • Fore-right; ‖ either the upper and lower Extremity of that Scis∣sure which makes the Mouth: or the Extremity of the Face.
            8.
          • LIP.
          • CHIN.
        • Lateral;
            9.
          • JAW, Chap, Mandible, Iole.
          • PLACE OF TONSILLAE.

Page  178*IV. By TRUNK is meant the middle part of the Body, considered abstractly from Head and Limms. The Parts of the Trunk are distinguish∣able by their various Positions, being either

  • Vpper; towards the top of the Trunk.
    • Not determined to fore or hinder part, but common to both; ‖ the Stem-like of the Head: or the upper Convexity of Breast and Back.
        1.
      • NECK, Nape, Dulap.
      • SHOULDER, Scapulary.
    • Determined to the
      • Fore-part; ‖ more general: or more specially the glandulous part designed for milk in females.
          2.
        • BREAST, Pectoral, Bosom.
        • DUG, Vdder, Teat, Nipple, Pap, Breast.
      • Hinder part; more general: or more specially the Bones of it.
          3.
        • BACK.
        • VERTEBRA, Spondyl, spinal, Chine.
  • Middle.
    • Hinder-part; ‖ the direct Muscles: or transverse Bones.
        4.
      • LOIN, Chine.
      • RIB.
    • Side-part; ‖ more general: or more specially the lower part of it.
        5.
      • SIDE, Lateral, collateral.
      • FLANK, Rand.
    • Fore-part; more general: or more specially the concave middle part of it.
        6.
      • BELLY, Paunch, Pannel, Peritenaeum.
      • NAVEL, Vmbilical.
  • Lower;
    • Fore-part; the concave part ‖ between the belly and thighs: or seat of the Privities between the thighs.
        7.
      • GROIN.
      • SHARE, Twist.
    • Hinder-part; ‖ more general: or specially the Cavity.
        8.
      • BUTTOCK, Breech, Haunch, Ham.
      • FUNDAMENT, Dock.

Page  179V. By LIMM or Member is meant any special part designed for Action,*moveable upon, and distinguishable by its Ioints: for which reason the word JOINT may be annexed to it by way of affinity, one being the thing moved, and the other the thing upon which the motion is made.

They are either

  • Vpper Limm.
    • Innermost: or next to the Trunk, with its Ioint.
        1.
      • ARM.
      • SHOULDER.
    • Middlemost.
        2.
      • CUBIT.
      • ELBOW, Pinion.
    • Outermost.
        3.
      • HAND-le, wield, Manual, manage, Palm, Fist, Clutch, Grasp, Haft, Hilt, Glove.
      • WRIST.
  • Lower Limm.
    • Innermost: or next to the Trunk.
        4.
      • THIGH, Hip, Ham, Haunch, Pestle.
      • HUCKLE.
    • Middlemost.
        5.
      • SHANK, Leg, Shin, Calf.
      • KNEE.
    • Outermost.
        6.
      • FOOT, Hock, Trotter, tread, trample, stamp, Instep.
      • HEEL, Calcitrate, kick, Pastern.
  • Common both to upper and lower Limm; the Joints of which may be distinguished by the order of first, second, or third: or innermost, middlemost, or outermost.
      7.
    • FINGER, Toe, Thumb.
    • KNUCKLE.

Page  180*VI. Containing Heterogeneous Internal parts, called INWARDS, En∣trals, Bowels, Foy, Pluck, Purtenance, Vmbels, Hastlet, Garbage, Giblets, reckoning from the uppermost, may be distinguished by their Order, Shape and Uses, into

  • Vpper; towards the Summity of the Body.
    • Hollow and oblong; for the conveyance of the ‖ Nourishment: or of the Breath.
        1.
      • GULLET.
      • WIND-PIPE, Rough Artery, Weasand.
    • Massie and more solid; within the Breast; for ‖ Bloud-making: or Breathing.
        2.
      • HEART, Cordial, Core, Pericardium.
      • LUNGS, Lights.
    • Thin and broad; for partition ‖ transverse, betwixt the upper and low∣er Belly: or direct, betwixt the Lobes of the Lungs.
        3.
      • DIAHRAGM, Midriff.
      • MDIASTINE.
  • Lower; distinguishable
    • Both by their Shapes and Uses.
      • Hollow; ‖ wide, but not long, for containing▪ and digesting of Food: long, but not wide, for conveying of the Food and Excrement.
          4.
        • STOMACH, Maw, Paunch, Ventricle, Craw, Crop, Gorge, Pouch, Gizzard, Tripe.
        • GUT, Entrails, Bowels, Garbage, Chitterling, Colon.
      • Massie and solid; for separating of ‖ Choler: or of Melancholy.
          5.
        • LIVER, Hepatic.
        • SPLEEN, Milt.
      • Thin and broad; by which the Guts are ‖ connected: or covered.
          6.
        • MESENTERY.
        • CAUL, Kell.
    • By their Uses alone, as being for
      • Separating the Vrine: or containing the Vrine or the Gall.
          7.
        • KIDNEY, Reins.
        • BLADDER, Vesicle.
      • Generation; denoting ‖ the parts for Generation: or the Glandules for preparing the Sperm.
          8.
        • PRIVITIES, Genitals, Pizzle, Yard, Fore-skin, Prepuce.
        • TESTICLE, Stone, geld, spay, Eunuch.
      • Conception in Females, namely, the part containing the Faetus.
          9.
        • WOMB, Mother, Matrix, hysterical, uterine.

Page  181

CHAP. VII. Concerning the Predicament of Quantity, viz. I. Magnitude. II. Space; and III. Measure.

THe chief notions belonging to the Predica∣ment of Quantity are reducible to these general Heads;

  • MAGNITUDE.
  • SPACE.
  • MEASURE.

Of MAGNITUDE.

The word MAGNITUDE is intended to signifie all the notions of continued Quantity:* to which may be adjoyned by way of affinity the word EXTENSION, by which is meant that kind of Quantity whereby a thing is said to have partem extra partem, one part out of another, being the same thing with the former under another Consideration.

Magnitudes are distinguishable according to their

  • DIMENSIONS. I.
  • MUTUAL RELATIONS to one another. II.
  • AFFECTIONS, in respect of Figure; whether
    • SIMPLE. III.
    • Compound; either
      • LINEARY. IV.
      • PLANARY. V.
      • SOLIDARY. VI.

As for Oration, which is enumerated in the usual Systems as one of the Species of Quantity; that is now by common consent acknowledged to be very improperly stiled Quantity; and therefore it is left out here, and referred to another place.

I. That kind of Quantity whereby the Magnitude of Bodies is to be mea∣sured, is called DIMENSION.* To which may be adjoined upon account of Affinity, That notion of Quantity, whereby a thing is capable of being se∣parated into several parts, DIVISION, distribute, part.

Dimensions are of a four-fold difference.

The least of Magnitudes, so styled by those who write de Indivisibilibus, as being in their account infinitely little.

1. POINT, Prick, Tittle, Punctilio, Ace, Iot, Whit.

The second kind, described by the flux of a point, or composed of infi∣nite such points, is styled.

2. LINE, delineate, rule.

The third, described by the draught of a line, or composed of infinite such lines.

3. SUPERFICIES, Plain, Surface. To which may be annexed, that more particular notion of Superficies, called AREA, Plot; Bed, Page.

The fourth, described by the lifting up a Superficies, or composed of infi∣nite Superficies.

4. SOLID, Body, Bulk.

By these may be express'd those Algebraical notions of Absolute, Line∣ary, Quadratic, Cubic; and so, continuing this Table, Quadrato-Quadratic, Quadrato-Cubic, Cubo-Cubic, Quadrato-Cubo-Cubic, &c. as far as one pleases.

Page  182II. The MUTUAL RELATIONS of one Dimension to another are either of*

  • Point to line; as being either in ‖ the midst: or extremities of it.
      1.
    • CENTER.
    • POLE, Zenith, Nadyr.
  • Point to Lines, or Line to Plains; which do mutually ‖ either meet: or intersect.
      2.
    • VERTEX.
    • INTERSECTION, Cut.
  • Line to Plain; or Plain to Solid.
    • Angular; being ‖ either in the midst: or the extremities of it.
        3.
      • DIAGONAL.
      • SIDE.
    • Round; being either
      • Extern; ‖ touching: or cutting it.
          4.
        • TANGENT.
        • SECANT.
      • Intern;
        • Central; ‖ either more general, passing from side to side: or particularly that which passes from Pole to Pole.
            5.
          • DIAMETER, Ray.
          • AXIS.
        • Not central; ‖ either from Periphery to Diameter: or from Pe∣riphery to Periphery.
            6.
          • SINE.
          • CHORD.
  • Line to Line, Plain to Plain, or Solid to Solid; having
    • Bare respect to one another in regard of
      • Distance; ‖ either being aequidistant: or else removing farther: or approaching nearer.
          7.
        • PARALLEL.
          • DIVERGING, Reclining.
          • CONVERGING, inclining.
      • Position; making an Angle, oblique: or right: or parallel.
          8.
        • OBLIQUE, a-skue, a-slope, awry, Declivity, shelving, slaunt, splay, skue, slope, wry, steep, incline, lean, glance, swagg, a∣squint, leer.
          • DIRECT, Erect, upright, perpendicular, advance, precipitate, headlong, down-right, up an end, set up, prick up.
          • TRANSVERSE, Cross, overthwart, thwart, traverse, point-blank.
    • Mutual Contact; ‖ either returning from the other: or cutting through the other..
        9.
      • REFLECTED, Bound, rebound, recoil, repercussion, rever∣berate▪ rebuff.
      • REFRACTED.

Page  183III. To the Affections of Magnitudes,* in respect of more SIMPLE FIGURE, may be adjoyned the general notion of FIGURE, Shape, Fea∣ture, Fashion, Form, Frame, Scheme, Lineament, the Make, well set, or pro∣portioned, transform, transfigure, deface, disfigure.

These Affections may be distinguished ino such as belong

  • Onely to Lines drawn from point to point; ‖ the nearest way: or not the nearest way
      1.
    • STRAIGHTNESS, Right, direct, point-blank.
    • CROOKEDNESS, Curve, a-wry, hooked, bow, bend, wry, embow, winding, indirect, fetch a compass.
  • To lines and Plains; whether considered
    • Absolutely; in
      • General; contained within ‖ one line, whose every part is equally distant from the same Center: or three or more lines, whose extre∣mities touch one another.
          2.
        • CIRCLE, Periphery, Circumference, environ, encircle, surround, Ring, Runde, Epicycle.
        • ANGLE, Corner, Coyn, Nook, Elbow, Polygon.
      • Special; of the Angular, ‖ whether of ninety degrees: or more: or less.
          3.
        • RIGHT ANGLE.
          • OBTUSE, blunt, dull,
          • ACUTE, sharp, keen, whet.
    • Respectively; in Bodies whose superficies is composed ‖ either all of straight lines: or of lines bending in the midst, outward: or inward.
        4.
      • PLAIN, level, flat, even.
        • CONVEX, prominent, gibbous, protuberant, turgid, embowed.
        • CONCAVE, Hollow, Cavity, Pit, Hole.
  • To Plains or Solids, of
    • Simple Figure; whose superficies is ‖ Circular: or Angular of equal sides.
        5.
      • SPHERE, Orb, Globe, Ball, Bullet, Round, Bullet, Pomander, Pom∣mel, Bede
      • CUBE, Dy.
    • Mixed Figures; described either by the
      • Lifting up ‖ of a Circle: or of an Angular plain.
          6.
        • CYLINDER, Bar, Column, Cann, Cannon, Role.
        • PRISM, Bar, Wedge.
      • Laying on, in progression from a Point, infinite Plains ‖ circular: or angular.
          7.
        • CONE, Taper, Spire, Steeple, Shaft, Pinnacle.
        • PYRAMID, Spire, Steeple, Shaft, Pinnacle, Obelisk.
  • To Lines, or Plains, or Solids; denoting either
    • The diferent Sections of a Cone, being cut ‖ either parallel to the sides of it: or besides the Parallel either way.
        8.
      • PARABOLA-icall.
        • HYPERBOLE.
        • ELLIPSIS, oval.
    • The revolution of a Line about ‖ a Cone: or Cylinder.
        9.
      • SPIRAL, Serpentine, turbinated, wreath, coyling, worn.
      • HELIX, Winding.

Page  184*IV. COMPOUND FIGURES of Magnitude LINEARY by unclo∣sed Lines, are either

  • More Simple; by
    • One Line; whether ‖ solid: or hollow.
        1.
      • PIN, Gad. Nail, Peg, Tag, Tack, Tenter. Needle, Probe.
      • HOLE, Hollow, Pore, Vent, Meash, Orifice, Meuse, punch, perfo∣rate, run thorough.
    • Two lines;
      • The end of one meeting with the end of the other; ‖ either con∣vex: or concave.
        • Sharp;
            2.
          • TOOTH, Cusp, Point, Neb, Scrag, Tine, Tenon, Cog, ingrail, indented.
          • NOTCH, Nick, Nock, crenated, Gap, hatcht, inveck, indented.
        • Blunt.
            3.
          • PROTUBERANCE, Prominence, Process, Stud, Boss, Excrescence, Gibbous, rump, Bunch, Knob, Rub, jutting, rising, tuberous, standing out, stick out, goggle, copped, turgid, Brow, Hillock, Knob, Knot, Node, Cragg, Scrag, Lobe, gorbellied, heave, swell, strut.
          • DENT, Dimple, Sinking, Dock, Crease, indent, Hole, Pit.
      • The end of one with the midst of the other meeting: or the midst of one with the midst of the other cutting.
          4.
        • FIGURE of the letter T, Crutch.
        • CROSS, Decussation, athwart, Turn-stile.
    • Three Lines; at
      • Several points making Angles; either ‖ on the same side: or on di∣verse sides.
          5.
        • STAPLE.
        • WINDLE.
      • The same point ‖ meeting, or cutting; which is applicable likewise to more lines then three.
          6.
        • TUFT▪ Lock, Tassel, Tresses, Thrum, Hassock, Nap, Rug, Fringe.
        • ASTERISC.
  • More Compounded;
    • Distinctly;
      • Pin ‖ with versatil Pin: or with versatil Lamin.
          7.
        • WHIP, Flail, Scourge.
        • FLAG, Fane, Banroll, Penon.
      • Pin ‖ with Tooth or Protuberance, &c. or with Notch or Dent.
          8.
        • HOOK, Crook, Clasp, Hasp, Tatches, Flook, Tenter, Cramp-iron.
        • FORK, Prong, horned.
    • Mixedly, with some kind of Alternation; ‖ either with Protuberance and Dent: or with Staple and its reverse.
        9.
      • UNDULATED, waved, winding.
      • CRENATED, Battlement.

Page  185V. Compound Figures of Magnitude PLANARY,* expressible by clo∣sed Lines, may be distinguished into such as do either

  • Comprehend Superficies.
    • Straight; either of three: or of four Angles.
        1.
      • TRIANGLE.
      • SQUARE, Quadrangle, Quadrate, Diamond figure, Rhomb-oid, Lozenge, Parallellogram.
    • Curve; either ‖ Round: or Oblong.
        2.
      • RING, Ferule, Hoop, Annulet, Collet, Rundle, Rowel.
      • LOOP, Button hole, Eye, Link, Noose, Halter.
    • Mixed; being either ‖ part of a Ring with one straight: or a whole Ring with several Diameters.
        3.
      • BOW.
      • WHEEL.
  • Consist in being Superficies; as the precedent Figures fluxed into breadth. So the Flux of a
    • Pin: or a Hole, do make
        4.
      • LAMIN, Flake, Leaf, Board, Plank, Lath, Plate, Schedule, Scrole, Sheet, Wafer, Cake, Leant, Flap, Label, Coit.
      • CHINK, Crevise, Fissure, Cleft, Crack, Cranny, Chap, Flaw, Rift, Split, Slit, Loop-hole, cleave, spring a leak.
    • The FIGURE T or Cross and Asterisc, do make
        5.
      • TRESSEL, Table.
      • PINION, Nut.
    • Cusp: or Notch, do make.
        6.
      • EDG, Sharp.
      • GVTTER, Chamfer.
    • Protuberance: and Dent.
        7.
      • RIDGE, Bank, Dam, Bridg, Edg, Ledg.
      • FVRROW, Ditch, Dike, Kennel, Channel, Foss, Trench, Dock, Drein, Cut, Dimple, Rivel, Shrivel, Wrinkle, rumple, pucker, Pleit.
    • Staple and Windle
        8.
      • FORM.
      • STEP, Grees.
    • Square and Ring.
        9.
      • TUBE SQUARE.
      • TUBE ROUND, or Pipe, Spout, Trunck, Tunnel.

Page  186VI. Compound Figures of Magnitude Solidary,* may be distinguished in∣to such as are either

  • Intern; denoting the inner parts of a Magnitude to be ‖ either full of small Cavities: or to be one great Cavity: or to have no Cavity.
      1.
    • POROUSNESS, Spunginess, fungous, sinking, hollow.
      • HOLLOWNESS, Cavity, concave, Grot, Cave, Den.
      • MASSINESS, solid, Bulk.
  • Extern; compounded either of
    • Sphere or Cube, with ‖ Cylinder: or with Cone.
        2.
      • BOTTLE, Button, Bolt-head.
      • PIN, headed.
    • Cylinder or Prism, with
      • Diverse Figures; whether ‖ Cube and Pyramid: or Cone and Pyramid.
          3.
        • PEDESTAL.
        • TURRET or Tent, Tower, Pinnacle.
      • Another of the same kind; either ‖ perpendicular: or transverse.
          4.
        • GUDGEON.
        • MALLET.
    • Cone with Cone; having ‖ Base to Base: or Vertex to Vertex.
        5.
      • BUOY FIGURE.
      • HOUR-GLASS FIGURE.
    • Elliptic; representing the figure of a Sphere crushed, ‖ either about the midst by a Hoop: or at the ends by two opposite Plains.
        6.
      • OVAL, Elliptical.
      • BOWL.
    • Spirals: or Helixes.
        7.
      • BOTTOM, Clue, glomerate, wind about.
      • SKEIN, Hanke, Reel.

Of SPACE.

THe word SPACE, Scope, Room, Compass, Interim, Interval, (accor∣ding to the common use of it) is a name importing the more ge∣neral notion of that wherein any thing is contained or done;* Comprehending both

  • Time.
  • Place.
  • Situation.

*I. By TIME, Tract, Tide, Process, Opportunity, Season, Continuance, is meant continued successive Quantity, having for its common term, IN∣STANT, Moment, Trice, Nick.

This is distinguishable according to the

  • Simple differences of it.
      1.
    • PRESENT, at this time, now, immediately, instantly▪ current, ready.
      • PAST, expired, former, fore-going, ago, already, even now, hereto∣fore, gone, over, out, a-late, erewhile, long since.
      • FVTVRE, time to come, after-time, hereafter, presently, anon, by and by, shortly, straitway, ere long, henceforth, process of time, after a long while.
    Page  [unnumbered]
    [illustration]
    Page  [unnumbered]
  • Page  187Mixed relations of it.
    • Comparative; betwixt
      • The Existings of several things; whether ‖ both together in the same time: or whether in diverse times, so that one is before or after the other.
          2.
        • SIMULTANEOUS, of the same time, Synchronism▪ contemporary, compatible, consist, together, concomitant.
        • DISTANT,
          • PRECEDING, antecedent, former, foregoing, previ∣ous, Priority, before, take place, get the start, Predeces∣sor, premise.
          • SVCCEEDING, latter, Posteriority, succedaneous, hinder, follow, go after, Successor.
      • The Considerations of the same thing at several times; whether
        • Past; ‖ little: or much.
            3.
          • NEWNESS, Renovation, innovate, renew, anew, Neoteric, Neo∣phyte, novel, Novice, Puny, modern, fresh, upstart, green, late, last, a little while ago.
          • OLDNESS, ancient, Antiquity, pristin, senior, stale, inveterate, of long standing, yore, obsolete, out of date, a long while ago.
        • Future; ‖ little: or much
            4.
          • SOONNESS, sudden, early, rath, betimes, forthwith, shortly, pre∣sently, eftsoon, quickly, in a trice, out of hand, imminent, immedi∣ate, incontinent, instant, ready, anticipate, accelerate, put on, rid way, in the turning of a hand, twinckling of an eye, timely, spee∣dily, in hast, after a little time.
          • LATENESS, tardy, last, adjourn, defer, delay, put off, out of date, di∣latory, procrastinate, prolong, prorogue, protract, respite, retard, after a long while, far in the day.
    • Absolute;
      • Particular;
        • Determinate; expressing ‖ at what time a thing was: or from whence it is to be reckoned.
            5.
          • DATE.
          • EPOCHA, Hegira.
        • Indeterminate; expressing only the
          • Continuing of it; ‖ a great: or little time.
              6.
            • PERMANENCY, lasting, abiding, continuing, durable, stay, remain, persevere, enduring, incessant, indelible, perennial, tedious, hold out, of standing.
            • TRANSITORINESS, fading, flitting, frail, glance, transient, temporary, short, for a spirt, for a little while, quickly gone.
          • Recurring of it; ‖ many: or few times.
              7.
            • FREQUENCY, often, ever and anon, thick, rife, common, recourse, resort.
            • SELDOMNESS, rare, scarce, strange, unusual, thin, desuetude.
      • Vniversal;
        • Collective; when a thing continues ‖ throughout the whole time: or only some intermediate parts of it.
            8.
          • PERPETUITY, continual, incessant, still, at all times, alwayes.
          • AT TIMES, temporary, by snatches, by fits, bout, ever and anon, now and then, respit, sometimes.
        • Distributive; when a thing exists ‖ in every part of time: or not in any part of it.
            9.
          • EVERNESS, Eternity, endless, for ever and ever, always.
          • NEVERNESS.

Page  188*II. The Space wherein any thing is contained, is called PLACE, Room, local, standing, station, precinct, set, put, position, lay, dispose, pitch, plant Guns, dislocate, Prospect.

It is distinguishable, as the former, according to the more

  • Simple differences of it; denoting that place; ‖ wherein we are: or out of which we are.
      1.
    • PRESENCE, face to face, at hand, here, hand to hand, confront, rea∣dy, residence.
    • ABSENCE, Mich, away, non-residence.
  • Mixed relations of it.
    • Comparative; betwixt the
      • Existence of several things; ‖ whether both together in the same place: or in divers places.
          2.
        • CONTIGUITY, touch, contact, hit, joyn, close, grazing.
        • DISTANCE, off, keep off, bear off, stave off, way off, set farther, stand away.
      • Consideration of Distance or Place interposed, according to the diffe∣rences of ‖ Little: or Much.
          3.
        • NEARNESS, Vicinity, Propinquity, Proximity, nigh, next close, ad∣jacent, adjoyn, neighbour, imminent, impendent, immediate, ready at hand, accost, draw on, approach, at, by, hard-by, besides, hithermost.
        • REMOTENESS, far, farther, aloof, wide of, distant, outmost, ulti∣mate, great way off.
    • Absolute;
      • Particular.
        • Determinate; expressing what is the particular place ‖ to which a thing belongs: or whence it began.
            4.
          • HOME, Scene.
          • RISE, Source, Country, Original, Spring, Root.
        • Indeterminate; xpressing only
          • The taking up of ‖ a great: or little place.
              5.
            • AMPLENESS, spacious, large, burly, wide, vast.
            • NARROWNESS, close, scantness, strictness, restrained.
          • The occurring in ‖ many: or few places.
              6.
            • OBVIOUSNESS, common, rise, thick.
            • RARENESS, seldom, scarce, thin.
      • Vniversal.
        • Collective; when a thing is continued ‖ throughout the whole place: or is only in some parts of it.
            7.
          • CONTINUANCE, produce, subsist, along, close.
          • DISCONTINUANCE, by coasts, sparsim, cease, pause, respit, break off, intermit, interrupt.
        • Distributive; when a thing is in ‖ every place: or none.
            8.
          • UBIQUITY, Omnipresence.
          • NVLLIBIETY.

Page  189III. The mixed Notion made up of Position and Place,* or the Applica∣tion of the parts of a Body to the parts of Place, respectively, is styled SITUATION, Seat, set, site, lying, standing, pitch, plant, Position, placing; to which may be annexed, by way of affinity, that respect of the imagi∣nary face of a thing towards some other thing or place, called VER∣GENCY, tending, leaning, inclining, hanker, toward, upon that hand, Rhombe.

These are either more

  • General; respecting ‖ the Vniverse: or the four chief terms of it.
      1.
    • EAST Orient.
    • WEST, Occidental.
      2.
    • NORTH, Septentrional, Arctic.
    • SOVTH, Meridional, Antarctic.
  • Special; with relation to the several parts of any thing, consider'd as a
    • Line; the interjacent part: or those which are most remote from each other.
        3.
      • MIDDLE, Intermediate, Mean, Core, Heart, Wast, main body, Noon, between both, Interim, Interval.
      • EXTREME, Term, last, end, utter, utmost.
        • END, final, last, extremity, ultimate, surcease, terminate, expire, in fine.
        • BEGINNING, First.
    • Superficies; the outmost parts of which, being considered either with relation to the thing it self: or some other thing to which it is ad∣joyned, is commonly styled
        4.
      • SIDE, Flank, Wing, Cheek, lateral, collateral, Limb, Rim, Brim, Brink, Edge-wise, Hem, Ridg, Skirt, Lift, Selvage, Welt, Gard, Eaves, Battlement.
      • MARGIN, Limit, Marchess, Border, Verge, Meer, Bound, Term, Front-ier, Land-mark, adjacent, abutt, confine, Purliew.
    • Body;
      • In general; either as to such parts as are
        • Higher: or Lower.
            5
          • UPPER-SIDE, Ridge, above, vertical.
          • VNDER-SIDE, lower, neather, bottom.
        • Within: or Without.
            6.
          • IN-SIDE, internal, intrinsecal, inward, inner, inmost, intestine,
          • OVT-SIDE, external, extrinsecal, outward, outmost, utter, ut∣most, Surface, superficial, exterior, ambient.
      • Living Bodies; specially men, with relation either to
        • The Head: or Foot.
            7.
          • TOP, Tip, Head, Crown, Vpper end, Knap, Apex, Vertical, Chapiter.
          • BOTTOM, Base, Lower end, Pedestal, Foot, Sole.
        • The Face: or Back.
            8.
          • FORE-PART, Front, Frontispiece, Prow, Van-tguard, Van∣ward, foreward.
          • HINDER-PART, Back, Rere, rereward, endorse, last, Poop, Posterior,
        • The right hand: or left hand.
            9
          • RIGHT SIDE, Dexter, Starrbord.
          • LEFT SIDE, Sinister, Larrbord.

Page  190

Of MEASURE.

*THose several relations of Quantity, whereby men use to judge of the Multitude or Greatness of things,* are styled by the name of MEA∣SURE, Dimension, mete, survey, Rule; to which the relative term of PROPORTION, Portion, Rate, Tax, Size, Scantling, Pittance, Share, Dose, Mess, Symetry, Analogy, commensurate, dispense, allot, adapt, is of some Affinity, signifying an equality or similitude of the respects that several things or quantities have to one another. They are distinguishable into such as respect either

  • MULTITUDE. I.
  • MAGNITUDE. II.
  • GRAVITY. III.
  • VALOR. IV.
  • Duration.
    • More GENERALLY CONSIDERED. V.
    • As RESTRAINED TO LIVING CREATURES. VI.

*I To the Measure whereby we judge of the MULTITUDE of things may be annexed NUMBER, enumerate, reckon, compute, muster, count, re-count, Tale, tell, Arithmetic, Cyphering. If the way of Numeration were now to be stated, it would seem more convenient to determine the first Period or Stand at the number Eight, and not at Ten; because the way of Dichotomy or Bipartition being the most natural and easie kind of Di∣vision, that Number is capable of this down to an Unite, and according to this should be the several denominations of all other kinds of Measures, whether of Capacity, Gravity, Valor, Duration. So eight Farthings would make a Peny, eight Pence a Shilling, eight Shillings an Angel, eight Angels a Pound. So eight Grains should make a Scruple, eight Scruples a Dram, eight Drams an Ounce, eight Ounces a Pound, &c. But because general custom hath already agreed upon the decimal way, therefore I shall not insist upon the change of it.

The different degrees of Number generally received, are these.

1
ONE, Ace, Vnite, Once, First, Imprimis, Single.
2
TWO, a Couple, a Brace, a Pair, a Yoke, Second-ly, Twice, Double, Twofold, Bipartite.
3
THREE, a Leash, Ternary, Trey, Third-ly, Tertian, Thrice, Treble, Threefold, Tripartite, Trine-ity.
4
FOUR, Fourth-ly, Quartan, Quaternion, Fourfold, Quadruple, Qua∣drupartite. Quartile.
5
FIVE, Fifth-ly, Quintuple, Fivefold.
6
SIX, Sixth-ly, Sixfold, Sextuple, Sextile, Senary.
7
SEVEN, Seventh-ly, Septuple, Sevenfold.
8
EIGHT, Eighth-ly, Octuple, Eightfold.
9
NINE, Ninth-ly, Ninefold.

How other numbers besides these here enumerated may be expressed both in writing and speech, see hereafter, Chap.

Page  191II. Measures of Magnitude do comprehend both those of Length,* and of Superficies or Area, together with those of Solidity; both compre∣hended in that which is adjoyned, viz. the word CAPACITY, hold, contain. The several Nations of the World do not more differ in their Languages, then in the various kinds and proportions of these Mea∣sures. And it is not without great difficulty, that the Measures observed by all those different Nations who traffick together, are reduced to that which is commonly known and received by any one of them; which la∣bour would be much abbreviated, if they were all of them fixed to any one certain Standard. To which purpose, it were most desirable to find out some natural Standard, or universal Measure, which hath been esteem∣ed by Learned men as one of the desiderata in Philosophy. If this could be done in Longitude, the other Measures might be easily fixed from thence.

This was heretofore aimed at and endeavoured after in all those va∣rious Measures, derived from natural things, though none of them do sufficiently answer this end. As for that of a Barly corn, which is made the common ground and original of the rest, the magnitude and weight of it may be so various in several times and places, as will render it inca∣pable of serving for this purpose; which is true likewise of those other Measures, an Inch, Palm, Span, Cubit, Fathom, a Foot, Pace; &c. none of which can be determined to any sufficient certainty.

Some have conceived that this might be better done by subdividing a Degree upon the Earth: But there would be so much difficulty and uncer∣tainty in this way as would render it unpracticable. Others have thought, it might be derived from the Quick-silver experiment: But the unequal gravity and thickness of the Atmosphere, together with the various tem∣pers of Air in several places and seasons, would expose that also to much uncertainty.

The most probable way for the effecting of this, is that which was first suggested by Doctor Christopher Wren, namely, by Vibration of a Pendu∣lum: Time it self being a natural Measure, depending upon a revolution of the Heaven or the Earth, which is supposed to be every-where equal and uniform. If any way could be found out to make Longitude com∣mensurable to Time, this might be the foundation of a natural Standard. In order to which,

Let there be a solid Ball exactly round, of some of the heaviest metals: Let there be a String to hang it upon, the smallest, limberest, and least sub∣ject to retch: Let this Ball be suspended by this String, being extended to such a length, that the space of every Vibration may be equal to a second Minute of time, the String being, by frequent trials, either lengthned or shortned, till it attain to this equality: These Vibrations should be the smallest, that can last a sufficient space of time, to afford a considerable number of them, either 6, or 500 at least; for which end, its passing an arch of five or six degrees at the first, may be sufficient. The Pendulum being so ordered as to have every one of its Vibrations equal to a second minute of time, which is to be adjusted with much care and exactness; then measure the length of this String, from its place of suspension to the Centre of the Ball; which Measure must be taken as it hangs free in its perpendicular posture, and not otherwise, because of stretching: which being done, there are given these two Lengths, viz. of the String, and of the Radius of the Ball, to which a third Proportional must be found out; Page  192 which must be, as the length of the String from the point of Suspension to the Centre of the Ball is to the Radius of the Ball, so must the said Radius be to this third: which being so found, let two fifths of this third Pro∣portional be set off from the Centre downwards, and that will give the Measure desired. And this (according to the discovery and observation of those two excellent persons, the Lord Viscount Brouncker, President of the Royal Society, and Mon. Huygens, a worthy Member of it) will prove to be 38 Rhinland Inches, or (which is all one) 39 Inches and a quarter, according to our London Standard.

Let this Length therefore be called the Standard; let one Tenth of it be called a Foot; one Tenth of a Foot, an Inch; one Tenth of an Inch, a Line. And so upward, Ten Standards should be a Pearch; Ten Pearches, a Furlong; Ten Furlongs, a Mile; Ten Miles, a League, &c.

And so for Measures of Capacity: The cubical content of this Standard may be called the Bushel: the Tenth part of the Bushel, the Peck; the Tenth part of a Peck, a Quart; and the Tenth of that, a Pint, &c. And so for as many other Measures upwards as shall be thought expedient for use.

As for Measures of Weight; Let this cubical content of distilled Rain∣water be the Hundred; the Tenth part of that, a Stone; the Tenth part of a Stone, a Pound; the Tenth of a Pound, an Ounce; the Tenth of an Ounce, a Dram; the Tenth of a Dram, a Scruple; the Tenth of a Scruple, a Grain, &c. And so upwards; Ten of these cubical Measures may be called a Thousand, and Ten of these Thousand may be called a Tun, &c.

As for the Measures of Mony, 'tis requisite that they should be determi∣ned by the different Quantities of those two natural Metals which are the most usual materials of it, viz. Gold and Silver, considered in their Purity without any allay. A Cube of this Standard of either of these Metals may be styled a Thousand or a Talent of each; the Tenth part of this weight, a Hundred; the Tenth of a Hundred, a Pound; the Tenth of a Pound, an Angel; the Tenth of an Angel, a Shilling; the Tenth of a Shilling, a Peny; the Tenth of a Peny, a Farthing.

I mention these particulars, not out of any hope or expectation that the World will ever make use of them▪ but only to shew the possibility of reducing all Measures to one determined certainty.

These measures of MAGNITUDE (to which may be annexed the No∣tion of CONTENT) may be reduced to these Heads.

  • 1 Line.
  • 2 INCH.
  • 3 FOOT.
  • 4 STANDARD.
  • 5 PEARCH.
  • 6 FURLONG.
  • 7 MILE.
  • 8 LEAGUE.
  • 9 DEGREE.

Each of which is applicable either to Longitude, Area, or Bulk: the last of which comprehends the Measures of Capacity.

*III. Measures of GRAVITY (to which may be annexed for affinity the thing by which Gravity is measured, styled WEIGHT, Poize, counter∣poise, Plummet,) may be distributed into these kinds.

  • 1 GRAIN.
  • 2 SCRUPLE.
  • 3 DRAM.
  • 4 OUNCE.
  • 5 POUND.
  • 6 STONE
  • 7 HUNDRED.
  • 8 THOUSAND.
  • 9 TUN.

Page  193IV. The Gradual differences of that common Measure of the VA∣LUATION or worth of all vendible things (to which may be adjoyned that which is used as this common Measure, styled MONY, Cash, Coin,*Bank, Treasure, pecuniary, Mint, Stamp, Medal, Counter, Purse,) may be di∣stinguished into

  • 1 FARTHING, Dodkin.
  • 2 PENY.
  • 3 SHILLING.
  • 4 ANGEL.
  • 5 POUND.
  • 6 HUNDRED.
  • 7 THOUSAND.

V. Unto the Measure of TIME may be adjoyned for its affinity the word which signifies the Permanency of any thing in its existence,* from its beginning to its end, DURATION, abide, continue, persist, endure, hold out, last long, persevere, everlasting, survive.

Time is usually distributed by the Revolution of the heavenly Bodies, or rather of the Earth and Moon, into such Spaces as are required to a revolution of the

  • Earth in its Orb; according to the
    • Whole
        1.
      • YEAR, Twelvemonth, Anniversary, Annual, Biennial, &c.
    • Parts; considerable as being the proper seasons for the
      • Growth and ripening of Vegetables.
          2.
        • SPRING, Vernal.
        • SUMMER.
      • Decaying of Vegetables, according to ‖ a lesser: or greater degree.
          3.
        • AUTUMN, Fall of the Leaf, Harvest.
        • WINTER, Hybernal, hyemal.
  • Moon in its own proper course about the Earth: to which may be ad∣joyned the usual name given to the fourth part of this.
      4.
    • MONTH, Menstrual.
    • WEEK, Sennight, Fortnight.
  • Earth about its Axis; according to the
    • Whole
        5.
      • DAY NATURAL, Quotidian.
    • Parts;
      • Greater;
        • Time while the Sun continues ‖ above: or below the Horizon.
            6.
          • DAY ARTIFICIAL, Diurnal.
          • NIGHT, Nocturnal, Pernoctation, lodge.
        • Part of the day artificial, ‖ former: or later.
            7.
          • MORNING, Mattins, early, dawning, betimes.
          • AFTERNOON, Evening.
      • Lesser parts of time; being each of them ‖ the 24th part of a natu∣ral day, called an Hour: or the 60th part of an hour.
          8.
        • HOUR, Horary.
        • MINUTE.

Page  194VI. Life-time, or the AGE of LIVING Creatures, (as particularly applied to Men,* to which there is something answerable in other Ani∣mals; to which may be adjoyned the word SECULUM, Age, Estate, Generation,) is, according to common use, distinguished by such Terms as do denote the gradual differences of it.

  • The first and most imperfect State, when ‖ destitute of the use of reason: or having but little use of it▪ comprehending the two first ten years.
      1.
    • INFANCY, Babe, Child, Cub.
    • CHILDHOOD, Boy, Girl, Wench, green years·
  • The less imperfect Age, subject to the sway of Passions; ‖ either more, or less, containing the third and fourth ten years.
      2.
    • ADOLESCENCY, adult, Lad, Springal, Stripling, Youth, Lass, Da∣mosel, Wench.
    • YOUTH, Iuvenile, Younker.
  • The perfect Age as to the Body: or the declining Age of the Body, but most perfect for the Mind, styled vergens aetas, or the Age of Wisdom; the former comprehending the space betwixt the 40th and the 50th, and the latter containing the space betwixt the 50th and the 60th year.
      3.
    • MANHOOD, virile, middle age.
    • DECLINING AGE, elderly.
  • The last and most imperfect Age, by reason of the decay of Vigor, which commonly happens both in Body and Mind, ‖ either according to the first and better part of it: or the last and worst part of this State, reaching from the 60th to the 70th, and from thence for the time after.
      4.
    • OLD AGE.
    • DECREPIDNESS, Crone.

CHAP. VIII. Concerning the Predicament of Quality; the several Genus's belonging to it, namely, I. Natural Power. II. Habit. III. Manners. IV. Sensible quality. V. Disease; with the various Differences and Species under each of these.

WHether many of those things now called Quality, be not reducible to Motion and Figure, and the Situation of the parts of Bodies, is a question which I shall not at present consider. 'Tis sufficient that the par∣ticulars here specified are most commonly known and apprehended un∣der that notion as they are here represented, and are still like to be called by the same names, whatever new Theory may be found out of the causes of them.

The several Genus's under this Predicament are such kinds of Quali∣ties as are either

  • Internal; whether
    • Innate; NATURAL POWER.
    • Superinduced; considered more
      • Generally; styled by the common name of HABIT.
      • Specially; with respect to the customary Actions of men considered as voluntary MANNERS.
  • External; denoting either
    • Those more general affections of bodies which are the objects of sense.
      • SENSIBLE QUALITY.
    • Those special impotencies of living bodies, whereby they are disabled for their natural functions.
      • SICKNESS.

Page  195As for Figure, which by the common Theory is reduced under this Pre∣dicament, that, being a Qualification or Modification of Quantity, may more properly be referred thither.

Of NATURAL POWER.

THose kinds of Natural innate Qualities,*whereby things are rendred able or unable to act or resist, according to their peculiar natures, are styled

  • NATURAL POWERS, Faculty, Capacity, Endowment, Talent, Gift, Abi∣lity, Strength, Energy, Force, Virtue, may, can.
  • IMPOTENCIES, Disability, Incapacity, invalid, unable, weak, infirm, lame, dead.

These Natural Powers may be distributed into such as are

  • More particular; viz. the Faculties that are
    • RATIONAL. I.
    • Sensitive.
      • INWARD. II.
      • OUTWARD. III.
  • More general; being either
    • SPIRITUAL. IV.
    • Corporeal; relating to the good of the
      • INDIVIDUUM. V.
      • SPECIES. VI.

I. Those Faculties whereby we are inabled to apprehend and compare the general natures of things as to Truth and Falshood, Good and Evil,*and to demean our selves accordingly towards them, are styled

  • RATIONAL, Reasonable, Ratiocination.
  • IRRATIONAL, Vnreasonable, brutish.

These may be distinguished into

  • Apprehensive; whereby we are rendred able or unable to
    • Know and apprehend knowable things, Generals as well as Particu∣lars, respecting in them Truth and Falshood.
        1.
      • UNDERSTANDING, Intellect, Mind, mental, apprehend, compre∣hend, perceive, conceive, reach, resent, Sentiment.
      • IDIOTICALNESS, being as a natural Fool, Changeling, Innocent
    • Compound and compare Notions together, so as to make a right esti∣mate of things and consequences.
        2.
      • JUDGMENT, Iudicious.
      • INIUDICIOVSNESS, Simple, Silly.
    • Apply general Principles to particular cases, being a kind of practical Judgment or Memory relating to matters of Duty.
        3.
      • CONSCIENCE.
      • VNCONSCIONABLENESS, Searedness, Profligateness, moral, Insen∣sibility.
  • Motive; whereby we do rationally follow any thing as good, or fly it as evil: or being without any such motion.
      4.
    • WILL, Desire, List, Option, Vote, Wish, Mind, Pleasure, covet, volun∣tary.
    • LISTLESNESS, no mind to.

Page  196II. INTERNAL SENSES are so styled, because they belong to the interiour parts,* and are conversant about internal and absent as well as pre∣sent things. Whether there be any such real Faculties in the Soul as are mentioned under this and the preceding Head, is not here to be debated. 'Tis sufficient that common experience doth acquaint us with such various operations of the Mind, and that general custom hath agreed upon such names for the expressing of them.

These are likewise distinguishable into

  • Apprehensive; whereby we are rendred able or unable for the
    • Receiving of impressions from the outward Senses.
        1.
      • COMMON SENSE, perceive, discern, apprehend, Sentient, resent, conceive, discover, find.
      • STVOR, Numness, amaze, astonish, narcotic, amuze, asleep, set on edge.
    • Compounding and comparing what is communicated from the outward Senses.
        2.
      • PHANSIE, Imagination, Conceit, fantastical, capricious, Phantasm.
      • DOTAGE, Delirium, Dizzard, Sot, besot.
    • Retaining such impressions.
        3.
      • MEMORY, recollect, re-call, commemorate, remember, call or come to mind, put in mind▪ suggest, record, recount, con over, getting by heart, by rote, without book, at ones fingers end, memorable, memorial, Memorandum, mindful.
      • FORGETFVLNESS, Oblivion, Vnmindfulness, overslip.
  • Motive; whereby, in order to our own Conservation, we follow or fly what is by the judgment of the Senses represented as good or evil.
      4.
    • APPETITE, Desire, Inclination, Concupiscence, Stomach, Longing, Lust, having a mind to.
    • LOATHING, fulsome, nauseate, glut, cloy, go against, queasie, squea∣mish, wambling, qualm, detest.

*III. EXTERNAL SENSES are so styled, because they reside in the exteriour parts of the body, and do apprehend only external present things; which common opinion hath determined to the number of Five: amongst which some are said to be

  • Commodious
    • For Discipline; whereby we discern
      • Light and Colour.
          1.
        • SIGHT, Vision, View, ken, Optic, descry, discern, espie, spie, peep, prie, see, perceive, look upon, behold, Glimpse, Spectacle, Spectator, Inspe∣ction, Revise, Prospect, first blush, visible, conspicuous.
        • BLINDNESS, Dimness, dark, poreblind, put out ones eyes.
      • Sounds.
          2.
        • HEARING, attend, hearken, listen, give ear, audible.
        • DEAFNESS, surd.
    • For the trial of our Food at a distance.
        3.
      • SMELL, Odor, Savour, Sent, Pomander, Perfume.
  • Necessary for the
    • Immediate trial of our Food.
        4.
      • TAST, Gust, Savour, Relish, Smack, Smatch, Tang, toothsom.
    • Perception of tangible things.
        5.
      • TOUCH, feel, contact, tactile, palpable, grope.
      • NVMNESS, Stupor, dead, torpid, asleep.

Though common Language have not affixed particular names to the impotencies of some of these, yet they ought to be provided for as well as the rest.

Page  197IV. Those natural Habitudes of the Soul or Spirit which render it fit or unfit for its proper functions,* are styled by that general name of TEM∣PER -ature, -ament, Disposition, Spirit, Genius, Fancy, Humor, Vein, Qua∣lity, Condition, Constitution, Nature.

These may be distinguished into such as are more

  • General; chiefly of moral disposition, denoting ‖ the goodness: or badness of it.
      1.
    • INGENUITY, Good nature, Candor, candid, free, liberal, clear.
    • DISINGENVITY, Ill nature, Perverseness, thwart, cross, froward, unto∣ward, wayward, awkward, refractory, untractable, wilful, stubborn, sul∣len, dogged, sturdy, stiff, restif.
  • Particular; as to
    • Action; denoting
      • Ability, or disability; aptitude, or ineptitude for it.
          2.
        • SPRIGHTLINESS, Wit, Vivacity, ingenious, brisk, lively, quick, acute, sharp, debonair, Mercurial, pregnant, presentness of mind.
        • DVLNESS, Stupidity, gross witted, hard-headed, torpid, soft, thick, heavy, dazle, dolt, Block-head, Logger-head, Dunce, Sot, indocil, dreaming.
      • Attention: or levity of mind in it.
          3.
        • SERIOUSNESS, earnest, grave, sober, staid, sad, substantial, so∣lemn.
        • WANTONNESS, lightness, aiery, playward, gamesom, dallying sportful, trifling, lascivious, giddy, petulant, skittish, toying, Ramp, Gigg, Rigg, Gambol
      • Aptitude or Ineptitude to moderate the
        • Irascible appetite.
            4.
          • GENTLENESS, Tameness, Mildness, Meekness, Lenity, break, reclaim, tame, come to hand.
          • FIERCENESS, Wildness, Haggard, Savage, barbarous, curstness, surly, eager, furious, dire, fell, grim, rough, source, keen, un∣tamed.
        • Concupiscible appetite.
            5
          • OPPOSITE TO RAPACITY, not rapacious.
          • RAPACITY, ravenous, voracious, greedy, Harpy, devour, preying.
      • Ability or disability to attempt or resist difficulties.
          6.
        • STOUTNESS, Boldness, manful, redoubted, daring, sturdy, stre∣nuous.
        • LAZINESS, sluggish, lither, lurden, Drone, dull, soft.
    • Action and Passion, denoting an ability or disability to endure and hold out both in acting and suffering.
        7.
      • HARDINESS, Tolerance, strenuous, robust, stout, sturdy, indu∣strious, painful.
      • NICENESS, Softness, Tenderness, Delicateness, Curiosity, fine, squeamish, effeminate, finical, dainty.

Page  198*V. Those CORPOREAL HABITUDES, whereby things are ren∣dred able or unable to act or resist for the good of the INDIVIDUUM, are usually styled by those general names of Temper, Complexion, Frame, State, Constitution, Disposition, Nature.

These are distinguishable into such as concern,

  • The just number of the parts; ‖ having all: or wanting some.
      1.
    • WHOLENESS, Intireness, perfect, safe and sound, tite, consolidate, of one piece.
    • MVTILOVSNESS, maimed, mangle, lame, lopped, crippled.
  • The nature of the whole or parts; being either
    • Negative or Positive of
      • Corruption.
          2.
        • SOUNDNESS, Sanity, Healthiness, hail, heal, whole, clearness.
        • ROTTENNESS, Putridness, Corruption, purulent, tainted, unsound, moulder, festered, addle, Matter, rankle, suppurate▪ putrefie, Carrion
      • Trouble to the sense of Feeling.
          3.
        • INDOLENCE, Ease, lenitive, relaxation, clearness, lighten.
        • PAIN, Ach, smart, ail, anguish, grief, ill at ease, sore, pang, thro, tor∣ment, torture, ake, excruciate, twing, twitch, fret, gripe, gird, racking.
    • Positive or Negative;
      • General; relating to the state of the body, ‖ good: or ill.
          4.
        • VIGOR, Vivacity, thriving, vegetous, flourishing, lusty, lively, sprightly, florid, quick, fresh, in heart, in good plight, in proof, pert, smart, crank, sturdy, revive.
        • DECAYING, consume, wear, wast, drooping, fading, out of heart, flagging, languish, break, fail, going down, fall away, bring down or low, decline, impair, quail, abate, molder, pine, wither, perish, spend, corrupt.
      • Special; respecting the
        • Plight of the fleshy parts, ‖ full: or sparing.
            5.
          • FATNESS, plump▪ pampered, burly, corpulent, gross, foggy, pursie, battle.